_ in, Ae | 47 | > > 7 a, ae . - - ae e te - ’ $i i Ar 5 ie SLOLAM, \ Pee ne ‘ " - » oF i ra ° * ‘ 9 S —_ > - - * = " . rf ae t « ‘ _ se |) ae eae 4 TRANSACTIONS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY). VOL. VI. (New SERrEs.) Ces GLASGOW: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. DECEMBER, 1903. — A * S _ ee CPE ea ee aa fs; = ave 2 — — * - ¥ Se i Ae - " mn aa " TRANSACTIONS OF THE ~ : 4 _|) NATURAL HISTORY. SOCIETY ; OF GLASGOW cA (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY), x i. VOL, VI. (New Serigs.) PART I. 1899-1900. y a "7 ve. so hs ge wes) URN acter Oe, a - _ qth ae b ae SRA - G@LASGOW:-PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY ||. - AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. Png , . MARCH, 1901. ‘i: Fe a Eas Vena 5 | Se gon tr ee Taf Bing bee ayn Se Se ee ‘i Z| Sir be ay a . i) ; 2 COLA | a9 09+ Cg ST AY 659 ted Maan atte ys HUBS He tats ce ha _ RESIN Ms oa dN ne ; 3 basal d Cs TRANSACTIONS NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY). VOL. VI. (New SErRIEs.) 1899-1902, Wit Four Piares, : GLASGOW: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. . DECEMBER, 1903. PRINTED BY Rosert ANDERSON, 142 West Nite Srreer, Guascow. CONTENTS. TRANSACTIONS— PAGE Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Port-Stewart, North Ireland (especially in their relationship with the Clyde Fauna). By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., - - - 1 Notes on the Occurrence of T'richomanes set aoe in Scotland. By William Stewart, - - - - 18 A Census of Glasgow Rookeries. By Hugh Boyd Watt, - - 21 The Carboniferous Lycopods and Sphenophylls. By Robert Kidston, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. (Retiring Presidential Lecture), 25 Meteorological Notes, and Remarks upon the Weather during the Year 1899, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow, - 141 Notes on a Cruise in oye de Waters in ea 1900. By John Paterson, - - - - 154 REPORTS ON ExcurRsIoNS— Keppel Pier, Cumbrae, - . - - ~ cl z Ey apne Glamis, Forfarshire, - - - - - : : 2 5 aS Girvan Valley, - - : : = E! aren Dougalston and ‘‘ The Auld Wives’ Litt,” : - - = 7Ey6t Ailsa Craig, - - - : : . 3 S163 Cumbernauld Glen, - - - . - - - = Baton (3 Pollok, - - - : . : : = z - Sela hee: Howietoun Hatchery, - - - - z : : JETG3 Castlemilk, - =o ae : nl es - : SS Tees Glenfalloch, - : - ALF: - - - Z 2165 Tolleross Park, - - - : : - : : £ a7) 168 Ben Lomond, - - - : : : : - a) Ge Ross Priory, - : - : : : = $163 Gallingad Glen, Gkcven, - - = E : i = S164 Glen Water, Darvel, - - - . - : : = Ea G4: PROCEEDINGS— Crambus latistrius, How., from Irvine. By A. Adie Dalglish, - 165 Report of the Council on the Business of Session 1898-99, - - 166 Botanising among the Dolomites. By Robert Brown, M.D., - 168 Short Address. By the President, Alex. Somerville, B. igi F.L.S., - - 169 Acherontia atropos, L., the Death’s- nee Moth, from la By Dr. I’. F. Gilmour, : - - : - 169 iv CONTENTS. PROCEEDINGS—continued. Plants gathered in Switzerland and the i ah es Robert Brown, M.D.,_— - - - Exhibition of Lantern Slides iNustrating the Early Devine of Echinus esculentus, L. re Thos. H. Bryce, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S.E., - - - Ona GalleetGon of 64 Bpanes of Loner] By J. Wylie, On South African Antelopes. By James Mitchell, On Life in the Polar Regions. Lecture by Wm. S. Brace, F.R.S.G.S., - - Exhibition of eS Slides Srisedenting: Bird Life on “Ailsa Craig. By Charles Kirk, - - - Some Lichens from Dumbartonshire. By I L. Watt, - - On the Aard Wolf (Sroéeles cristatus, Gray), and i Ratel (Mellirora ratel). By James Mitchell, = - A Narrative of a Scientific Cruise on the Fishery Board pases ‘*Garland.” By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A... - - On some Deep Sea Rhizopods found in the a Area. By Fred. G. Pearcey, - - - - Polyporus varius, Fr., and P. ae. Fr. . bat near Symington. By William Stewart, - - - - Abstract Statement of Accounts for Session 1899-1900, TRANSACTIONS— Extracts from an unpublished Ornithology of Glasgow. By the late Dr. John Grieve, with Notes by John Paterson, - - The Seals, Whales, and pe of the uit Sea Area. By Hugh Boyd Watt, - - = - - Meteorological Notes, and Tosarks upon ‘the Weather sovtie the year 1900, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks. Glasgow, - Additions to the List of Scottish sea cas a: Anderson Fergusson, - - - - Notes on the Marine Deposits of the Firth of Forth, and their Relation to its Animal Life. By F. G. ney: Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, - - - - REpPoRTs ON ExcuRsIoNs— Camis Eskan,_~ - as 0 - : = Douglas Support, Buchanan Castle. Cadzow, - : Castlemilk, pater pes, : - : : : - Culzean Castle and ae Abbey, : : : = : Aikenhead, Cathcart, - - - = : F Garscube, - = - = : : 3 " i PAGE 18] 191 CONTENTS. v Reports on Excursions— continued. PAGE Corehouse, Lanark, - - : - - - - - a). 262 Creag-na-Caillich, Killin, - - - - - : - - 263 Cathcart Nurseries, - - - - - - - - - 264 PRocEEDINGS— Report on Cryptogamic Conference at Boat of Garten. By William Stewart, - - - - - - 265 Report of the Council on the isc of Session 1899-1900, - 266 Acherontia atropos, L., from Lendalfoot, and Sphinx nat L., from Ayr. By Thomas Wilson, - - 269 On Supernumerary Digits. By John Lindsay, M.A., M. B. C. M.; 270 Some Higher Crustacea from the Firth of ee ae nara Patience, - - - - 270 The Upper Hopadite Botan Work amongst its Higher Peaks. By Dr. Robert Brown, - - - - » S271 Pterostichus lepidus, F., from Vollcross, and Dytiscus | aces Gyll., from Mull. By Anderson Fergusson, - - - 272 On Glaucium flavum, Crantz. a the President, —- - - 273 Death of Queen Victoria, - 274 **Conodonts from the Garbdnitardas ‘ibaatone of the West of Scotland”—a correction. By John Smith, - - - 274 Statice lychnidifolia, De Girard, from Alderney, with shite species of the genus Siutice. By the President, - 275 On the Revised List of the British Marine Mollusca si Brachiopoda, issued by the ame agp _ the Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., - - 276 Ophisaurus apus eh: ), the Glass fica by Det Beath Henderson, - 279 Ants. Lecture by J. @. Goodehild, F. G. S., F. z. 8., - - 280 Trigonella Fenum-greeum, L., from Doonfoot, ays 2 Andrew Gilchrist, - - - - 280 Ajuga pyramidalixs, L., from near Stornoway. By w. J. Gibson, M.A.,_— - - - - - - - 281 Corallorhiza imnata, K.Br., irom Kilmarnock district. By Andrew Gilchrist, = ‘ 282 Plecotus auritus (L.), the Long- Bese ‘Bat, ie Isa. By Dr. T. F. Gilmour, - - 282 Eleven Species of Parasitic Fang from Natal. By Colonel Harington-Stuart, - : = - - 283 Cases of poisoning on Island of Cumbrae Hides sid Gnantie crocata, L., the Hemlock Water Dropwort, : - - 283 Abstract Suatanient of Accounts for Session 1900-1901, —- - 284 List of Office-Bearers, Session 1901-1902, - - - - 285 List of Members, =3 » - - - - 286 List of Associates, ec 3 : Ses ae ah a OT vi CONTENTS. TRANSACTIONS— Ichthyonema grayi, Gemmill and V. Linstow. By James F. Gemmill, M.A., M.D.,- - - - - - Mistletoe. By George Paxton, - = : Occurrence of Sirex gigas, Linn., and Sirea juvencus, Linn., in Bute and Arran. By John Ballantyne, - - - Arctic Plants from the etic ba amas By Mrs. Peter Ewing, - : Meteorological Notes na ae upon ‘the Weather iawn the year 1901, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow, Report on the State of the Alpine Flora in Breadalbane during the last week of July, 1902. By Peter Ewing, F.L.S., Reports oN Excursions— Toward, - Arniston and Temple,- Campsie Glen and Lennox Castle, Craigends, - - - Murroch and Auchenreoch cide Bishop Loch, - Cambusnethan House and Dalziel Hilti, - Ben Lomond and Luss, - - - Dungoyne, - Milton Lockhart and Car fin, Tollcross Park, - Galston, Marine Biological Station, nema Pier, Miliport, PROCEEDINGS-— North American Land and Fresh-water Mollusca. By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., F.R.S.E., - Senecio erucifolius, L., from alveiniings by Archibald Sian Report of the @auncil on the Business of Session 1900-1901, Nasturtium sylvestre, R.Br., from Johnstone. By Robert S. Houston, A New Zealand Depts witaeked: yh a Fungus, C orice Robertsii. By George Russell, Mantis religiosa, L., the earch ieee By nek i B Somerville, B.D. Louw constrictor, L., Themen Denali ives, ead Dipsadomorphus fuscus, Gray. By Thomas Beath Henderson, M.D., - - - : - - - Botanizing on the Swiss Alps in Spring. By Robert Brown, EMD ime - : - - : - - - - = PAGE 299 301 305 307 313 330 333 334 338 338 340 342 343 344 346 347 348 351 354 356 356 357 359 359 360 360 360 CONTENTS. vil PROCEEDINGS—continued. PAGE Special Meeting to celebrate the Jubilee of the ee 363 Address by the President, - - 363 Address by the Lord Provost, - 368 Address by Professor M‘Kendrick, F. RS 370 Address by Sir John Murray, K.C.B., 372 Address by Mr. D. B. Morris, - - 373 Address by Lord Kelvin, - 374 Address by Dr. James F. Gemmill, M.. A., - - - - 374 Address by Mr. Henry Coates, F.R.S.E., - - - 375 Glyciphagus spinipes, Koch, a Mite aE ee ‘furniture. By James Rankin, M.B., C.M., B.Sc., - 380 Notes on Forest Trees. By Gennis Paxton, 381 A Simple Method of Preserving Birds as oe Byt Dr. .. Beath Henderson, 383 Lithothamnium glaciale, Kjellm., a iGaloaretee Alps new to Britain. By Mrs. David Robertson, - 383 On the Corallinee. By the President, - = - - - 384 Recent Changes of Animal Life in Britain. Lecture by J. G. Goodchild, F.G.S., F.Z.S., - - 385 Xylophaga dorsalis, T urton. By A. Gray sna A. Seaeanale: B.Se., F.L.S., - 386 Carex disticha, Huds., from Great indotin: By A. Somerville B.Sc., F.L.S., - 386 Crustacea, &c., from Loch eds By fies Pattuues, - 386 Eggs of the Mune Shearwater, Pufinus anglorum ce age from the Island of Eigg. By John Robertson, 387 On Bromus giganteus, L., and B. ramosus, Huds. Boek Mie: Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., 388 Abstract Statement of Accounts for seduce 1898- 3.99, 389 List of Office-Bearers, Session 1903-1904, - - - 391 List of British and Irish 2 apa &e., with which Publications are Exchanged, - - - 392 List of Colonial and roceigi Seaintinns &e., with sohtah Publica. tions are Exchanged, - : : - - - 394 InDICES— General Index, - - - : - - - - - - 399 Topographical Index, - - - - - - - - - 401 Index to Names of Contributors, &c., - - - - = 407 », Popular Names, - : - - - > ASO s» Scientific Names, alee. - 412 2 ” EB) Botany, . 7 < 7 s F 418 Tirir, ConTENTS, AND Errata FoR VoL. VLI., - - - - Appendix Kall PRESENTED oe BS ao 4 ERRATA. Page 158, line 1, for - > Howietoun Hatchery, Castlemilk, : : Glenfalloch, Tolleross Park, - “ : < : Ben Lomond, Ross Priory, - - . - 2 2 : 2 2 Gallingad Glen, Caldarvan, : = : - E Glen Water, Darvel, - PAGE 160 163 163 163 163 164 164 CONTENTS, PROCEEDINGS— Report of the Council on the Business of Session 1898-99, - Botanizing among the Dolomites. By Robert Brown, M.D., - Short Address, by the President, Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., Acherontia atropos, L., the Death’s-head Moth, from Islay. By Dr. T. F. Gilmour, - - - - - - - Plants gathered in Switzerland and the Tyrol. By Robert Brown, M.D.,~— - - - - - - - Lecture on the Early Development of Hehinus esculentus, L. By Thos. H. Bryce, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S.E., - - On a Collection of 64 Species of Wycetozoa. By J. Wylie, On a Skull of Ursus maritimus, Desm. By Chas. Kirk, - = On the Horns of South African Antelopes. By James Mitchell, Lecture on ‘‘ Life in the Polar Regions.” By Wm. S. Bruce, RRS: Gass - - - - - - - Bird Life on Ailsa Craig. By John Paterson, Some Lichens from Dumbartonshire. By L. Watt, - Skins of the Aard Wolf (Sroteles cristatus, Gray), — - A Narrative of a Scientific Cruise on the Fishery Board Steamer “Garland.” By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., - - On some Deep Sea Rhizopods found in the Clyde Area, By Fred. G. Pearcey, - - Abstract Statement of Accounts—Session 1899-1900, 178 180 TRANSACTIONS OF THE Aatural History Society of Glasgotv. Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Port-Stewart, North Ireland (Especially in their relationship with the Clyde Fauna). By Rey. G. A. Frank Kyicut, M.A. [Read September 26ta, 1899. ] TuE northern coast-line of Ireland presents a striking diversity of scenery and rock formation. As one sails round the Mull of Cantire, passes the great island of Rathlin, and skirts the main- land onward through the Skerries to Portrush, views are obtained of some of the finest examples of cliff structure in the world. The Giant’s Causeway, which faces the gales of the North Atlantic, is justly celebrated for its marvellous exhibition of the form adopted by basalt in the act of cooling from a molten con- dition. But the picturesqueness of its columnar structure is greatly enhanced by the frowning crags which encircle and rise far above it, and the sight of the great Atlantic billows dashing themselves against the bases of these precipices is a thing to be indeed remembered. With several breaks in the basaltic forma- tion, as, for example, at Dunluce Castle, there is a more or less continuous wall of rock from Ballycastle in the east to Port- Stewart in the west. Sandy bays are occasionally found, wedged in between the voleanic masses, and these intervals in the ram- part have been seized on as sites for villages and towns. Port- rush is built on a rocky promontory which is flanked by two sandy bays, while Port-Stewart, five miles further to the west, skirts a sandy enclosure, which is guarded by two rocky head- lands. But a mile beyond Port-Stewart the scenery totally changes. The precipitous crags disappear, and their place is taken by a wide stretch of beautiful firm sand, skirted by great rolling sand dunes, with bent. This is the character of the coast for several miles, The same sandy scenery is continued across the River 2 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Bann till Castlerock promontory is reached. The cliffs here are resumed for a short distance, and then the land sinks down into a great and absolutely flat triangular piece of country, whose seaward limit is known as Magilligan Strand and Point. There- after comes the extensive stretch of water called Loch Foyle, and beyond is the great headland and promontory named Inishowen. Port-Stewart, therefore, enjoys special facilities for concho- logical work. It has the broad beach of glistening sand, where the Atlantic sweeps in with giant strength ; and it has also the rocks, with their pools and seaweeds, which afford shelter for much molluscan life. The sand dunes are in themselves extremely interesting, steep and loose in formation, and overgrown in many places with prickly plants and bent. It is not uncommon to find flint arrow-heads amongst these mounds, and the presence there also of so many of our largest marine shells, such as Cyprina islandica, so far removed from the sea margin, suggests the thought whether there is any connection between the two— whether our primitive forefathers who inhabited these dunes were accustomed to bring down their prey with these flint arrow-heads, and whether, when game was scarce, they were obliged to appease the gnawings of hunger by means of these large shell-fish which they gathered on the beach. During my stay in the neighbourhood of Port-Stewart, I paid considerable attention to its marine mollusca. I was handicapped very considerably in the preparation of a complete molluscan faunal list of the locality by the fact that I had no dredging apparatus with me. The water is so pure, and the sands are so clean, that anyone dredging in deep water along that coast is certain to have a rich harvest. The abundance of shells cast up by the waves and tides on the shore is a proof of the richness of the outside waters. The following records are therefore entirely the result of shore collecting. But if I was deprived of the means of deep-sea research by the want of a dredge, I was more than liberally assisted in shore work by the friends whose hospitality I was enjoying. They, one and all, soon became infected with the passion for discovering some- thing new, and every day they would sally forth with unabated ardour, and with keenest rivalry, in the hope that the last tide had wafted in a mollusc which would contribute an addition to the NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT STEWART. 3) list of species. To their perseverance and industry I am greatly indebted for any completeness which this shore list presents. A few days’ research soon revealed the fact that certain stretches of the sandy beach yielded certain shells in abundance which were comparatively scarce elsewhere. Of course there is always the difference of habitat between the rock-loving species (such as Patella, Littorina, and Purpura), and those specially addicted to sand, such as Mya, Tellina, Cardium, and Venus. But, in addition to these broad distinctions, it was curious to note how Cyprea ewropea occurred in very large numbers near Rock House, but was very much scarcer as one proceeded west. Indeed, it might be possible roughly to space out the shore according to its pre- dominant shells, although it must always be borne in mind that dovetailing of the groups was inevitable to a certain extent. Proceeding westward then, the order of prevailing species was something like this:—On the gravel bank near Rock House, Cyprea europea, Trochus cinerarius, and Plewrotoma turricula. At the little sandy bay known as the ‘“ Ladies’ Bathing Place,” by far the most abundant shell was Donazx vittatus. Beyond the last rocky point, till the River Bann is reached, the sandy beach might be spaced out into portions where the predominant types are respectively :—Montacuta, Helcion pellucidum and its var. levis, Venus, Solen, Capulus and Fissurella, Mactra, then a small stretch of Cyprea, followed by a portion of the beach on both sides of the old stranded wreck on which alone Acton was procured. This is but a rough division, but the absence or presence of particular shells from certain portions of the beach was so marked, that one instinctively came to associate certain strips of sand with certain corresponding molluscs. There has not been such exhaustive conchological work carried on in Ireland as has been the case with some parts of Scotland, and notably the Clyde area. But the number of workers is increasing, and they are animated with great enthusiasm. Most of their results find publication in the pages of the Jrish Naturalist, but there is one exhaustive treatise on ‘‘ The Marine Shells of North Ireland,” which stands out to this day as the most complete work on the subject. It is compiled by the Keeper of -the Royal National Library in Dublin, Mr. Robert Lloyd Praeger. On my finding out the molluscan richness of the locality, I wrote + TRANSACTIONS. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. to Mr. Praeger and asked for information of former research carried on in the neighbourhood, and he very kindly sent me a reprint of his work, which appeared in the Proceedings of the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club for 1887-88, though actually published in 1889. The pamphlet is a long one of 50 closely- printed pages, and gives a full list of all species and varieties recorded by previous workers in the North of Ireland. It summarises the Irish localities mentioned in (1) Forbes and Hanley’s British Mollusca, (2) The Natural History of Ireland, by William Thompson; (3) the Reports of the Belfast Dredging Committee, by George C. Hyndman; (4) Report on the Marine Zoology of Strangford Lough, by Professor Dickie; (5) Jeffreys’ British Conchology ; (6) private lists drawn up by a number of individual workers. Mr. Praeger’s catalogue then, exhaustive as it appears, is seen to deal more with the shells of the east coast of Antrim than with those found in the north. I have, therefore, thought it advisable, whenever mention is made in his list that any species has been found on the North Antrim, or Derry coasts, to enter the same in my own list, that comparison of the two may be facilitated. Magilligan Strand, which is separated from the Port- Stewart beach by the River Bann and by the high ground near Castlerock, enjoys a reputation for yielding large varieties of species; wherever a shell is common to its sandy stretch and that about Port-Stewart, I have mentioned the fact as an interesting occurrence. Besides Mr. Praeger’s exhaustive list, there is an excellent article by Dr. Geo. W. Chaster in The Irish Naturalist, Vol. VL., p. 120, 1897, entitled “A Day’s Dredging off Ballycastle, Co. Antrim.” So large is the number of species recorded from that day’s work, that I have thought it well to indicate by an asterisk any species or varieties obtained by myself at Port-Stewart, which were not collected at Ballycastle by Dr. Chaster’s party. There was, however, another point which occurred to me on working out the molluscan fauna of this Irish coast. It was the degree of correspondence or difference between the shells of the Antrim and Derry shores, and those of the Clyde estuary. I have, therefore, deemed it a matter of sufficient interest to institute a comparison between these respective faunas, and in every case NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 5 where an Irish form is unknown to inhabit Clyde or Scottish waters, I have indicated the same by a note. The total number of species and varieties which I obtained on the Derry and Antrim coast was 112. Of these, 14 are not found in the Clyde, or have been recorded on evidence which is not altogether satisfactory, leaving no fewer than 98 which are common to the Irish and Clyde shores. Of the 112 species and varieties, I am happy to be able to say that eight are additions to the lists of both Mr. Praeger and Dr. Chaster. These are Ostrea edulis, var. parasitica, Turt. ; Pecten tigrinus, var. costata, Jeff. ; Cardiwm tuberculatum, IDR Venus gallina, var. gibba, Jeff. ; Donax vittatus, var. truncatus, Marsh. ; Purpura lapillus, var. imbricata, Lmk.; Plewrotoma levigata, var. minor, Jeff.; and Bulla hydatis, L. Hydrobia jenkinsi, E. A. Smith, must probably, in the meantime, be looked on as not strictly marine. In order to make my list as trustworthy as possible, all the shells were sent for verification to Mr. J. T. Marshall, of Torquay, who has repeated many former kindnesses in once again authenticating my records. The only further remark I need make is, that I have followed the nomenclature of Jeffreys in his British Conchology, which, though now in many ways obsolete, must be our working system until the Conchological Society issue their new and revised list. ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. PELECYPODA. Anomia ephippium, L.—Not nearly so abundant as A. patellt- jormis, but still tolerably frequent. *A. ephippium, var. syuamula, L.—Common. *A. ephippium, var. aculeata, Miill.—Moderately common. A. patelliformis, Z.—Very abundant, but valves usually much worn. Ostrea edulis, L.—Valves very scarce. *0. edulis, var. parasitica, Turt.: with the type—Not recorded in Praeger’s list. 6 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Pecten pusio (Z.).—Valves in great abundance ; showing also much diversity in the form and degree of variability in shape for which this species is noted. ‘Dead valves fre- quent on the Derry Coast ” (Praeger). P. varius (L.).—“ Of general occurrence around the coasts of Donegal, Derry, Antrim, and Down.” Not so frequent as the last species. P. opercularis(L.).—Great numbers of half-grown and beautifully- coloured valves. P. tigrinus, Miill.—A few valves. “Single valves at Portrush (Miss Richardson) and Magilligan (Praeger).” *P. tigrinus, var. costata, Jeff-—One large well-marked but imperfect valve. Not recorded in Praeger’s list. * Mytilus edulis, L.—Frequent, but generally of small size. M. edulis, var. incurvata, Penn.—In considerable quantities, attached to drift-wood, ete. *M. edulis, var. pellucida, Penn.—A few examples. M. modiolus, L.—Moderately common. M. phaseolinus (Phil.).—Two valves. Not admitted by Brown as sufficiently authenticated to be included among the ‘Mollusca of the Firth of Clyde, 1878,” but well established since. Nucula nucleus (L.).—A few worn valves. Pectunculus glycymeris (L.).—“Thrown up in abundance at Magilligan Strand, but only single valves” (Praeger). This statement holds true also for Port-Stewart. Arca tetragona, Poli.—One of the most abundant of all the shells found in the neighbourhood; valves in countless numbers strew the beach. Regarding the habitat of this species, Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., Vol. II., p. 181) remarks :— “Rocky, stony, and shelly ground on all our coasts and at all depths.” But from this comprehensive statement the Clyde estuary must, I fear, be excluded. I have not come across a single record of this species having been obtained in the waters to the north of a line between the Mull of Cantyre and the mouth of Loch Ryan. It has been recorded -from Stornoway, 18 fathoms, by M‘Andrew and Forbes; from Jona and EHigg, by Mr. Alexander Somerville ; and from Oban Bay by the Rev. J. E. Somerville, having NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 7 been obtained attached by a green byssus to the corners of old Mytilus modiolus. Mr. Frank Coulson has also taken it off Kerrera; off Loch Don, living, in 97-120 fathoms ; and off Croulin Island in 15-50 fathoms. Messrs. Chaster and Heathcote, in their exhaustive report on the molluscan fauna of Oban Bay (Journal of Conchology, Vol. VIL., p. 307) can only add to the mention of its capture by Canon Norman, “two dead and worn valves.” It is not unlike the well-known Mediterranean shell Arca Noe, L. Montacuta ferruginosa (Mont.).—Valves washed up in consider- able abundance along the sands. Lucina borealis (Z.).—Moderately common, but seldom full- grown. “Single valves are commonly thrown ashore on the Derry Coast, where also the writer has found living specimens ” (Praeger). Axinus flecuosus (Mont.).—A single very large valve. Cardium echinatum, L.—‘Single valves of large size are abundant, and complete specimens frequent, on the sandy beaches of Magilligan and Portrush” (Praeger). The young specimens of this shell, as a rule, had their spines very well developed. *C. tuberculatum, L.—Mr. Praeger omits this shell from his North of Ireland list, yet I found it in fair numbers on the broad stretch of sand near Port-Stewart. Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., Vol. II., p. 273) has a remark “Leach says, ‘abundantly in the Firths of Forth and Clyde, Youghal, Bantry, Cork, and Dingle Bays, Ireland,’ but I fear he has confounded this species with C. echinatum.” The only West of Scotland records I have for it are Bute (on the somewhat doubtful authority of the late Mr. Smith, of Jordanhill, as C. rusticum) and Lewis, as a locality given by the late Dr. Robertson, of Millport. It is quite recognisable from C. echinatum. I have valves from Broad Bay, Stornoway, and from Ballantrae. *C. exiguum, Gm.—Three worn valves. ‘“ Portrush, dead—Miss Richardson” (Praeger). C. fasciatum, Mont.—Tolerably frequent. *C. nodosum, Turt.—Two valves. *C’. edule, L.—Not by any means abundant. 8 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Cyprina islandica (L.).—“Thrown up in great numbers on Magilligan Strand during northerly gales” (Praeger). Valves of young specimens were found along the tide- marks, but up amongst the sand dunes very large shells were conspicuous. Indeed, so numerous in some places were these large Cyprine, lying on the surface or half-buried in the loose sands, that one was almost inclined to ask, Have we here the remains of an ancient kjikken-médden ? Venus exoleta, L.—Very scarce indeed. V. lincta, Pult.—‘‘ Common, dead, thrown up on sandy beaches, from Magilligan in Co. Derry to Newcastle in Co. Down” (Praeger). This Venus is certainly the predominant one of its genus on the Port-Stewart sands, while exoleta is curiously rare. V. ovata, Penn.—A few odd valves. V. gallina, L.—‘‘ Found alive from low-water mark to 8 and 10 fathoms on the north and north-east sandy coasts. Thrown ashore on the sandy beach of Magilligan in quantity and of large size” (Thompson). The Port-Stewart specimens were living and beautifully marked on the exterior. *V. gallina, var. gibba, Jeff-—One valve. Not mentioned in Praeger’s list. Tapes virgineus (L.).—Very frequent. *T. pullastra (Mont.).—Curiously scarce, perhaps because so little mud (which this species loves) is mingled with the fine firm sand of the Port-Stewart beach. *T’. pullastra, var. perforans (Mont.),—Four odd valves. *Tellina balthica, L.—A single perfect, though dead, specimen. I believe it is the opinion of most conchologists that this species is rapidly dying out, at least on the west coast of Scotland and England. Formerly the shell used to be abundant in many localities, where now only a few stray examples may be obtained. The survivors are nearly all of the well-known pink colour, the yellow varieties being much scarcer. Mr, Standen, of the Owens’ College, Manchester, informs me that he remembers seeing whole bays of the coast of Lancashire strewn with this shell, whereas now it is by no means a frequently-met-with species. NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 9 *T, tenuis, Da C.—Valves fairly abundant, but not so plentiful as the next species. *T. fabula, Gron.—< Not uncommon on extensive sandy beaches, as Magilligan” (Thompson). My experience at Port- Stewart was, that it was much more abundant than ¢enwis, a circumstance the reverse of what obtains in Clyde waters. Psammobia ferréensis (Chem.).—A few odd valves. “Thrown up alive by the tide at Castlerock, Co. Derry.” (Praeger). *Donax vitattus, Da C.—This is without doubt the predominant shell on the coast. Some parts of the shore, e.g. the little bay known as the “ Ladies’ Bathing Place,” are literally covered with the shells of this mollusc ; the shells being of all hues from the richest dark purple to the most golden yellow. The majority of the shells are perfect, though empty, the strong ligament holding the valves together. Living specimens are also frequent. Thompson states that it is “plentiful close to low-water mark at Magilligan, where it is collected by the people for food.” Praeger records it from Portrush. The only Clyde localities I have for this species are:—Clyde (Smith and Landsborough—both declared doubtful by Mr. Alfred Brown, and excluded from his list of the mollusca of the firth) ; Ardrossan and Ayr (Coulson); Irvine (J. Smith); Kames Bay, Cumbrae, one living and one dead (Robertson) ; and Salt- coats (Alex. Somerville). Broad Bay, Stornoway, is the great place for this shell, or rather for its variety turgida, a locality where it may be seen in countless numbers. *D. vittatus, var. truncatus, Marsh.—I was fortunate in securing three specimens of this variety, which is an addition to Jeffrey’s British Conchology. The shell is described and figured in the Jrish Naturalist for January, 1895. Mr. J. T. Marshall says, that so far as he is aware, this variety is peculiar to the south and west of Ireland. The discovery of the variety in the extreme north of Ireland is, therefore, very interesting. *Mactra solida, L.—By no means frequent. ‘Portrush, dead” (Miss Richardson). ‘Dead valves are abundant at Magilligan” (Praeger). WM, solida, var. elliptica, Bro.—Moderately common, B 10 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. M. subtruncata (Da C.).—Frequent ; more coarse in appearance *M, than those found so abundantly on our Ayrshire shores. stultorwm, 2. — “Portrush, and abundant on the Derry coast” (Praeger). It is, indeed, abundant—finely marked living, or perfect, though dead, specimens being everywhere obtainable. The distribution of this handsome shell is somewhat peculiar. It is the typical mollusc of the north-east coast of Scotland, being very plentiful on the sandy beach near Aberdeen. Down the west coast there is a solitary record of its discovery at Oban by Mr. Alex. Somerville, who states also that, in 1888, a valve was shown him which had been picked up by Miss Kallenberg in Islay. Smith and Landsborough both record it from the Clyde, the former naming Ayr and the latter Lamlash Bay as their respective localities; but Mr. Alfred Brown, who refuses to admit the shell as a genuine Clyde mollusc, sug- gests that possibly they may have intended by the name not the séwltorum of Linneus, but the stwltorwm of Pennant, which is our JL. subtruncata, Da C. This, however, can hardly be the case, as J. Smith records it as ‘“ frequent ” on the Irvine and Ardeer beaches, and Coulson has taken it on the Ardrossan shore. *M. stultorwm, var. cinerea, Mont.—Rather scarce, with the type. “ Magilligan ” (Thompson). *Zutraria elliptica, Lmk. — “On the Derry coast it is very abundant” (Praeger). I obtained some large valves. Scrobicularia prismatica (Mont.).—“Magilligan” (Thompson). The valves of this rare and beautiful shell were tolerably abundant, and, as a rule, longer than those obtained in Clyde waters. It is generally distributed throughout the West of Scotland, but nowhere in great abundance, except (according to Alfred Brown) off Ardrishaig Pier,in6 fathoms. S. alba (Wood).—Not so plentiful as the foregoing species, and all the valves obtained were very small, and more thin and glossy than those got in, for example, Loch Goil or the Gareloch. Solen ensis, L.—Very scarce at Port-Stewart. *§. siliqua, L.—Very common all along the sands, but none very large. NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 11 *§. siliqua, var. arcuata, Jeff.—Sparingly, with the type. Not ' mentioned in Praeger’s list. Thracia pretenuis (Pult.).—“ Magilligan is the only northern locality in which the species has yet been met with by Mr. Hyndman or myself. It is thrown ashore quite fresh there” (Thompson). I have about a dozen valves from the sands of Port-Stewart. Mr. Praeger says, ‘‘ I have a valve found by my brother at Magilligan.” It is fairly common in the Clyde. Corbula gibba, Olivi.—A single ali * Mya arenaria, L.—Common. *M. truncata, L.—Not so frequent as the last species. Saxicava rugosa (L.).—Fairly plentiful, but not of large size. GASTEROPODA. *Patella vulgata, L.—In its usual prolific abundance. Helcion pellucidum (L.).—Very common along the sands, and on the gravel beds between Port-Stewart and Rock House. *H, pellucidum, var. levis (Penn.).—One of the most abundant shells of the neighbourhood, especially among the gravels above the rocks near Rock House. Tectura virginea (Miill.),—Frequent, but much worn. Emarginula fissura (L.).—Plentifully obtained. ‘Thrown up by the tide on sandy beaches at Castlerock and Magilligan ” (Praeger). Fissurella greca (L.).—‘‘ Portrush—Miss Richardson. Magil- ligan and Castlerock, Co. Derry, dead” (Praeger). One of the most abundant shells along this coast, and frequently of large size. It is excluded by Brown from his Clyde fauna, though its presence was vouched for by Smith at Bute; north of Holy Isle, 10-30 fathoms, by Greville and Miles ; in Loch Fyne, by Barlee ; and at Lamlash, by Lands- borough. Since the publication of the “Mollusca of the Firth of Clyde” it has been recorded by the “ Medusa” from Loch Goil, in 35-40 fathoms, and in the Dunoon basin, from 6-8 fathoms. It is difficult to conceive how such a well-marked shell could be confused with any other species. It is frequently found in Oban Bay, Tobermory, Stornoway, and elsewhere on the west coast. 12 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Capulus hungaricus (L.).—‘‘ Rather worn shells are thrown ashore by the tide at Magilligan” (Praeger). Abundant on the Port-Stewart sands, though never attaining to the size of the true “Torbay bonnet.” Trochus helicinus, Fabr.—A single, minute specimen. *7. magus, Z.—‘ Not uncommon on the coasts of Derry and Antrim” (Praeger). I obtained only two much-worn specimens. T. tumidus (Mont.).—Only four examples obtained. T. cinerarius, L.—Abundant. *T. umbilicatus (Mont.).—Rather scarce. 7. zizyphinus, L.—Common. T. xizyphinus, var. lyonsii, Flem.—With the type, but scarce. The only Clyde record is my discovery of it while on the “ Garland,” inside Sanda Island, in 25 fathoms. Phasianella pullus (£.).—Six of these beautiful little shells were got in the gravel bank near Rock House. Brown omits it from the Clyde moilusca, Smith had recorded it from Portpatrick, and Forbes had vaguely mentioned the “Clyde, 15 fathoms.” Mr. Somerville has a specimen which he obtained in Arran. I have taken it between Sanda and the Mull of Cantyre in 19 fathoms. Lacuna crassior (Mont.).—I was fortunate in securing five examples of this species, which is a total stranger to the Clyde. The only West of Scotland records are :—Oban Bay, where Mr. Darbishire obtained three, and Messrs. Chaster and Heathcote one specimen, but all dead; and Loch Spelve, one dead, 7-15 fathoms (Coulson). L. divaricata (Fabr.).—A solitary example of this abundant shell. L. puteolus (Turt.).—Only one specimen obtained. The only records from the Clyde are somewhat contradictory. Mr. Alfred Brown says that it is very scarce, and to be found at Farland Point, Cumbrae. Canon Norman records it as plentiful on the Allans, in Millport Bay! I have records for its occurrence in Loch Fyne and in the Outer Hebrides. * Littorina obtusata (L.).—Abundant everywhere. *L. neritoides (L.).—This is the species which covers the lower parts of the basaltic columns of the Giant’s Causeway. The ee ————— =™ NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 18 shells are there in myriads, just above high-water mark, and therefore able to abide calmly the wrath of the billows of the Atlantic. A higher wave than usual may sweep over them, but as a rule they are smitten merely by the flying spray, and thus their position on these truncated columns is apparently as secure as is “Lord Antrim’s Chair.” Mr. Brown admitted this species into his Clyde list under protest, and solely on the authority of Canon Norman, who affirmed that he had obtained it in abundance on the Outer Allans, at Millport. Neither Mr. Brown nor Dr. Robertson had ever this good fortune. But since the date of Brown’s list it has been secured in several other places on the Clyde, and its establishment as a record is certain. In a letter which I received from Canon Norman in July last, he stated, “All I can say is that specimens taken in 1854 are still in my collection, and that the last time I was at Cumbrae, in 1888, I found it in another spot—Farland Point.” *L. rudis (Maton.).—In its usual abundance. *L. littorea (L.).—Everywhere plentiful. Rissoa parva (Da C.).—A solitary example of this very common species. &. striata (Ad.).—A single specimen of this equally common species. *R. cingillus (Mont.).—Two specimens. *Hydrobia ulve (Penn.).—A few examples from the sands ; not plentiful, as the mud which it loves is absent from the neighbourhood. [*H. jenkinsi, E. A. Smith..—I obtained two specimens of this most interesting species, both from the tide marks on the sands of Port-Stewart. It is a moot point whether this shell should be regarded as purely a fresh-water mollusc, but until the question is definitely settled we may treat it here as at least a brackish-water species. The history of the mollusc is peculiar. In October, 1889, Mr. Edgar A. Smith, Keeper of the Molluscan Collection in the British Museum, described in the Journal of Conchology an apparently new species of Hydrobia, which Mr. A. J. Jenkins had collected on Plumstead Marshes. Specimens of a similar character were also forwarded him from ditches at Beeton, near North 14 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Woolwich. As the species had features which distinguished it from all known British or foreign Hydrobix, Mr. Smith decided to give it the name of its discoverer, and called it Hydrobia jenkinsi (Journal of Conchology, Vol. V1., p. 142). In December, 1892, Mr. Lionel E. Adams read a paper before the Conchological Society in which he stated that he had discovered specimens of the shells at Countess Weir, halfway between Exeter and Topsham, and also at Sandwich. He suggested that the species had been introduced through the importation of timber from Russian or Finland ports. In November, 1893, Mr. A. T. Daniel reported the discovery of a flourishing colony of the shell in an inland locality, namely, in a canal near Dudley, Staffordshire. In April, 1894, Mr. Adams again reported that there had arisen a large colony near Lewes, in Sussex. In July of the same year, the Journal of Conchology had a note by Mr. C. H. Morris that H. jenkinsi had, in that locality, enormously increased in numbers. Suddenly appearing in the neighbourhood, it could now be gathered by the gallon. In November of the same year, it was observed in a canal at Short Heath Station, near Willenhall, by W. H. Overton. In December, 1897, came the first record of an Irish locality, Mr. Adams again writing that he had seen specimens gathered at the mouth of the Bann. He believed this habitat supported his theory that it was imported through timber, as he found that three firms imported Baltic timber at Coleraine, and that a con- siderable amount was used for the Bann mouth extension works. The Bann isa thorough tidal river below Coleraine, and there can be no doubt that HZ. genkinsi, on this occasion at least, enjoyed the benefit of salt water. In May, 1898, Mr. A. Hann had a note in the Journal of Conchology, Vol. IX., p. 89, that he had discovered the species in abundance near Middlesborough, where Baltic timber is constantly brought into the Tees. In June of the same year, Mr. Adams had another note (/bid., p. 114) regarding the dis- tribution of this species, arising out of the fact that Mr. Welch, of Belfast, had sent him some specimens found at Kenmare, in a little stream running into the tidal river at the head of the estuary. Baltic timber was imported at NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 15 Kenmare till twenty years ago. Mr. Welch also sent some which had been taken from within half-a-mile of Newry in marsh drains. Such is the history of this shell up to date. I have only to record my own capture of it on the sea-sands of Port-Stewart. | Turritella terebra (L.)—Neither frequent nor large, and yet “In Loch Foyle the dead shells of this species constitute a large part of the great shell-banks for which the place has long been noted” (Praeger). Scalaria communis, Lmk.—Two specimens of this handsome shell recorded from Magilligan in the Belfast Museum. Authentic records for the Clyde are somewhat scarce. Brown doubts its presence here altogether. J. Smith obtained it on the Ardeer beach. *Janthina rotundata, Leach.—‘On the north coast of Antrim and on the coast of Derry it is of frequent occurrence, and is occasionally washed in in quantity. I am informed that after October gales the strand at Bush-foot is sometimes thickly strewn with it. Portrush, occasionally — Miss Richardson” (Praeger). - My fortune in regard to this beautiful oceanic visitor was limited to a single perfect specimen, which was picked up not far from the rocks near Rock House. The mollusc, as is well known, is entirely a pelagic species, buoyed up on the Atlantic billows by its float, from the under surface of which hang its clusters of egg capsules. The only recorded Scottish localities where it has been cast on our shores are Machrihanish Bay (Campbeltown Museum); Loch Ryan (on the authority of the late James Smith, of Jordanhill) and Skye (in a MS. of the late Professor Forbes). It is strange, how- ever, that some stray specimen should not be sucked round the Mull of Cantire, and landed somewhere on. our broad Ayrshire sandy beaches. * Natica catena (Da C.).—“ Thrown up alive and of large size on Magilligan Strand” (Praeger). Good-sized examples were common on the Port-Stewart sands. NV. Alderi, Forb.—Frequently met with. Velutina levigata (Penn.).—Not uncommon, but frequently in- jured by the heavy waves. ‘Thrown up by the tide at Portrush and Magilligan ” (Praeger). 16 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Aporrhdis pes-pelecani, (L.).—Two immature specimens, without the adult ‘‘ webbed-foot.” Cerithium reticulatum (Da C.).—Moderately abundant in gravel beds near Rock House. *Purpura lapillus (L.).—Very common on rocks near Rock House. *P. lapillus, var. imbricata, Lmk. : with the type.—Not referred to in Praeger’s list; nor have I any records of its occurrence in Clyde waters. It has been taken, in 20 fathoms, off Iona by Mr. Somerville. Buccinum undatum, Z.—Common. * Murex erinaceus, L.—Found dead in abundance, and generally much worn. Jeffreys gives a list of British stations, and remarks—* All the specimens procured from the northern coasts were dead” (B. C., vol. IV., p. 308). But Mr. Praeger has been fortunate enough to dredge it alive, in 3 fathoms, off Rockport, Belfast Lough, which, I understand, is a solitary record for its living state. Brown omits it from his Clyde list ; Smith quotes Bute and Ayr as places where it has been found; Forbes mentions “the Clyde, 15 fathoms, dead”; and Mr. Somerville has taken it at Ardrossan. It is got in Oban Bay, but commonly dead and worn. Trophon truncatus (Strém.).—Two examples obtained. Fusus antiquus (L.)—Common. F. gracilis (Da C.).—Sparingly on Port-Stewart sands. “I have not observed it on the Derry Coast” (Praeger). * Nassa reticulata (L.)—“ I have dead shells from Portrush and Magilligan” (Praeger). It occurs in considerable abund- ance along the broad sands of Port-Stewart, but more especially on the gravel bank beside Rock House. JV. inerassata (Strém.).—In myriads near Rock House. Defrancia linearis (Mont.).—Only one specimen. Pleurotoma nebula (Mont.).—Two examples of this rather scarce mollusc. *P. levigata, var. minor, Jeff-—It would seem that the two specimens which I obtained of this variety are a new record for the North Irish coast. Praeger does not mention the species at all; and Jeffreys gives Guernsey as NOTES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSCA OF PORT-STEWART. 17 the habitat of the type, while “the variety occurs in the Channel Isles also, and on the coasts of Dorset, Devon, and » Alcock records it from Connemara. The type is referred to in the ‘“ Medusa” records as occurring near Minard, in Loch Fyne, in 15-20 fathoms; in the Dunoon basin, in 20 fathoms; and off Carradale, in 16-20 fathoms, There are no Scottish records for the variety. *P. septangularis (Mont.).—A single example of this rare species. Smith records it from Ayr and Bute; Canon Norman states it is rare in Lamlash Bay ; Dr. Robertson took a single live specimen off Cumbrae. P. turricula (Mont.).—Abundant in the gravel beds near Rock House. Marginella levis (Don.).—Hyndman had recorded this from Magilligan. I was glad to secure one example from the gravel bank near Rock House. It was not full-grown, and had its apex slightly damaged. The shell is widely, though very sparsely, distributed over the West Highlands, but the only record from the Clyde is the dubious mention of Ayr by the late James Smith. Cyprea europea, Mont.—In great abundance on the sands, but more especially on the “ Cowry Beach,” near Rock House. Cylichna cylindracea (Penn.).—A single example washed up. *Acteon tornatilis (L.).— “Port-Stewart— Miss Richardson. Frequent on the Derry Coast, thrown up by the tide, from the Bann to Magilligan Point” (Praeger). Most of the specimens obtained of this beautiful and distinguished- looking shell were somewhat injured by the waves. * Bulla hydatis, L.—This again seems to be a new record for the North of Ireland. My specimen is a fragment, but quite recognisable. Praeger does not mention the species, and Jeffreys gives only Galway, Bantry Bay, Cork Harbour, and Dublin Bay. The only Scottish record I possess is “Deep water of Upper Loch Fyne,” mentioned in the “ Medusa” lists. It is possible that this may be right, but more likely it is a mistake for Bulla utriculus. Cornwall. 18 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Notes on the Occurrence of Trichomanes radicans, Sw., in Scotland. By Wi.LitiamM STEWART. [Read 31st October, 1899.] In preparing a list of the Ferns of the Clyde area for the meeting of the British Association in Glasgow, I found a note in the Journal of Botany, Vol. I., p. 293, by Mr. C. C. Babington of the finding of this fern in Arran, by the late Mr. George J. Combe, in 1863. In Vol. II., p. 104, Mr. Walter Galt has a reference to the discovery, in which he expresses a doubt of the plant being a native. Hennedy also, in his Flora of Clydes- dale, regards it as being a “questionable native;” while Dr. Bryce, in Arran and other Clyde Isles, accepts it as a native without demur. That it is a genuine native of Scotland is established by evidence of its having been found on Lochfyneside, as well as in Arran where it has occurred in three stations many miles apart. The collation of this evidence, and the putting on record my own testimony in connection with one of the instances, is my reason for presenting this note to the Society. In Vol. XVIL., p. 35, of the Zransactions of the Botanical Society, there is a lengthy note by Mr. W. B. Simson claiming the discovery of the Corrie station for Mr. Robert Douglas, “the . walking postman between Brodick and Corrie,” who was in the habit of collecting Ferns for sale, and who had shown him a specimen of the plant under the name of Asplenium marinum. Mr. Simson confesses that he did not know the species, which he saw was certainly not A. marinwm, but states that he subse- quently identified it as Zrichomanes radicans, Sw., and proceeds " to describe the spoliation which ensued, in which he himself was not ashamed to take the final part. He says—‘“I took off my coat, rolled up my shirt sleeves, and, with my hand, scraped the NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF TRICHOMANES RADICANS. 19 slimy mud out of the bottom of the crevice and from its sides, in the hope of finding a fragment of root, or stem rather, which might have been left behind. My ‘happy thought’ was re- warded by finding a fragment of a frond with an inch or two of rhizome, which I took away with me, wrapped in moss, and planted on my return to Edinburgh.” He concludes his note as follows:—“ What I have stated will prove that the Fern was actually found at the time and in the place I have described, though I am not at all surprised that it has never been found there since.” The absence of surprise, after such a confession, is not remarkable. The Rev. David Landsborough has a note in the same volume of the Botanical Society’s Zransactions, p. 39, in which he records the finding of Zrichomanes radicans on Lochfyneside, about the same time, by two Paisley botanists. He says—‘ Mr. James Cooke, proprietor of the Paisley and Renfrewshire Gazette, writes —‘It was found by Mr. Young and myself conjointly, in a cave on Lochfyneside, some two or three miles above Ardlamont Point, in 1863, so far as I remember. We did not know what it was, but on bringing it home Mr. Hendry identified it, and it was brought by him to the next meeting of the Philosophical Society—a very small society in those days—and he afterwards reared it to luxuriance in a pot at his home. I have visited the cave often since, and did so in August last [1886], but have not seen, either there or in the vicinity, any specimens of the plant.’ ” Mr. Cooke, whom I knew well as an enthusiastic and success- ful collector of marine algz, assured me of the genuineness of the discovery, and I remember the plant, in the early years of my residence in Paisley, growing healthily in the possession of Mr. Hendry. I have not succeeded in finding any record by Mr. Hendry, who, however, was very unmethodical, as his botanical collections prove. These I have traced to the possession of Mr. Alexander Stewart, Kilbarchan, who describes them as very large and in much disorder, so that it has been impossible to examine them thoroughly at present. I have been unable to trace Mr. Young’s Herbarium as yet. | The honour of the discovery of the second station in Arran belongs to Mr. Robert Kidston, F.R.S.E., F.G.S., who found this rare Fern on the west side in 1876. _ His statement, as recorded 20 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. by the Rev. Mr. Landsborough in his note in the Botanical Society’s Zransactions before mentioned, is as follows:—“ 7'richo- manes radicans was collected by me near Dougarie, Arran, in 1876. There were three small and depauperated roots, of which I took one; it is still alive [1887], and much increased in size since I collected it. The place of its occurrence was of such a nature as to entirely preclude the idea of its having been planted. For obvious reasons the exact locality need not be mentioned.” By the kindness of Mr. Kidston and Mrs. George J. Combe, IT am able to exhibit the original fronds of the Corrie and the Dougarie finds. In 1877 the late Mr. Morris Young, then Curator of the Museum in Paisley, sent for me to verify his identification of a basketful of fronds and rhizomes brought from Arran by Miss MacBean, a sister of Mr. A. F. MacBean, Rector of the Paisley Grammar School, These proved to be fronds and rhizomes of Trichomanes radicans, Sw. The basket contained about a dozen fronds, and portions of the rhizome amounting to upwards of a yard in length. The Fern was new to Miss MacBean, and was brought by her to Mr. Young for identification. Unfortunately it had lain in the basket exposed to the air for some days, and although Mr. Young planted and nursed it carefully he failed to save it. Miss MacBean’s account of its discovery is as follows:— She and a friend were at Lochranza in August, and when walk- ing between the edge of the cliffs and the hills towards the North end of the island, she stumbled and fell through putting her foot into one of the drains crossing the ground. On drawing aside the ferns and long grass, and looking down, she saw a small plant of Hartstongue, and knelt to reach it, but failed on account of the depth of the cutting. She brought up, however, in her grasp some fronds which appeared uncommon, and she secured as many as she could reach, together with portions of the “root,” placing them in her flower-basket, where they had lain till brought to Mr. Young. There does not seem room for doubt as to the genuineness of the discovery, and this position in which the plant was found, as well as its luxuriance of growth, quite excludes the idea of its introduction. I am sorry that none of the fronds from this station, or, as far as at present A CENSUS OF GLASGOW ROOKERIES. 21 known, from that on Lochfyneside have been preserved, but an examination of the fronds from Corrie in the Herbarium of the late Mr. Combe, or those from Dougarie in that of Mr. Kidston, leave no room for doubt as to their character as those of wild plants. As it has thus been found on the North-east side, on the West side, and at the North end of Arran, at different dates and by different discoverers, and some miles up Lochfyne- side, by yet other botanists, I think it is satisfactorily established that Trichomanes radicans, Sw., is a native of Scotland, and that we are justified in placing it on our list. A Census of Glasgow Rookeries. By Huexu Boyp Wart. [Read 29th May, 1900.] A census of British Birds is one of the tasks which lie before our Ornithologists, and one which can be readily overtaken by the exercise, in a systematic manner, of attention, care, and patience. The numbers of some breeding species, such as the Bearded Titmouse, the Golden and Sea Eagles and other Accipitrine birds, the Gannet, the Heron, the Great Skua, and the game birds, are already approximately known; and as regards other species, and amongst them some of our commonest birds, each nesting season brings round an opportunity of enumerating them with fair accuracy. Constant controversy prevails as to increase or decrease in the numbers of our birds and the utility of protecting certain species, and a census made on one system over a series of years would furnish material for deter- mining some disputed points. The Rook (Corvus frugilegus, Linn.)—one of our most common birds, with no concealment or seclusion in its nesting habits, and not shunning observation—is a species of which an example might be made, and this brief paper gives the results of an enumeration made this season of the 22 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, ~ Rookeries in and around Glasgow. The limit-radius has been fixed at three miles, more or less, from the Royal Exchange, and it will be seen that eight of the nesting-places named are within the bounds of the municipality. Beginning, like the sun, in the east, the nearest Rookery to Alexandra Park is at Gartcraig House, where there are ap- parently about 24 nests, This is outwith Glasgow, but as it is in close proximity to Barlinnie Prison, it may fairly be claimed as our own. At the Asylum, Carntyne, there are 10 nests in tall beech trees, and ‘at the neighbouring Tollcross Park (which, although the property of the City, is not within the City bounds) there are no fewer than 350, mostly in the beech and elm trees by the burn which runs through the grounds to the east of the Mansion-house. _ This is the largest Rookery on my Glasgow list, and it is a stirring and busy place on a sunny spring day, It is said to be more than a century old (Glasgow Herald, 21st June, 1897). Coming to the Clyde, Dalmarnock House (the Easter one) has 6 nests in beech trees; and Belvidere has 9 in one beech growing on the west side of the Smallpox Hospital. The two last-named places are in the City, but we cross the boundary again when we reach Westthorn House, where are 13 nests, Easterhill House has 60, scattered in the beech trees through the policy; and Fullarton House (near the Clyde Ironworks) has 19, six of which are in slender birch trees, which, as I watched them, swayed about in the breeze, rocking the cradles of this bird- nursery. The other nests here are in beech and ash trees, Crossing the river, we enter Rutherglen, but we cannot offer this ancient and royal burgh the indignity of annexing its Rookeries to Glasgow. It may be noted, however, that there is one at Gallowflat ; a small (and decreasing) one of about 10 nests at Farme Castle; one of 19 nests, in great maple and beech trees, at Muirbank, at the west end of the burgh; and one in which there seems to be from 200 to 300 nests at Castlemilk—many of the nests here are in the smaller trees, although there are larger trees near them unoccupied. On the Cart, at Netherlee, are 20 nests in lime trees in an avenue near the works, and at Cathcart House and Cartbank are 62 nests. There were 171 hereabouts last season (1899). At Langside, in the immediate neighbour- hood of the Mansion-house (in the ‘ Blue-bell” Wood), are 182 A CENSUS OF GLASGOW ROOKERIES, 23 nests, and in the garden of the house called Mariaville there are 8, almost all in beech trees. This is an increasing colony, as in 1896 there were 124 nests; in 1897, 95; in 1898, 133; and in 1899, 144. At Camphill (which is part of the Queen’s Park) are 13 nests in ash and beech trees. Last year there were 20, and in 1898,17. In 1894 there are said to have been 50, and in 1887, 5. Crosshill, up to this year, had a small Rookery at Devon Villa— probably the nearest nesting-place to the heart of the City. In 1896 there were 17 nests here; in 1897, 10; 1898, 4; in 1899, 1; and this year, none; these rooks may have joined the colony at Langside or at the neighbouring Crosshill House, which this year has 9 nests in elm and ash trees. In 1896 there were 8 nests here ; in 1897, 1; in 1898, 1; and in 1899, 7. Ibroxhill has 44 nests, a solitary one being placed prominently in the top of the tallest beech there ; and Bellahouston Park has 19 in elms and beeches, 13 being in one beech.* In Govan a Rookery is reported at Merryflats, and near Moore Park one nest was built this year, but it was destroyed—a fate which all the trees and old houses in the district seem destined to share. Crossing the Clyde in our circuit northwards, there are 21 nests in elms and beeches at Crosspark, Partick ; and in the fine tall beeches in Victoria Park are a few, probably about half.a-dozen. Next to the Langside Rookery, that on the Kelvin at and near the Botanic Gardens is the best within the City, and it has the further advantage of being easily seen. It shares with Crosshill in proximity to the heart of the City. In the Gardens are 13 nests; at Queen Margaret College, 70; and across the river at Lismore House, 11 —making 94 nests in all, in ash, beech, elm, and great maple trees (20 being in one beech). In 1893 there are said to have been 90 nests.* In Kelvingrove Park, and extending into Kelvin- grove Street and Sauchiehall Street, there were about 150 nests in 1855, but these gradually disappeared, the last being seen in 1891. This Rookery had its origin from that which flourished in the trees at the residence of Mr. James Ewing at the head of Queen Street, the birds being driven away from Queen Street 1 Duncan M‘Lellan’s Glasgow Public Parks (1894), p. 83. 2 Mr. J. Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, informs me that 23 nests were occupied this year; also § at Wearieston Farm in the Park. 3 Op. cit., p. 113, 24 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, when building operations in connection with the railway station began in 1842.1 At Jordanhill a Rookery is reported, but I have no particulars, and for the northern circuit of the City my schedule is also blank. Iam aware that the City boundary stretches to the Kelvin at Garscube Mill, including the Acre Plantation and other woods where Rooks may nest, and I should like informa- tion on this point, but the nearest Rookery I know in this locality is at Kenmure House, Bishopbriggs, where is a fairly large one. The north-east district does not seem to provide sustenance for a single Rook family; it is the “stricken field” in an actual sense—‘“a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night.” Thus I come back to Alexandra Park, from which I started, and my circuit is completed. The eight Rookeries inside the City (Dalmarnock, Belvidere, Langside, Camphill, Crosshill, Ibroxhill, Bellahouston, and Botanic Gardens) contain 384 nests; and the other Rookeries of which I have given details, (say) 911 nests=1,295 in all. I add to this 10 per cent. for omissions and oversights (my experience is that I under-estimate the numbers of birds, generally speaking), making a total of 1,425 nests. This represents 2,850 parent birds, and assuming that each nest sends out into the world two young birds, you have a further 2,850, making the native Rook population of the outskirts of Glasgow this summer amount to 5,700 birds. There is nothing remarkable in any of the nesting-places I have named; they are all, as is usual, in close proximity to our houses, and sometimes on the public road ; the majority of nests are in beeeh trees, but other kinds are used, and I can form no opinion as to why Rooks choose one species or one group of trees in preference to another. It may be remarked, however, that most of these Rookeries are close to or within sight of water, but, at the same time, you have a place, like the Nether Pollok policies, with the Cart flowing through them and abounding in wood, and yet not a Rook’s nest therein. 1 Op. cit., p. 67-8. The Rookery is figured in a drawing by the late Wm. Simpson, R.I., now in the Corporation Galleries, and entitled ‘¢ Bell’s Quarry and George Square in the Thirties.” OO CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 25 Carboniferous Lycopods and Sphenophylls. By Rosert KinstToy, F.R.S.E., F.G.S. [Read 28th November, 1899. ] Tw accordance with the custom of this Society, on the termination of my office as President, it falls to me this evening to deliver a retiring address. Before treating of the subject on which I specially wish to address you, I take this opportunity of thanking the Society for the honour they conferred upon me three years ago when they elected me their President, and the kind indulgence they have shown to me in the discharge of my duties. I would, however, specially express my thanks to the Council and to your two Secretaries for the kindly spirit which has pervaded all our meetings, public and private. They have been a pleasure to me, though I am afraid that personally I have not done much for the furtherance of the objects of the Society. This, however, has been well seen to by my colleagues in office. Presidential addresses are of two kinds: the first is that which treats of science generally, the other that which deals with some special subject. Between these two there seems to be no middle course, and as I did not feel able for the first form of address, I have chosen the other alternative, and wish to speak to you to-night on the Carboniferous Lycopods and Sphenophylls. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLIS. When one begins the study of Carboniferous Fossil Plants, probably the first specimen acquired will be a piece of the stem or rhizome of a Lycopod. ‘The group is widely distributed throughout the Carboniferous Formation, and of so frequent occurrence that perhaps we do not give them the consideration they deserve. The Sphenophylls are, however, more rare. All text-books of geology, even the most elementary, refer to the Lycopods, and generally give a few rough illustrations. Lepidodendron, Sigillaria, and Stigmaria are so often mentioned that one is led to believe that their whole life-history is clearly made out, and that nothing further regarding them is left for G 26 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. future investigation. It is true that much is known about the Carboniferous Lycopods, but many points still await careful elucidation. We could all probably recognise a Sigillaria or Lepidodendron in their typical forms were they placed before us, but how many of us could clearly point out wherein these two genera differ from each other? In my endeavours to work up the Carboniferous Flora of Britain I meet with many collectors and students of fossil botany, and have found that a great deal of confusion exists as to the distinctive generic characters of some of the Carboniferous Lycopods, and this has suggested to me that I might profitably address you on this subject to-night. The genera which will be brought before you this evening are of different values, for fossil plants usually occur in such a fragmentary condition that it is frequently—most frequently, I might say—impossible to refer the isolated leaves, fruits, and rhizomes—the parts which help to make up a whole—to their respective parent stems; hence it is necessary to place these separated parts provisionally in special genera until their relation to each other is ascertained. As we proceed these relationships will be pointed out as fully as possible. EXISTING LYCOPODS. Before considering the structure and affinities of the Car- boniferous Lycopods, it is necessary to consider briefly certain points connected with the structure and growth of existing Lycopods. These may be classified as follows:— LycopoDIAcEm&. A. Lycopodiee—with only one kind of spore (Jsosporous ). Lycopodium. Tmesipteris. Phylloglossum. Psilotum. B Selaginelleee—with two kinds of spores ( Heterosporous ). Selaginella. Isoétes. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 27 As far as we are concerned at present it will be sufficient for our purpose to consider shortly the three following genera—of Section A, Lycopodium ; and of Section B, Selaginella and Jsoétes —as it is amongst these that we will find the nearest allies to our Carboniferous Lycopods. A. Lycopopig&. Lycopodium, Linn. The centre of the stem is occupied by a cauline central vascular cylinder. This usually consists of several parallel, transverse bands of xylem, composed of scalariform tracheides pointed at both ends. These bands anastomise at intervals. If such a band were dissected out it would appear as a somewhat irregular mesh- work. Though the bands of the fibro-vascular portion of the bundle thus form a united whole, each of the bands composing the united structure may be regarded as an individual bundle. The central portion of the fibro-vascular bands consists of large scalariform vessels; at the two extremities of the band are much smaller spiral vessels. Lying between and surrounding these fibro-vascular tracts is the phloem, in which the sieve-tubes lie in lines, and are distinguished by their large size. Iying outside the phloem are some layers of broader cells—the phloem-sheath of Hagelmaier, or pericycle, the whole being surrounded by the bundle-sheath, or endodermis. Outside the phloem-sheath lies the cortex, the innermost layer of which is parenchymatous or sclerenchymatous, but not coloured as in the ferns. Surrounding this is a less indurated layer of tissue, the whole being enclosed by the epidermis. Such is the general structure of the stem, but it varies in some minor details in the different species. In some Lycopods the branching is monopodial, in others it is dichotomous. The leaves are small, single-nerved, and generally spirally placed on the stem. The sporangia are borne on the base of unaltered leaves, as in Lycopodium Selago, Linn., or on the base of bracts or sporophylls aggregated into distinct terminal cones, as in Lycopodiwm alpinum, Linn. The sporangia are reniform, and placed trans- versely on the leaf or bract, to which they are attached by a broad short stalk. They open by a cleft which runs across the apex in their longer direction. The wall of the mature sporangium 28 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. is composed of two layers of cells. The spores are numerous, very small, and of one kind, roundish or tetrahedral in form, with various markings on the exosporium. For our present purpose it is not necessary to enter into further details of the structure or development of Lycopodium. B. SELAGINELLER. Selaginella, Linn. The stem contains one or several cauline vascular bundles, which are ribbon-like in form. The xylem portion is chiefly com- posed of scalariform tracheides, the smaller and primary elements being at the ends, which are annular or spiral. The xylem is entirely surrounded by the phloem, and the stem vascular bundles are very similar in structure to those of ferns. The phloem is enclosed by two or three layers of parenchyma, which may be regarded as the pericycle. Surrounding these is a large air-space, “which is only interrupted by transverse cellular filaments, like flying buttresses, to support the bundles.” These probably represent the endodermis. The tissue surrounding the air-space and its contained bundle consists of thin-walled elongated cells, the whole stem being encased by an epidermis of long prosenchymatous tissue. The branch- ing is lateral monopodial. On the typical Selaginella the leaves are generally of two kinds—‘“ the two rows of the lower plane are more a spreading; the two rows of the upper bee wip ascending, adpressed to the stem and ———— SO . pee As imbricate.”1 On the upper side and ; near the base each leaf bears a ligule. A (Fig. 1.) Fig. 1. Selaginella sp. A, The fruit is borne in the form of Leaf showing position of ligule. terminal cones. The lower bracts, or B, Base of leaf with ligule a. sporophylls, usually bear macrospor- Bothinguves enlarged: angia, the upper microsporangia; but occasionally the macrosporangia and microsporangia may be side by side with each other. 1 Baker, Handbook to the Fern Allies, p. 31. 1887. London, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 29 The sporangia are globular, shortly stalked, and spring from the stem at the insertion of the sporophyll. The microsporangia contain numerous spores, the macrosporangia generally four macrospores. The spores, both micro and macro, have three ridges, which radiate from the centre. Their surface is variously ornamented. In Selaginella caulescens the macrospores have an equatorial, zone-like wing. Isoétes, Linn. The stem is very short, unbranched, and increases in thickness from a layer of meristem which surrounds its vascular body and produces new layers of parenchyma on the outside. This increase in the size of the stem usually takes place at two or three points, according to the species, so that in section the stem exhibits two or three projecting masses of tissue. The leaves are long and sub-triangular, convex behind and con- cave in front, and consist of two parts—a basal portion or sheath, and an upright part or lamina. They are developed in a close rosette, and each leaf contains four air-cavities divided by septa. The sporangia, which are attached by a narrow band, are placed in a hollow at the base of the leaf (the fovea). The hollow is covered more or less by the velwm or indusiwm. Above the fovea is another small pit-like hollow, the foveola, from the base of which springs the /igule, a triangular scale-like outgrowth. The sporangia are imperfectly divided into compartments by bands of tissue which stretch across from the ventral to the dorsal side. The lower leaves bear the macrosporangia, the upper the microsporangia. The macrospores are large and globular, and bear three prominent ridges, which radiate from the apex to the middle ; their outer surface is generally more or less granulated. The microspores are very small and trigonous, with a ventral rib. Some members of the genus are aquatic or sub-aquatic, and a few are terrestrial. CLASSIFICATION OF CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLILS. So many points still remain unknown, or are only insufficiently known, in connection with the structure and fructification of 30 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. some of the Carboniferous Lycopods, that at present a provisional classification only is possible. With the exception of Lepidoden- dron, the fructification of all the other genera is imperfectly known. Hence it is only possible to define the genera of the Carboniferous Lycopods and their relationship to each other in a tentative manner. It is necessary, therefore, in the absence of fuller information regarding their fructification, to depend largely for the classifica- tion of the Carboniferous Lycopods on characters derived from impressions of the outer surface of the plants, which, in addi- tion to showing the structure of the leaf-scar, also show in many cases the position held by the fructification on the stem. The structure of the fructification is, of course, the most important and only satisfactory basis on which to found a reliable classifica- tion, and when this is known it is used, but, as already stated, there are few cases where it is available. The following classification may, therefore, be adopted pro- visionally :— LYCOPODIALES. A. LycopopiTE&. Plants of moderate size, whose stems probably attained a diameter of several inches. In growth and habit resembling Selaginella and Lycopodium. Leaf-scars imperfectly defined and not possessing the prominent leaf-cushions of Lepidodendron. Vascular cicatricule of leaf single, unaccompanied by the lateral parichnos. Fructification in the form of terminal cones or sporangia placed in the axils of the leaves Leaves small. I. Lycopodites, Goldenberg, 1855 (Brongt. emended). II. Archeosigillaria, Kidston, ng. , B. LEepPipoDENDRES. Plants attaining to arborescent dimensions and ramifying by repeated dichotomy. Stems bearing fusiform or rhomboidal cushions, distant or approximate, arranged quincuncially, more or less prominent, and to some part of which are attached the single-nerved linear lanceolate or grass-like leaves. After the fall of the leaf, the cushion bears a well-defined leaf-scar, varying in shape, but generally more or less transversely rhomboidal, with upper and lower angles rounded and lateral angles acute. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 31 Within the leaf-scar are three punctiform cicatricules, the central being the vascular scar, the two lateral the parichnos. Fructifica- tion in the form of cones, frequently if not always heterosperous, terminal, or spirally or distichously arranged on the stem. Sporangia single, attached to the upper surface of the basal portion of the bract or sporophyll. Rhizomes, Stigmaria. III. Lepidodendron, Sternberg, 1820. IV. Lepidophloios, Sternberg, 1820. V. Lepidostrobus, Brongniart, 1828. VI. Lepidophyllum, Brongniart, 1828. VII. Stigmaria, Brongniart, 1822. (2) Stigmariopsis, Grand ’Eury, 1877." C. BorHRODENDRE. Plants attaining to arborescent dimensions, ramifying by repeated dichotomy. Leaf-cushions very feebly developed on young twigs, absent on mature stem. Leaf-scars small, oval, without prominent angles, cicatrices three, punctiform. Inter- foliar portion of bark ornamented with fine longitudinal flexuous strie or delicate shagreen. Leaves small, linear deltoid or broadly lanceolate. Fructification in the form of cones of the Lepidostrobus type, terminal or arranged distichously on the stem. VIII. Bothrodendron, Lindley and Hutton, 1833. D. SIGILLARIE®. Plants attaining to arborescent dimensions. Stem simple, cactus-like, or very rarely dichotomously branched, smooth or longitudinally ribbed. Interfoliar spaces of bark variously ornamented. ‘True leaf-cushions absent, but represented occa- sionally by more or less prominent cortical projections. Leaf- scars transversely rhomboidal, with generally prominent lateral angles, frequently emarginate in the upper margin. Cicatricules three, central (vascular), punctiform or transversely elongate or sub-triangular, the lateral (parichnos) vertical, straight, or lunate. Leaves single-nerved, linear-lanceolate, or long, narrow, and grasslike. Fructification strobiliform, stalked, forming irregular yerticils on the trunks or sessile, and placed in two opposite 1 See p. 108. 32 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. vertical rows. Sporangia immersed within the tissue of the bract or sporophyll. Rhizomes, Stigmaria and Stigmariopsis. IX. Sagillaria, Brongniart, 1822. X. Sigillariostrobus, Schimper, 1870. XI. Stigmaria, Brongniart, 1822. XII. Stigmariopsis, Grand ’Eury, 1870. EK. Or Uncertain Arrinity. (Lycopodiaceous.) XIII. Spencerites, Scott, 1899. SPHENOPHYLLALES. SPHENOPHYLLEX. Plants of moderate size, with comparatively slender jointed and ribbed stems. Ribs not alternating at the somewhat tumid nodes. Branching irregular, not more than one given off from a node. Leaves verticillate, cuneate, toothed, cleft, or dichoto- mously divided into linear segments or thread-like divisions. Fructification in the form of long and narrow cones. Sphenophyllum, Brongniart, 1822. GENERA OF UNCERTAIN PosiITION. I. Cheirostrobus, Scott, 1897. II. Psilotites, Goldenberg, 1855. III. Traquairia, Carruthers, 1872. I. Lycopropitss, Brongniart, 1828. 1828. Lycopodites. Brongniart, Prodrome, p. 83. 1849. Lycopodites. Brongniart (emend.), Zableau d. végét. Joss., p. 40. 1855. Lycopodites. Goldenberg, Flora Sarepontana foss., Heft. I., p. 9. Description.— Small herbaceous plants with whorled or spirally arranged leaves. Sporangia placed in the axils of the leaves or forming terminal cones. Remarks.—The genus Lycopodites was first founded by Brongniart in 1828, but subsequent investigations showed the distinguished botanist that few of the plants included in it by him had any affinity to the recent Lycopods, some of the included species having eventually been shown to belong to the Conzfere. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 33 Subsequently’ Brongniart removed from the genus all the plants originally placed in it exvept the Lycopodites falcatus, L. and H., from the Oolite.* In 1855 Goldenberg added to the genus six new species from the Carboniferous of Saarbruck.* Of these several have a great similarity in appearance to recent Lycopods, especially in their foliage to some Selaginelle. His Lycopodites primevus‘ and Lycopodites macrophyllus’ are described as having distichous leaves. In referring to these plants Solms- Laubach points out that “it is only in the case of a few of the heterophyllous Selaginella-like forms that the presence of the small ventral leaves can be ascertained; if the impression is seen from above, they are of course concealed, but in the opposite position also, they are usually withdrawn from observation through their clinging close to the stem. For this reason all Lycopodite with distichous leaves may be reckoned without hesitation among the heterophyllus forms.’® Schimper places Goldenberg’s Lycopodites denticulatus, L. leptostachys, and L, elongatus’ with leaves surrounding the stem on all sides in Lycopodium.’ - The position here taken by Schimper in the present state of our knowledge seems scarcely tenable, as there are certain important points in their structure of which our knowledge is too incomplete to warrant our referring them to Lycopodium. It therefore seems much more satisfactory to include at present all in Lycopodites. Geinitz figures a very fine example of Lycopodites Guthiert, Gépp., showing the heterophyllous branches and terminal cones, from Bockwa, Saxony.’ This and the majority of Goldenberg’s figures have been reproduced by Schimper.” 1 Brongniart, Tableau d. végét. foss., p. 40. 1849. 2 Lindley and Hutton, Fossi/ Flora, i., Pl. LXI. 3 Flora sarepontana foss., Heft. i., pp. 11-12. 4 Goldenberg, /.c., Pl. I., fig. 3. 5 1.¢., Pl. L., figs. 5¢ and 50. § Fossil Botany, 1891, p. 187. 7 Goldenberg, /.c., Pl. I. 8 Schimper, J’raité d. paléont. végét., Vol. II., p. 10. 9 Vers. d. Steinkf. in Sachsen, p. 32. Pl. L., fig. 1. 10 Schimper, 7’raité d. paléont. végét., Atlas, Pl. LVII. 34 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. More recently several fossils have been placed in Lycopodites, but apparently without suflicient claim to be included in that genus. In illustration may be mentioned the Lycopodites carbonaceus, O. Feistmantel’ and Zeiller,?> and Lycopodites selaginoides, Roehl (not Sternberg).* The Lycopodites carbonaceus is founded on branches of Lothradendron—probably B. minuti- Jfolium, and Lycopodites selaginoides, Roehl (not Sternb.), may possibly belong to the same genus. The study of the genus Lycopodites is inseparably connected with the genus Selaginites, Brongt.,* which, as its name implies, was created for the reception of plants supposed to have a relationship to Selaginella. Brongniart, however, regarded his genus of doubtful value and only figured one species Selaginites patens,’ which is certainly a Lepidendron. I possess a specimen from Hailes Quarry, near Edinburgh (No. 31), agreeing in every respect with Brongniart’s figure of Selaginites patens. My specimen was collected by the late Mr. John Gibson, of the Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh. Among other fossils which have been placed in Selaginites are the rachis of ferns and perhaps their rhizomes which, when covered with scales, have been mistaken for leafy stems. As such may be mentioned the Selaginites Hrdmanni, Germar.® This has been renamed Spiropteris Erdmanni by Schimper ;’ while the plant given by Geinitz® under the same name (Selaginites Erdmanni), and which is distinctly different from Germar’s species, has been named Rhizomopteris lycopodioides.® Several species originally described as Selaginites by Lesquereux” 1 Feistmantel, Vers. d. Béhkmischen Ablag. II. Abth. Pl. L., figs. 1, 2 =Lyconodium carbonaceum—p. 9. 2 Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin houil. d. Valenciennes, p, 495. Pl. LXXIV., fig. 1. 3 Roehl, Foss. Flora d. Steink. Form. Westphalens, p. 144. PI. VIL., fig. 3. 4 Brongniart, Prodrome, p. 84. 1828. 5 Salaginites patens, Hist. d. végét. foss., Vol. II. Pl. XXVI. 8 Vers. v. Wettin u. Lobejun, Heft. VI., p. 21. Pl. XXVI. 1849. 7 Schimper, Traité d. paléont, végét., Vol. I., p. 689. Pl. XLIX., fig. 3. 8 Vers. d. Steinkf. in Sachsen, p. 33. Pl. I., fig. 5. 1855. 9 Schimper, Traité d, paléont. végét., Vol. I., p. 699. Pl. XLIX., fig. 3. 0 Geol. Survey of Illinois, Vol. II., p. 446. 1866. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 59) were subsequently placed by him in Lycopodites.1_ In the “Coal Flora” some additional species of Zycopodites are described. His Lycopodites (Selaginites) wncinatus’ is a circinately-coiled fern, and referable to Spiropteris, Schimper. His Lycopodites aster- ophyllitefolius’ may possibly be a Lepidodendroid branchlet. Of those described in Vol. III. of the Coal Flora (1884) some seem to be very doubtful members of this genus. His Lycopodites arborescens* much resembles the branchlets of Bothrodendron, but I do not speak with any certainty on this point, as it is impossible to express any critical opinion without examining the original specimen. Of his Lycopodites simplex and Lycopodites Lacoev’ there seems no evidence, as far as one can judge from the data given, for including them in Lycopodites. Of all the species described by Lesquereux the one which appears to have most claim for inclusion in this genus is his Lycopodites flexifolius.’ Sir William Dawson has referred a few small fossils from the Devonian of Canada to Lycopodites, but the published descriptions and figures do not afford much evidence in support of the position assigned to them. Two small stems from Autun, France, showing their internal organisation, were originally described as Lycopodium punctatum, B. Renault, and Lycopodium Renaultii, Ad. Brongt.,’ but Renault has lately removed these from Lycopodiwm and placed them in the genus Heterangiwm, where they find their true position. I have gone somewhat fully into the genus Lycopodites, Brongt., as it is an extremely interesting one and one which might be easily passed over. True members of it seem to be rare, but 1 Coal Flora, p. 357. 1880. 2 Geol. Survey of Illinois, Vol. II., p. 446. Pl. XXXL, fig. 3. 3 Jbid., Vol. II., p. 447. Pl. XXXVIL, fig. 3. * Coal Flora, Vol. III., p. 778. Pl. CVI, fig. 1. 5 Coal Flora, Vol. III., p. 779. Pl. CVL., fig 2. Pic, Vol. PL, ,\p. 780; PLICVIL, fig. I. minc., Vol. LES p.779. PICVIL, figs. 3,4. 8 Renault, Recher. sur la struct. et les affinités botan. des végét. silicifiés recueillis aux environs d’ Autun et du St. Etienne. Autun, 1878, pp. 146- 157. Pls. XXIII.-XXV. See also Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, pp. 187, 188. 1891. 36 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. perhaps it is commoner than suspected through being sometimes overlooked. In Britain I have observed three species of Lycopodites, exclusive of Lycopodites Vanuxemi, Gopp. sp., which I now remove from Lycopodites and place in a new genus, Archeo- sigillaria. The following are the British members of Lycopodites :—' LycopopiTEs GUTBIERI, Géppert. Fig. 2.—B. 1837. Lycopodites Gutbieri, Gopp., in Germar’s Lehrb. d. 1853. * 1870. Z u Mineral, p. 440 (fide Geinitz). Geinitz. Vers. d. Steinkf. im Sachsen, p. 32. Pl. L, fig. 1. Schimper. TZraité d. paléont. végét., Vol. Il., p.9. Pl LVIE, fig. 4. 1894. Lycopodites elongatus, Kidston (not Goldenberg). Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., Vol. XIT., p. 254. Description.—Plant dividing by dichotomous ramification. A 8 Yh Zs Fig. 2.—A, Lycopodites ciliatus, Kidston; a, natural size; b, leaf enlarged (No. 1743). B, Lycopodites Gutbiert, Gopp. 3a, portion of branch, naturalsize; b, leaf enlarged (No. 1501). Leaves dimorphic. The larger lateral leaves lanceolate, slightly sickle- shaped, single-nerved, and spreading. The two rows on the ventral surface much smaller and closely adpressed to the stem. Fructification in the form of long narrow terminal cones. Remarks. — This species is only known to meas British by two small specimens from the Radstock Series (Upper Coal Measures), Camerton, Somersetshire, which were collected by Mr. W. Hemingway. One of these shows the fossil (No. 1501), the other the impression (No. 1502). On the former the lateral leaves only are shown. The impression, 1The Lycopodites? longibracteatus, Morris, in Prestwick. Geology Coalbrookdaie. Explanation to Pl. XXXVIIL., figs. 8, 9, 10, is a Lepido- dendron. Trans. Geol. Soc. London, 2nd Ser., Vol. V. 1840. — . a isl yee CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 37 however, though not so clear, shows traces of the ventral leaves. Tt must be remembered that the small ventral leaves are only visible in one position. This species has a great resemblance in its general aspect to some forms of Selaginella. LycopopiTes ciiatus, Kidston, n.sp. Fig. 2.—A. This species is only known by one small specimen, of which both fossil and counterpart have been preserved. The fossil shows one arm of a fork and part of another, the larger being about 1} inches long. These two arms of the dichotomy evidently represent the fructification of the species, for mixed with the leaves are macrospores of small size. The fossil is flattened, and it is difficult to ascertain the arrangement of the leaves or bracts, but they appear to have been in several rows and were probably spirally placed. The sporangia seem to have been borne at the base of the leaves on an ordinary branch which does not appear to have been much modified or to form a distinct cone. The leaves are very small, about 2 of an inch long, oval-lanceolate and distinctly ciliate. IT am again indebted to Mr. W. Hemingway for this interesting specimen. Loc. Monckton Main Colliery, near Barnsley, Yorkshire. Hor. Barnsley Thick Coal, Middle Coal Measures. Lycopopires Srocku, Kidston. 1884. Lycopodites Stockir, Kidston. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. XIV., p. ibs PLY. 1891. Lycopodites Stockti, Solms-Laubach. Fossil Botany, p. 186. This species has been fully described and figured in the Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1884. It is very distinct from the other members of the genus. The leaves appear to have been arranged in whorls, as shown by their scars, on a portion of the stem from which they have been removed. The larger leaves are oval cordate, acuminate, with a strong central midrib, and are rather more than a quarter of an inch long. 38 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The smaller leaves are transversely oval and have very much the appearance of sporangia, but the occurrence of sporangia mixed with the leaves of a stem that terminates in a well-defined cone is a condition quite unknown amongst recent Lycopods. ~Tam therefore led to regard these oval structures as a dimorphic condition of leaf. Again, in the dimorphic-leaved Lycopods the leaves are placed in four rows, but in Lycopodites Stockii there appears to be at least six rows, though more probably there were eight rows, as shown by small scars left by the fallen leaves. The state of preservation of the fossil does not admit of a satisfactory determination of this point. The specimen is about 4 inches long, of which the cone occupies about 14 inches, but it is incomplete. Solms-Laubach refers to this fossil as “‘a remarkably fine form with the habit of Lycopodium Phlegmaria. It was collected by Mr. Thomas Stock from the Calciferous Sandstone Series, Glencartholm, Eskdale, Dumfriesshire. »1 II. ArcHmosiGILtLaRia, Kidston, n.g. Plants with stems attaining a diameter of over 25 cm. Leaf- scars contiguous, broadly fusiform on younger branches, hexagonal on older stems, having a single vascular cicatrice. Remarks.—This genus is formed for the reception of the plant which has usually been designated Sigillaria Vanuxemi, Gopp. As far as 1am aware the only known specimens of the plant are the original example figured, but not named, by Vanuxemi,? and to which Goéppert applied the name of Sigillaria Vanuxemi,*® and those in the Kendal Museum, some of which I described and figured in 1885.* From the examination of the Kendal Museum specimens it appeared to me that the plant could not be included in Sigillaria, and I therefore placed it in Lycopodites. Subsequent study has, however, shown that it must also be removed from Lycopodites, and that there is no existing genus in 1 Fossil Botany, p. 186. 2 Geol. of New York, Part III., p. 184, fig. 51, 1842 3 Goppert: Foss. Flora d. Ubergangs, p. 249, 1852. 4 Kidston: Linn. Soc, Jour. Bot., Vol. XXI., p. 560, Pl. XVIII. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 39 which it can be suitably placed. I have therefore been under the necessity of creating the genus Archeosigillaria for its reception. Archeosigillaria is distinguished from Lycopodites by the con- tiguous and distinct leaf-scars, which become hexagonal on the older stems from mutual pressure, and the apparently much larger growth of the plant; from Lepidodendron by the absence of a leaf-cushion and lateral cicatricules (parichnos) of the leaf-scar, and from Sigillaria by its single central vascular-scar, unaccom- panied by the two lateral lunate parichnos. The small deltoid lanceolate leaf agrees with that of some species of Lycopodites, but not with the leaves of Lepidodendron or Sigillaria. Archeosigillaria forms, therefore, a genus clearly separated from all the other genera of Palceozoic Lycopods. From our imperfect knowledge of Archeosigillaria Vanuaxemi and complete ignorance of its fructification, its systematic position is uncertain, but its place is probably in the Lycopodiales, and I provisionally place it there beside Lycopodites. ARCHZOSIGILLARIA VANUXEMI, Géppert sp. 1842. Vanuxem. Geol. of New York, Part ITT., p. 184, fig. 51. 1852. Sigillaria Vanuxemi. Gopp.: Foss. Flora d. Ubergangs, p. 249. 1862. Sigillaria Vanuxemi. Dawson: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIIL, p. 307, Pl. XII., fig. 7. 1863. Sigillaria Vanuwemi. Hall: 16th Annual Rept. of Condi- tion of State Cabinet of Nat. Hist., pp. 99 and 113, fig. 5. Albany. 1871. Sigillaria Vanuxemi. Dawson: Foss. Plants of Devon and Upper Silur. Form. of Canada, p. 21. 1880. Sigillaria Vanuxemi. Lesquereux: Coal Flora, Vol. II., p. 505. 1887. Sigillaria Vanuxemi. Weiss: Sigillarien d. Preuss. Stein- kohlengebiete, I. Gruppe der Favularien. Kénig. Preuss.” Geol. Landesanstalt, Berlin, p. 65 (291), Pl, IX. (XV.), fig. 30, 40 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 1885. Lycopodites Vanuxemi. Kidston: Linn. Soc. Jour. Bot., Vol. XXI., p. 560, Pl. XVIII. Description.—Stem dividing dichotomously and attaining a diameter of over 25 cm. Leaf-scars arranged in spirals; on the younger branches fusiform, touching each other laterally, but separated vertically by a slight interval; those on the older branches hexagonal and contiguous. Vascular cicatricule single and situated slightly above the centre, leaves deltoid acuminate. Fructification unknown. Horizon and Localities.—The type of the species was discovered in the Upper Devonian (Chemung Group) of New York. The British specimens were collected in the neighbourhood of Shap Toll-Bar, Westmoreland, from the lower beds of the Mountain Limestone as developed in that area. These rocks are probably of the same age as part of the Calciferous Sandstone Series of Scotland. III. LeprpopEnpRon, Sternberg, 1820. 1820. Lepidodendron. Sternberg: Essai flore monde prim., I. fasc. I., pp. 20 and 25; fase. IV., p. 10. 1828. Lepidodendron. Brongniart: Prodrome, p. 84. 1822. Sagenaria. Brongniart: Class. d. végét. foss., p. 9. 1824. Lepidolepis. Sternberg: Essai flore monde prim., I. fasc. ELEY Pived: 1826. Knorria. Sternberg: Hssai flore monde prim., I. fase. IV., p. 37. 1838. Bergeria. Presl, in Sternberg: Lssai jlore monde prim., II. fasc., 7-8, p. 183 (in part). 1838. dspidiaria. Presl,in Sternberg: Essai flore monde prim., II. fasc., 7-8, p. 180 (in part). Description.—Plants of arborescent growth, attaining to a height of a hundred feet. Stem dividing dichotomously and forming a much ramified head. Outer surface of bark bearing contiguous or more or less distinct rhomboidal or fusiform cushions on whose surface, generally slightly above the centre, is situated the leaf-scar. Within the leaf-scar are three puncti- form cicatricules, the central of which is the scar of the leaf- bundle—the two lateral are possibly glandular organs—the CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 4] parichnos. Leaves simple, entire, single-nerved, lanceolate, short, or long and grass-like. Fructification in the form of cones (Lepidostrobus), the lower bracts of which bear macrosporangia and the upper microsporangia. The cones are borne at the termination of the branches, or sessile and placed in two opposite vertical rows—(Ulodendron in part). In the sub-cortical con- dition the trunk is irregularly striated longitudinally and the leaf cicatrice is single (the vascular bundle cicatrice). Internal structure of stem. — As Lepidodendron vasculare, Binney, sp. (= Lepidodendron selaginoides, Carruthers and Williamson)? is the species most commonly met with showing its internal organisation, it may be conveniently taken in illustrating the anatomy of Lepidodendron. In ayoung stem the central axile bundle consists of irregularly disposed tracheides, of which the outer and much smaller are mostly spiral, and the inner and larger scalariform. The centre of the bundle is composed of isodiametric spiral tracheides mixed with parenchyma. The primary bundle is surrounded by a zone of delicate small- celled parenchyma—the inner cortex of Williamson. Succeeding the inner cortex is a zone of large-celled but very delicate parenchyma—the middle vortex of the same author. This is enclosed by a zone of large thick-walled parenchyma which forms the ground tissue of the leaf-cushions. * 1 1862, Sigillaria vasculare, Binney, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIIL., p. 106, Pl. IV.; 1869, Lepidodendron selaginoides, Carruthers, Monthly Mic. Journ., Octr., p. 177, Pl. XXVII._ It is quite possible that the stems here described may really belong to Lepidodendron selaginoides, Sternberg, (Essai flore monde prim., fase. II., p. 29, Pl. XVI. fig. 3, Pl. XVIIL., fig. 1.) which only represents the smaller branches of Lep. /yeopodiordes, Sternberg, ibid., fase. II., p. 29, Pl. XVL, figs. 1, 2, and 4), as that species is common in the Lower Coal Measures, the horizon in which the stems showing struc- ture are found. This probability is further heightened by the fact that the imperfectly preserved leaf-cushions on specimens showing structure when removed from the matrix have very much the form of those of that species. As, however, its identification is by no means certain, it is much better to use Binney’s name of vasculare for these specimens. -2 See also Bower, ‘‘On the Structure of the Axis of Lepidostrobus Brownii, Schimper, Ann. of Bot., Vol. VIL, No. 27, Sep., 1893, pp. 348, 344, D 49 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. When the stem of Lepidodendron has attained to the condition described, certain important changes take place by the formation of exogenously developed tissues. At some point of the circumference of the primary bundle a development of secondary xylem commences which is formed from a cambium ring. At first the secondary xylem appears as a crescent-like growth on the outside of the primary bundle; this gradually extends all round, and at length the original bundle is surrounded by an exogenously developed secondary zone of xylem, whose radial thickness is only limited by the death of the plant. The elongated scalariform tracheides forming the secondary xylem are radially arranged and separated by medullary rays. A second source of increase in the girth of the stem arises from the formation of a cork cambium or phellogen, which appears immediately outside of the so-called middle cortex. The tissue developed on the inner side of the phellogen consists of long thick-walled prosenchymatous fibres, which add rigidity to the stem. If any true cork is developed in the outer margin of the phellogen, it is only to a very small extent. The leaf-bundles spring from the small outer tracheides of the primary bundle, and, bending upwards and outwards, pass through the zone of secondary xylem into the leaves. In their course outwards they are accompanied by a parenchymatous sheath derived from the inner bark. The leaf-trace in passing through the inner cortex is further accompanied by a tract of parenchyma derived from the middle cortex. This tract immediately before passing into the leaf divides into two parts and forms the parich- mos, one lying on each side of the foliar bundle. Minor modifications of type occur in different species of Lepidodendra, some never possessing a pith cavity, but it is probable that in all a secondary zone of xylem was developed, though in some at a later period of their growth than in others. It is true that in the plants originally described as Lepidoden- dron fuliginosum, Will., and Lepidodendron Harcourtit, Witham (2 Will), no secondary zone of xylem has been observed,’ but the first is ‘certainly a Lepidophloios, and there is strong evi- t See following note, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 43 dence to believe that the latter should also be transferred from Lepidodendron to Lepidophloios.* There are many interesting points in the structure of Lepidodendron which cannot be dealt with in this paper, and some that are yet imperfectly understood.” 1 In the large stem of Lepidophioios from Dalmeny, recently described by Seward and Hill in the Zrans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX., Part IV., p. 907, 1900, there is a thick zone of secondary xylem. It seems very probable that we have here a large specimen of Lepidodendron Harcourtii of Witham, which is really a Lepidophloios, and that the stem later described by Williamson, from the Yorkshire and Lanarkshire Coal Measures, as Lepidodendron Harcourtii, Witham, is perhaps not Witham’s plant. 2 The literature of the subject is very large, but the following works may be specially mentioned in connection with the internal organization of Lepidodendron :— C. Ec. Bertranp, Remarquessur le Lepidodendron Harcourtit de Witham. Travaux et Mémoirs des Faculiés de Lille, Vol. I1., Mem. No. 6, Lille, 1891. Binney, “Observations on the Structure of Fossil Plants found in the Carboniferous Strata,” Paleont. Soc., Part II., ‘“‘Lepidostrobus and some allied Cones,” 1871. Binney, ibid., Part III., Lepidodendron, 1872. Binney, idid., Part IV., Sigillaria and Stigmaria, 1875. Bower, ‘‘On the Structure of the Axis of Lepidostrobus Brownii, Schimper,” Ann, of Bot., Vol. III., No. 27. Hick and Casu, ‘The Structure and Affinities of Lepidodendron,” Proc. Yorkshire Geol. and Polytechnic Soc., Vol. XI., Part IL., p. 316, 1889. Hove acqvE, ‘‘ Recherches sur le Lepidodendron selaginoides, Sternb.” Ménm. Soc. Linn de Normandie, Vol. XVII., fase. I., 1892, Caen. Renavtt, Cours d. botan. foss. Deux. anneé (Vol. II.), 1882. RENAULT, Biudes a. gites Minéraux dela France, Bassin Houiller et Permien @ Autun et @ Epinae, fase. IV., ‘‘Flore Fossile,” Deux Part, Text. 1896. Atlas, 1893. Sorms-LavBacn, Fossil Botany, English Edition, Oxford, 1891. ScuEenk, Die Fossilen Pflanzen, 1888, Breslau. Witrramson, ‘“‘On the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,” Phil. Trans., Memoir II., 1872; Mem. III., 1872; Mem. X., 1880; Mem. XI., 1881; Mem. XII., 1881; Mem. XIV., 1889 ; Mem. XIX., 1893; ‘‘General Morphological and Histological Index, &c., Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Part TI., Session 1892-1893. 1893. Wirnam, The Internal Structure of Fossil Vegetables found in the Carboni- ferous and Oolitic Deposits of Great Britain, 1883. Wirnam, “On the Lepidodendron Harcourtit,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northwmberland, Vol. II., 1838. 44 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Remarks.—The leaf-cushion consists of a clearly-defined and more or less elevated rhomboidal or fusiform area, generally longer than broad, whose lateral angles are usually prominent. On the greater number of specimens the leaf-cushions are flat or very little elevated (fig. 3). This condition is most probably due to pressure. From the deep impressions of Lepidodendra frequently found, the leaf-cushions, when uncompressed, must have possessed a considerable amount of elevation in many, if not in all species. * Fig. 4.—Leaf cushion of Lepidodendron Fig. 3.—Lepidodendron aculea- aculeatum, Sternb., tum, Sternb., Lower Coal slightly enlarged. Measures, Stevenston (No. For description see 2482). text. Within the cushion, usually, situated slightly above the centre is the rhomboidal or transversely elongate rhomboidal leaf-scar (a) fig. 4, whose upper and lower angles are more or less rounded, the two lateral acute and generally produced as two downward keels (6). Within the leaf-scar (a) and usually below the centre are three punctiform cicatricules, the central of which is the scar of the foliar bundle. The two lateral cicatricules are possibly glandular organs and have been termed the parichnos (/). 1 The following specimens in my collection show this very well:—Lepi- dodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb. (No. 24538); Lep. Veltheimianum, Stbg., (?) (No. 61); and Lepidodendron ophiurus, Bgt., (?) (No. 1474). CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 45 Extending both above and below the leaf-scar is a central keel, which often bears transverse notches on its lower part. Above the leaf-scar and in the line of the central keel is a small cicatricule (c), which has been named by Stur the ligule scar. This little cicatricule is immediately above the leaf-scar in Lepidodendron aculeatum, Sternb., fig. 4c. In Lepidodendron rimosum, Sternb., it is placed a short distance above the leaf-scar (fig. 5). Above the ligule-scar is a transverse triangular notch (fig. 4e), which has been regarded as the homologue of the “sporangium attachment” by Stur.* The area surrounding the leaf-scar is called the field (d). In most species of Lepidodendron immediately underneath the leaf-scar are two oval pits (/), one on each side of the keel. These also appear to be glandular or secreting Fig. 5. — Lepidodendron organs.2 Some Lepidodendra, such as rimosum, Sternb. Leaf Lepidodendron dichotornum, Zeiller (not ee wane Sternb. 2), do not possess them.*® On many specimens the so-called ligule-scar cannot be observed, but as it is very small, only well-preserved examples can be expected to show it. In a less degree the same remark applies to the “sporangium notch.” I am inclined to think, however, that sometimes these are absent from some individuals—an absence which cannot be ascribed to an imperfect preservation of the fossil. Specimens in my collection support this view. If we regard the so-called “ligule-scar” of Lepidodendron as homologous with the ligule-scar occurring in Selaginella—and this interpretation finds support in the investigations of Mr. Maslen,‘ who describes the occurrence of a ligule on the sporophyll of Lepidostrobus immediately in front of the sporan- 1 Stur, Culm Flora, p. 228, and Explan. to Pl. REX, fig, 1. 2 Transpiration openings of Potonié, Lehrb. d. Pflanzenpalaontologie, p. 220. 1899. 3 Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin Houil. d. Valenciennes, Pl. LXVIL., fig. 1. 4 Annals of Botany, Vol. XII., No. XLVI., 1898, p. 257. This ‘is referred to more fully under Lepidostrobus. 46 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. gium—then we must regard the leaf-cushion as a persistent basal portion of the leaf remaining permanently attached to the bark. The so-called ‘ligule-scar”? in Lepidodendron is really a small pit from whose base the ligule springs. This structure has been described by the late M. Hovelacque in his work on Lepidodendron selaginoides. * The leaf-cushions are arranged in steep spirals and are con- tiguous, as in Lepidodendron ophiwrus, Brongt., or more or less distant, as in Lepidodendron rimosum, Sternb., or Lepidodendron serpentigerum, Konig, where the cushions end in tail-like pro- longations, by which the various members of the same spiral series are connected to each other. In some species, however, em the leaf-scars are contiguous or more or less distant, according to the conditions | of growth or age of the individual. This is seen in Lepidodendron aculeatum, Sternb. In some species, as in Lepidodendron x2 serpentigerum, Konig, the leaf-cushions Ig. G. — Lepidedendren 2° always distant as far as at present Wortheni, Lx. Leaf known, and the interfoliar space is orna- cushion, natural size, mented with fine irregular wavy lines, showing ornamentation and a somewhat similar form of orna- e212), mentation of the bark appears to be a constant character on all species where the leaf-cushions are distant. As a rule, the surface of the leaf-cushion is free from all orna- mentation except the transverse notches, which are frequently present on the lower portion of the keel. In some cases this may be due to shrinkage of the tissues through decay, but probably it is not always so caused. In Lepidodendron Wortheni, Lx., how- 1 The ‘‘ ligule” of MM. Bertrand and Hovelacque has been named the ‘* Adenoid Organ” by Prof. Williamson, who could not see in it the homo- logue of the ligule of Selaginelia and Isoétes.—See Williamson, Mem. XIX., Phil. Trans., Vol. 184, pp. 9-10, 1893. * Hovelacque, ‘‘ Recherches sur le Lepidodendron selaginoides, Stern- berg,” Mem. de Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie, Vol. XVII., fase. I., 1892. Caen. i Ss = CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 47 ever, an important character of this species is the presence of well-defined irregular transverse ridges which extend over the whole area of the leaf-cushion, which also does not appear to be keeled. (Fig. 6.) In the great majority of Lepidodendra the bark and leaf- cushions keep pace in growth with the increase in diameter of the stem, but in Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb., and a few other Carboniferous Lycopods,! although the leaf-cushions and bark increase in size with age, as in other species, to a certain extent, the bark becomes longitudinally fissured from the increase in the girth of the stem. These fissures in casts of the specimens necessarily appear as elevated, more or less irregular, ridges. Pressure often flattens these ridges, which then extend over neighbouring portions of the bark and entirely obliterate the leaf-cushions, and such specimens of Lepidodendron Veltheimianum have frequently been mistaken for Sigilaria. This condition is only seen in aged specimens,* some of which are figured by Schimper.* I believe the Lyginodendron Landsburgit of Gourlay is founded on an extreme, though similar, condition of an old Lepidodendron stem with which the Lyginodendron of Williamson has no aftinity.* The fructification is in the form of cones. In the great majority of the species these terminate the small branches as in Lepidodendron ophiurus, Brongt. (No. 912), and Lepidodendron lycopodioides, Sternb. (No. 2232). In a few species, as Lepido- dendron Veltheimianum, Sternb., and Lepidodendron Landsburgii, Kidston, the cones are sessile, and are borne on the large stems in two opposite rows, the cones in one row alternating with those of the other row. It is a most peculiar and marked character of the so-called Ulodendroid Lycopods that the fructification is only produced on stems of considerable size and age. A stem of Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb., in my pos- session, about 4 inches wide, shows the point to which the cones 1 Sigillaria discephora, Konig sp., is another example. 2T possess several specimens of Lep. Veltheimianum showing various states of this condition.—See Nos. 62, 62a, and 76. 3 Schimper—(Koechlin-Schlumber and Schimper), Le terv d. Transition de Vosges, Pl. XXIII., 1862. * Gourlay, Description of Lyginodendron Landsburgti, Proc. Phil. Soc. of Glasgow, Vol. I., Part II., p. 108, 1841-44. 48 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. had been attached as mamille-like elevations.! This must indi- cate that the cone when removed was in a very early state of development, for the cup-like depressions are formed by the base of the sessile cone pressing against the bark which grows up round it. These cups participate in the increase of the stem, and long after the fall of the cone continue to increase in size, and thus is formed the characteristic cup-like depressions on the bark, which gave rise to the genus Ulodendron, L. and H.? In the Ulodendroid scars of Lepidodendron the scar of the cone attachment—the wmbilicus—is approximately central. But this mode of fructification is not restricted to Lepido- dendron, for it also occurs in Sigillaria and Bothrodendron. The cones are heterosporous, the lower tracts bearing the macrosporangia and the upper the microsporangia. There is, of course, the possibility of some Lepidodendra having had homo- sporous cones, but there is no clear evidence that this was the case. The detailed structure of the cones will be described under the genus JLepidostrobus, Brongt., for, unfortunately, in the majority of cases, the cones are found separated from their stems, and it is then frequently impossible to refer them to their parent species. This circumstance has necessitated the formation of the genus Lepidostrobus, Brongt., for their reception. When the epidermal layer of the bark is removed, the exposed surface is irregularly striated longitudinally and only shows the cicatrice of the foliar bundle. The genus Aspidiaria, Presl, is in part founded on such specimens of Lepidodendron.® The leaves of Lepidodendron are entire and single-nerved. © On Lepidodendron lycopodioides, Sternb., Lepidodendron ophiurus, Brongt., and many other species, they are lanceolate. On Lepido- dendron longifoliwm, Brongt., and Lepidodendron obovatum, Sternb., they are very long and grass-like—on the larger stems of the latter species attaining a length of 30 inches.+ The leaves must have remained on the branches a long time, increasing in size with age. This is clearly seen on specimens on which the 1See Kidston, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. XVI., Pl. IV., Fig. 2, 1885. * Lindley and Hutton, Fossil Flora, Vol. I., p. 22, 1831. ® Presl, in Sternberg, Vers. II., p. 180, 1838. Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin houil de Valenciennes, p. 442. — a eo CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 49 foliage is still attached, where the leaves on the stems are always much larger than those on the twigs—the general rule being the larger the stem the larger the leaves, up to the period at which the leaves are shed. In some species the leaves remain attached to the stem for a greater length of time than in other species. In Lepidodendron lycopodioides, Sternb., the leaf-base seems to have remained on the cushion for some time after its upper portion had been separated or decayed, and in this species one can seldom observe the form of the leaf-scar which is placed towards the upper end of the cushion. A specimen from Oaks Colliery, Barnsley, collected by Mr. Hemingway, shows a leaf-cushion of this species with a leaf attached (No. 2165). In this state no line of demarcation can be detected between the leaf and the cushion. The upper portions of the other leaves on this example are broken off (probably, in the case of the specimen under discussion, by mechanical means), but the lower part remains attached to the cushion and extends down each side some distance past the apex, giving the upper part of the cushion the appearance as if winged. The lower portion of the leaf is here much wider than the leaf- scar left after the removal of the leaf, as shown by specimens from which the leaf has been shed, from which one is led to presume that it was partially attached to the cushion. In other species the leaf seems to be cut off by some special provision, though in Lepidodendron lycopodioides it seems to wither away. In Lepidodendron Haidingeri, Ett. (No. 1022), where also the leaf-scar is situated toward the upper end of the cushion, there appears to be a somewhat similar mode of attachment of the leaf. The leaf-scar and cushion increase in size with the increase of the stem in growth, though in a few species, as in Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb.—to which reference has already been made in this connection—the stem increases in girth quicker than the bark, which becomes longitudinally cleft. The leaves are often found separated from their parent stems, and as in this condition they can seldom be identified with the species to which they belong, they are placed in a separate genus —the genus Lepidophyllum, Brongt. 50 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The rhizome of Lepidodendron is Stigmaria, but as Stigmaria is also the rhizome of Sigillaria, if not also of other Arborescent Lycopods, it will be considered separately. The genus Anorria, Sternberg,' is founded on a decorticated condition of Lepidodendron, and other Lycopod stems. It arises in this way. The inner tissues having decayed, the firm, outer portion of the bark is left as a hollow cylinder. When this has become filled with sediment and subjected to pressure, the contained infilling material is pressed into the openings in the outer bark, through which the vascular bundles pass to the leaves. On the subsequent decay of the bark, the casts of the bundle passages are left as so many spine-like points attached to the central inorganic core which filled up the hollow cylinder. It must be remembered that these passages not only represent the space occupied by the leaf-bundle, but also the cellular sheath which accompanied it, and which divided out two arms when in the leaf-cushion to form the parichnos. I possess an interesting specimen of which the core is Knorria acicularis,* but the impression on the rock which surrounded the Knorria is Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb. The space between the Anorria and the Lepidodendron was filled in with coaly matter when found (Nos. 50-51). There remains still to be considered the question of the aflinity of Lepidodendron. That it is Lycopodiaceous is clearly shown from the develop- ment of the sporangium, but as to which of the existing genera of Lycopods Lepidodendron stands closest is a very difficult point to determine. In the structure of the vascular axis perhaps it stands closer to Lycopodium than to Selaginella. Some Lepidodendra are certainly heterosporous, though some species may have had homosporous cones, but on this point there is at present no certainty.* The known heterospory of at least some Lepido- dendra point to closer affinities with Selaginella than with 1 Sternberg, Flore monde prim., Vol. I., fase. IV., p. 387, 1826. 2 Knorria acicularis, Goppert, Die fos. Flora des Ubergangsgebirges, p. 200, Pl. XXX., fig. 3, 1852. ° See remarks under Lepidosérobus, p. 61. ee ee — = CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 51 Lycopodium.* If we add to this the presence of a ligule on the leaves (?) of Lepidodendron and on the sporophylls of Lepidostrobus (and as far as I can judge from the investigations of Bertrand, Hovelacque, and Maslen, the cushions of Lepidodendron and sporophylls of Lepidostrobus possess a small scale), then the position of Lepidodendron points to a closer relationship with Selaginella than with any other existing genus. Though I have seen the so-called ligule in transverse sections of leaf-bases, or cushions as they have been usually termed, as figured by Hovelacque,* I have not seen it in profile as figured in Lepidostrobus by Maslen.* As already mentioned, if we regard the small point above the leaf-scar as the cicatricule, or, more correctly, the opening of the ligule cavity, we must consider what has usually been termed the leaf-cushion as a persistent part of the leaf, and not a cortical outgrowth. In Lepidodendron the “leaf-cushion” is generally clearly circumscribed, and one can imagine it to be the very much shortened portion of a persistent leaf-base, though I do not know of any other plant that sheds part of the leaf while the remaining portion persists as a cushion on the bark.* When, however, one applies the same explanation in regard to the “ligule-scar ” of Sigillaria, and I presume there is no doubt that the small cicatrice so frequently seen a short distance above the leaf-scar is homologous to the so-called ligule-scar in Lepido- dendron, additional difficulties arise in explaining its position as representing the ligule of Selaginella. In Sigillaria there is no “field” surrounding the leaf-scar, or any other mark to define an area corresponding to the field in Lepidodendron, and still we must presume here also that the “ligule-scar” on Sigillaria is placed on the leaf-base if the homology is to hold good, for if it is not on the leaf-base, but on 1 Perhaps, however, too much importance is being placed on the hetero- sporous and homosporous condition in the classification of the recent Lycopods. 2 Recherches sur le Lepidodendron selaginoides, Sternb., Pl. VIL., fig. 2. ° Maslen, Annals of Botuny, Vol. XII., 1898, p. 258. *In many species of Lepidodendra the leaf when shed leaves behind so clearly defined a scar, that I think one must conclude that the leaf has been cut off by some structure specially adapted to perform this function. 52 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. the stem, it seems very doubtful to me if it is possible to regard this little cicatricule above the leaf-scar as indicating the position of an homologous structure to the scale on the leaf of Selaginella. If the figure given by Mr. Maslen, already referred to, is a correct representation of the specimen, there appears to be no room for doubt that the ligule there shown is homologous with the ligule of Selaginella, but though in Sigillaria mamillarcs, Brongt., Sigillaria Brardii, Brongt., and other Sigillarie, the leaves are placed on more or less prominent elevations, and in Sigillaria MacMurtrei, Kidston, this elevation almost amounts to a pedicel, still all these swellings to which the leaves are attached have a different appearance and structure from the clearly- defined Lepidodendron leaf-scar, and it makes one reluctant to accept as proved beyond all further question the true homologue of the little cicatricule under discussion. A similar little cicatricule occurs above the leaf-scar of Bothro- dendron, and in Pinakodendron, Weiss, which is closely related to Bothrodendron, there are two, frequently three, small cicatricules, above the leaf-scar,! which it is difficnlt to regard as different in significance or function from the single cicatricule found in Bothrodendron and in many Sigillaria, and such a plurality of ligules is entirely unknown amongst recent Lycopods. It would appear then that though Lepidodendron has some points which accord more with Lycopodiwm than with Selaginella, especially in regard to the arrangement of its leaves, it has others which point toa closer relation with Selaginella. With 7'mesipteris the bundle of those species of Lepidodendron, which have a solid axis devoid of a pith cavity, has a greater similarity than to that of either Lycopodiwm or Selaginella. Like so many paleozoic types, Lepidodendron embraces within itself characters which we do not now find united in the individual, but which occur in the group, and to attempt to force a special relationship to any existing genus is a course which cannot be advocated. 1 Weiss and Sterzel, Die Sigillarien d. Preuss. Steink. u. Rothiisgenden Gebiete. II. Die Gruppe der Subsigillarien, Abhandl. d. k. Preuss. Geol. Landesansialt Neue Folge., Heit. 2, p. 61, 1898. (Pinakodendron Ohmanni, Weiss, p. 62, Pl. III., figs. 17, 18.) CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 53 IV. Lxpipoputoros, Sternberg, 1826. 1826. Lepidophloios, Sternberg. Essai flore monde prim., Vol. I., fase. iv., p. 13. 1833. Halonia, Lindley and Hutton. fossil Flora, Vol. II. pp. 11-14. 1836. Pachyphieus, Goppert (in part). Die foss. Farrnkréuter, p. 468. (Nova Acta Acad. C.L.C. Nat. Curios, Vol. XVII. Breslau.) 1838. Zamites, Presl, in Sternberg (im part). Vol. II., fase. 7 and 8, p. 195. 1848. Lomatophloios, Corda, Beitr. z. Flora d. Vorwelt, p. 17. 1855. Cyclocladia, Goldenberg (not L. and H.). Flora Sarapont. Joss., Lief. I., p. 18. Plants of arborescent growth with dichotomous ramification. Stems and branches bearing well-developed scale-like leaf-cushions, at or near whose summit is placed the leaf-scar. Leaf-cushions imbricated, pedicel-like, upright or deflexed, exposed portion with slightly curved or straight sides or rhomboidal in outline, smooth or carinate, sometimes provided with a small tubercle immediately beneath the leaf-scar. Leaf-scar transversely oval, rhomboidal, or rhomboidal-elongate, lateral angles rounded or acute, upper and lower angles generally rounded, sometimes pointed. Within the leaf-scar are three punctiform cicatricules, of which the central (vascular) is sometimes the largest, and occasionally triangular in form. Fructification borne on specialized branches, and consisting of deciduous stalked cones arranged in several spirals (Halonia). In the corticated condi- tion the Halonial protuberances rise little above or are on a level with the bark, and are surrounded by a circle of deflected leaf- cushions; when decorticated the fruiting branches bear several spiral rows of tubercle-like prominences. Leaves linear, lanceolate, entire, single-nerved. Sub-cortical cicatricule single. Remarks.—The genus Lepidophloios is not so commonly met with as Lepidodendron and Sigillaria, and contains a very much smaller number of species; still it is fairly common in Britain. Lepidophloios Scoticus, Kidston, is frequent in the oil-shales and associated rocks of the Calciferous Sandstone Series; Lepidophloios acerosus, L, and H. sp., is not very uncommon in the 54 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Middle and Lower Coal Measures; while Lepidophloios laricinus, Sternberg, is very rare. These are the only species of whose occurrence in Britain we have certain knowledge.* Lepidophloios has given rise to the creation of many genera, formed on the various conditions under which it appears, as evidenced by the generic synonymy given above, but on this point T shall not enter further, as T have already dealt with this question in a paper published in the Zvans. Roy. Soc. Edin.* Lepidophloios is easily distinguished from Lepidodendron by the form and structure of the leaf-cushion and the position of the a b leaf-scar. The leaf-scar is always placed at the top, or very near SRS the top, of the cushion. When se a the cushion becomes deflexed it a7 appears as if placed at the base. The leaf-scar is shown at ¢, fig. 7, and immediately beneath it and on the line of the keel is a small tubercle. This small tubercle is not always present, and on Lepi- dophloios Scoticus it has never been observed, though I have Fig. 7.—a, Lepidophioios Scoticus, examined ee ey beautifully = Kidston, natural size; b, cushion preserved specimens. ® and leaf-scar, enlarged (No. 529); The form of the cushion varies c, Lepidophloios acerosus, L. and H. sp., cushion and leaf-scar, en- larged (No. 768). according to the species and age of the plant. On old stems, from the lateral strain caused by in- crease in girth, it is often transversely elongated. In the fragments of bark as usually found it is impossible to determine the direction of growth, but occasionally one meets 1 Mr. Hemingway has brought under my notice a Yorkshire specimen of a Lepidophloios, which may be the Lepidophloios auriculatus, Lesqx. Geol. Rep, Illin., Vol. IV., p. 489, Pl. XXX., fig. 1, 1870; also Coal Flora, p. 421, Pl. LXVIIL., fig. 3. 2*¢Qn Lepidophioios, and on the British Species of the Genus,” Vol. XXXVII., Part iii., pp. 529-563, Pls. I.-II. 3 It clearly occurs beneath the leaf-scar, but has the same appearance as the ‘‘ligule-scar” in Lepidodendron. Its true function and significance do not appear to me to be satisfactorily determined, ee CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 55 with a bifurcation or branch bearing foliage which permits of this being determined. I have only seen one such specimen of Lepidophloios acerosus, L. and H. sp., from Abersychan, near Pontypool, South Wales, which is preserved in the Bristol Museum. This I have already figured.1_ It represents the termination of a branch with the foliage attached, and shows that the leaf-cushions are directed upwards. This is probably the normal position in all species, for on all the small branches of Lepidophloios Scoticus they are also directed upwards, whereas on all the larger and older stems of this plant they are directed downwards. On Lepidophloios laricinus, on the older stems the cushions are directed downwards, as is proved by figures given by Golden- berg.” It must, however, be borne in mind that even here the leaf-scar morphologically occupies the top of the cushion, and its present position evidently results from a subsequent deflection of the cushion. Lepidophloios Scoticus, Kidston, is the species which I have had the most opportunity of studying, as it is comparatively plentiful in the oil-shales and associated rocks of the Calciferous Sandstone Series of Midlothian. I have, therefore, had many opportunities of examining specimens of this species in various conditions of age and preservation. The cushions are generally rounded, and very rarely keeled; in fact, the only specimen I possess which shows a distinct keel is one from the oil-shales, Bathgate, Linlithgowshire, which I received from Mr. Dunlop (No. 2404). This specimen is very interesting in being the only one I have seen from the Carbon- iferous Limestone Series, and the prominent keel on the cushion made me at first hesitate in identifying it as Lepidophloios Scoticus, though I now believe it is referable to that species. The fossil is about 4 inches long and 2} inches wide, and shows within this small space the alteration in direction of the leaf- cushions. It is impossible to determine which is the upper end of the specimen, for at one end the leaf-cushions are directed 1 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol., XXXVII., Part iii. (No. 25), p. 558, PL. I., fig. 1. 1893. 2Goldenberg, Flora sarep. foss., Lief. I., p. 22, Pl. III, fig. 14; and Lief. IIL, p. 30, Pl, XVL, fig. 6, 56 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. upwards and at the other extremity downwards. This specimen shows, independent of other and satisfactory evidence, that the direction of the cushion is not even of specific value, much less of generic importance, though in the past the direction of the leaf- cushion was the distinguishing character between Lomatophloios and Lepidophloios. When preparing my Memoir on the British species of the genus Lepidophloios I unfortunately did not possess this specimen, The leaf-cushions are directed upwards on all the young branches of Lepidophloios Scoticus I have examined on which the direction of the branch could be determined, and these were either stalked cones or bifurcated branchlets. On the other hand, on all the larger specimens whose direction could be de- termined by the presence of branches or bifurcations, they are directed downwards, and above I have referred to a specimen showing the transition in the direction of the cushions taking place. It is therefore certain that in Lepidophloios Scoticus the originally upward-directed leaf-cushions become subsequently deflexed.* The fossils known as Halonia, L. and H., are the fruiting branches of ZLepidophloios. All the British species possessed such fruiting branches; hence, unless the Halonia condition shows the leaf-scales, it is impossible to determine the species to which it belongs. The name “/alonia” is, therefore, frequently employed to indicate a fruiting branch of a specifically undeter- mined Lepidophloios. That Halonia is the fruiting branch of Lepidophloios has been proved beyond all doubt, as several specimens have been described and figured showing the characteristic Lepidophloios leaf-scar and scale on stems bearing Halonial tubercles. These Halonial tubercles are arranged in spiral series of always a greater number than two.? In decorticated specimens the 1See Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., l.c. Pl. I., fig. 3; Pl. II., fig. 6. 2Mr. James Lomax, in a paper entitled ‘‘ Recent Investigations on Plants of the Coal Measures,” published in the Zrans. Manchester Geol. Soc., Part ix., Vol. XXVI., 1899, gives on Pl. V., fig. 22, and Pl. VI., fig. 28, a specimen which he describes as ‘‘A new Halonia-like form of Lepidodendron jfuliginosum of Williamson.” This specimen I cannot accept as belonging to Lepidoplhloios “uliginosus, Will. sp., and is clearly ——————————S eS eee, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 57 Halonial tubercles appear as prominent mammille-like pro- tuberances. On corticated specimens the depressions between the mammillz are filled up with the cortex when their apices only rise to the general level of the stem or slightly above it, and appear as surrounded by little rosettes formed by the bent- back leaf-cushions which surround the point of attachment of the caducous-stalked cone. Another important distinguishing point between the fruiting or Halonial condition of Lepidophloios and the Ulodendroid condition of Lepidodendron, Sigillaria and Bothrodendron is the circumstance that Lepidophloios bore its fruit on the young branches, as shown by the frequent occurrence of very small twigs bearing several rows of Halonial tubercles, whereas the Ulodendroid stems only bore their sessile cones on stems of con siderable age and size.* I have been unable to ascertain the arrangement of the sporangia in the cones of Lepidophloios, which when separated from their parent stems cannot be distinguished from those com- monly included in the genus Lepidostrobus. referable to the Ulodendroid section of Lycopods. I believe the plant is a decorticated specimen of Sigillaria discophora, Konig sp., which is the Ulodendron minus, L. and H. It was collected by Mr. George Wild, and is in the hands of Professor Weiss, Manchester, for description. 1 Of specimens showing Ha/onial tubercles associated with Lepidophloios leaf-cushions, the following may be cited:—Lepidophloios laricinus, Goldenberg, Flora sarepont. foss., Pl. XVI., fig. 6; the specimen figured by Eichwald under the name of Halonia tuberculata in Lethea Rossica, Pl. XI., figs. 1-2, show a Halonial core, but the impression shows the Lepidophioios leaf-scar. Under the name of Lepidodendron laricinum, Feistmantel also gives some figures which show the leaf-scar of Lepidoph- loios on the Halonial stem (Vers. d. bihm. Ablager. Abth. II., Pl. VII., pp. 1-2, and another on Pl. VIII., fig. 1, under the name of Halonia reguaris). A fine specimen, exhibiting most clearly the union of Halonia and Lepidophloios (LZ. Scotica), is given by Dr. Macfarlane in the Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin., Vol. XIV., Pl. VII.; and a similar condition of the same species is given by me in the TZrans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXVIL., Part iii, No. 25, Pl. II., figs. 5-6, where I also figure a specimen of Lepidophloios laricinus showing the same union of Lepidophioios and Halonia. 2 See Kidston, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. XVI., p. 163, PY, LV. fig. 2. E 58 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The leaves when detached from the stem are known as Lepidophylium, some of which are of considerable size, and are indistinguishable in general appearance from those of Lepido- dendron. Internal Organization.—The internal structure of Lepidophloios is similar in type to that of Lepidodendron. In fact, all the Lepidophloios, with the exception of the Lepidophloios described by the late Sir William Dawson, were first placed in the genus Lepidodendron. To Lepidophloios belong the Lepidodendron Fuliginosum, Williamson,” and the Lepidodendron Wunschianum® of the same author. Not only are Halonial branches of Lepi- dophloios fuliginosus known, but Messrs. Cash and Lomax showed me a specimen having the structure of Lepidodendron Juliginosum on which the characteristic leaf-scars of Lepi- dophloios were exhibited. The Lepidodendron Wunschianum, Will.,® from Arran, is also seen to be a Lepidophloios from its possessing Halonial branches.® The first described specimens of Lepidophloios fuliginosus were identified as Lepidodendron Harcourtii, but this was corrected by Professor Williamson in his Memoir No. XIX., where the name of /uliginosus is given to the plant. Irrespective of other distinguishing points, Lepidodendron (Lepidophloios) fuliginosus is known at first sight from Lepi- dophlowos Harcourt by the constant occurrence of the beauti- fully-preserved inner bark, while the corresponding structure in Lepidodendron? ( Lepidophloios ) Harcourti is invariably destroyed. Last year Messrs. Seward and Hill communicated a paper to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, in which they describe what is probably the finest specimen of a Carboniferous Lycopod yet found. It was collected by Mr. J. Kerr, Edinburgh, at Dalmeny Railway Cutting, Linlithgowshire. The stem is 13 inches in 1 Lepidophloios Acadianus, Dawson. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1865, p. 163, Pl. X., fig. 50. This species is now recognised as the same as the Lepidophiloios laricinus, Sternb. 2 First described under the name of Lepidodendren Harcourtit in error. Mem. II., Phil. Trans., 1872; Mem. XI., Phil. Trans., 1881. Under name of Lepidodendron fuliginosum, Mem. XIX., Phil. Trans., 1893. 3 Phil. Trans., Mem. X., 1880. * Cash and Lomax, Rept. Brit. Assoc. Leeds, 1890, p. 810. 1891. 5 Memo. X., Phil. Trans., 1880; Memo. XII., zdid., 1881, 6 Memo, XII., Phil. Trans., 1881. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 59 diameter, the vascular axis being slightly over 14 inches in diameter, of which the secondary xylem measures ;°, of an inch and the primary xylem ;}, of aninch in thickness. The structure of the vascular axis and outer bark is beautifully preserved. All these species of Lepidophloios, to which genus this fine specimen from Dalmeny evidently belongs, show certain characters which, though perhaps not restricted to Lepidophloios, appear to be more pronounced in that genus than in Lepidodendron. These are the little points of small tracheides which jut out from the periphery of the primary bundle, forming what has been called the “corona,” and the late period at which the development of secondary xylem occurs. A secondary development of “ tissue”? has been observed in Lepidophloios fuliginosus, termed by Williamson ‘a very rudi- mentary form of secondary xylem strand,”* and a strongly- developed secondary xylem occurs in Lepidophloios Wunschianus and in the Dalmeny specimen, where it forms a thick zone. There is strong reason to believe that the Lepidodendron Harcourtii, Witham, is also a Lepidophloios. It has all the peculiarities of the genus, and I feel strongly inclined to place it provisionally in Zepidophlowos. One of the characters which, according to Williamson, distinguishes Lepidophloios Harcourti from his Lepidophloios fuliginosum is the presence of a diplowy- loid leaf-trace in the former. Mons. Bertrand,* and more recently Seward, have examined the leaf-traces of Lepidophloios fuliginosum, and found that in structure they are identical with those of Lepidophloios Harcourtii, Will. sp. (With.?). What were previously supposed to represent a strand of bast fibres is in reality a strand of laticiferous tubes. Whether this laticiferous tissue may have performed the functions of the bast elements is uncertain. 1 Seward, Lepidophlotos fuliginosus. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., Vol. X., Part iii., p. 140. 1899. 2 Williamson, “General, Morph., and Histol. Index,” Part ii. Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Session 1892-93. Ser. IV., Vol. VII., 1893, p. 13. 3 Remarques sur le Lepidodendron Harcourtis de Witham, p. 119. 1891. * Seward, ‘‘ Notes on the Binney Collection of Carboniferous Plants—I. Lepidophioios.” Proc, Camb. Phil. Soe., Vol. X., Part iii., pp. 140-141. 1899. 60 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. In the Dalmeny specimen the leaf vascular bundle has a most pronounced development of secondary xylem. ‘This plant is very probably the true Lepidophloios Harcowrtvi, Witham sp. It is unsafe to generalize on the differences in the structure of the vascular systems of Lepidodendron and Lepidophloios here pointed out, as our knowledge of them is still very imperfect, but evidence is tending to show that though they both possess the same type of stem structure, there are differences which may enable one to separate the two genera by their internal structure alone. In the case of Lepidophloios fuliginosus and Lepidophloios Wumschianus, their possessing Halonial branches is conclusive evidence of their belonging to Lepidophloios. It is interesting to note here that though the specimen of Lepidophloios Acadiacus, Dawson (=Lepidophloios laricinus, Stern.), whose internal structure was described by Sir William Dawson, is 5 inches in diameter, it only shows the primary xylem with the characteristic peripheral corona. * In his Memoir III.* Professor Williamson describes some specimens from Pettycur, near Burntisland, Fife, under the name of Lepidophloios brevifoliwm, Will. (not Ett.).® In a footnote he says—‘ In a letter from Dr. Dawson, dated November 28, 1872, that observer informs me that he regards the Burntisland plant as identical with Lepidodendron Veltheirmianum.” Professor Williamson further says—“ Until the very characteristic macro- sphores of my plant are shown to exist in some of the localities in which the Lepidodendron Veltheimianwm is common, I think it best to retain my proposed provisional name.” ¢ The external characters of the plant, which Professor William- son originally described as Lepidophloios brevifoliwm, and subse- quently as Lepidodendron brevifolium, are well seen in weathered surfaces of the blocks containing the specimens, and there is no 1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXII., p. 163, Pl. X., fig. 5. 1865. Acadian Geology, 2nd edition, 1868, p. 489, fig. 1712 (p. 457). 2 Phil. Trans., 1872, p. 310. 3 Though originally described as Lepidophloios, Professor Williamson places this plant in Lepidodendron in his “‘General, Morphological, and Histological Index,” Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., Session 1892-93, p. 10, 1893. + 1.¢., p. 310. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 61 doubt that it is the Lepidodendron Veltheimianwm, as suggested by Sir William Dawson. Lepidodendron V eltheimianum is very common in the horizon.in which the Pettycur material occurs. But, further, the very characteristic macrospores of Lepidoden- dron brevifolium, Will. (not Ett.), with the long hirsute appendages, are the Lagenicula J. described by Mr. J. Bennie and myself from several localities in the Calciferous Sandstone Series where Lepidodendron Veltheimianum is plentiful.* V. Lepipostrosus, Brongniart, 1828. 1828. Lepidostrobus, Brongniart. Prodrome, p. 87. 1865. Flemingites, Carruthers. Geol. Mag., Vol. Il, No. xvi. Cylindrical, ovoid, or oblong cones, composed of a ligneous axis, to which are attached the single-nerved bracts or sporophylls in steep spirals. The bracts consist of two parts, a basal portion or pedicel springing from the axis almost at a right angle, and on which is placed the single sporangium, and a limb which extends upwards from the extremity of the pedicel and forms with it at their point of union an acute angle. The lower bracts bear the macrosporangia, the upper the microsporangia, Macrospores larger, smooth or apiculate, and provided with a triradiate ridge. Microspores very small, tetrahedral. Internal Organization.—The axis consists of a central bundle surrounding a pith of delicate parenchyma. The vascular elements are composed of scalariform tracheides, the smaller members being placed on the outer edge, and are the first-formed tracheides of the bundle. The vascular ring of the cone axis corresponds to the primary xylem of the stem, and, like it, is developed centripetally.* From the small outer tracheides spring the bundles which go to the bracts. 1 Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Hdin., Vol. IX., Pl. VI., figs. 20a to 20s. 1886. ‘On the Occurrence of Spores in the Carboniferous Formation of Scotland.” 2 For a detailed account of the structure of Lepidostrobus, see Maslen, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd Ser. Bot., Vol. V., Part xi., p. 337. 62 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The vascular axis is surrounded by a cortex composed of three zones. The inner and middle zones are formed of delicate cells and the outer of dense thick-walled cells. Each pedicel supports a single oblong sporangium attached to it by a longitudinal band of parenchyma. From the distal end of the pedicel the limb of the sporophyll rises abruptly upwards and is frequently “heeled,” giving a slightly peltate termination to the pedicel. In the angle formed by the outer (end) wall of the sporangium and the upright blade of the sporophyll is a small ligule. The sporangium wall consists of a single layer of palisadal cells, the structure of the macrosporangia and microsporangia being similar.’ ftemarks.—The structure of the bracts or sporophylls is illus- trated in fig. 8, which shows Lepidostrobus anthemis, Kénig sp., in transverse section. The limb of the bract is shown at a and the basal portion or pedicel at b. At c is marked the position of the axis. In the uncom- pressed condition the limb @ would rise up at almost right angles to the spor- angial portion 6. In Lepidostrobus jfimbriatus, Kidston,? Fig. 8. — Lepidostrobus the limb is strongly ciliated, but, as only anthemis, Konig sp. the bracts of this species are known, it is Transverse section of yncertain whether it belongs to Lepi- cone—a, limb of bracts godendron or one of the allied genera. By SDP nat £9) eae In all cases where Lepidostrobi b sporangium is attached ; COSTAE ae ¢, axis. Natural size Cefinitely ascribed to Lepidodendron, as (No. 1032). far as we know the bracts are free from such ciliate appendages. The form of the bract varies according to the species, being generally more or less lanceolate. They vary also in size from less than an inch to over four inches in length in Lepidostrobus 1 There is no development of secondary xylem, and its absence is characteristic of the vascular system of fugaceous organs. ? From the Cement-stone Group of the Calciferous Sandstone Series, Lewis- burn, North Tyne, Northumberland, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XXX., p. 543, Pl. XXXI., figs, 2-4, ee eee tt CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 63 (Lepidophyllum?) major, Brongt. Fig. 9. In this latter species I believe are sometimes included leaves of Lepidophioios as well as bracts. In Lepidosirobus, as generally em- ployed, are almost certainly included, not only cones of Lepidodendron, but also of Lepidophloios and Bothrodendron, if not even of Sigillaria, and I strongly suspect that the cones with naked pedicels figured by me from the Ayrshire Coal- field under the name of Lepidostrobus (?) spinosus may belong to Sigiilaria,' but without some knowledge of the structure and arrangement of the sporangia it is impossible to determine their true sys- tematic position. When perfect specimens of Lepidos- trobi are examined the lower portion of the cone contains the macrosporangia and the upper the microsporangia,” the macro- spores representing the female and the microspores the male elements. It is of course quite possible that some cones produced only microsporangia and others macrosporangia, and one whose structure was described by the late Prof. Williamson is supposed to have been of this nature, Fig. 9. — Lepidophyllum but the supposition may rest on imperfect —( Lepidostrobus?) majus, knowledge. Brongt. (No. 2527.) When the bracts are removed from the masa axis it exhibits a number of close, spirally-placed, small, elongated figs. 11-12. 2See Williamson, ‘‘Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,” Part xix. Phil. Trans., 1893, Bot., Pl. VIIL., figs. 51-52= cone of Levidodendron brevifolium, Will. (not Ett.) ; also Binney, Palzont, Soc., Observations on the Structure of Fossil Plants, Part ii. Pl. IX., fig. 1=Lepidostrobus Russellianus, Binney. Pl. X., fig. 1=Lepidostrobus levidensis, Binney. Pl. XI., fig. 2= Lepidostrobus Wunschianus, Binney. % Maslen, ‘‘The Structure of Lepidostrobus,” Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd Ser. Bot., Vol. V., Part xi., p. 358. 1899. (Lepidostrobus Oldhamius, Will.) 64 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. points, which correspond to the vascular bundles that enter the bracts. Their appearance is very similar to the vascular scar on decorticated stems. When the limb of the bract only is removed the exposed end of the sporangia exhibits a roughly rhomboidal outline, somewhat similar to that of the leaf-scar on the cushion. Many specimens of Lepidostrobi with more or less perfectly preserved internal organisation have been described, and their internal structure is now fairly well known. Fig. 10. The earliest Memoirs dealing ~-@ with the internal structure of Lepidostrobus are by Sir Joseph Hooker’ and Robert Brown.’ : In 1871 Binney published Part b IT. of his “Observations on Fig. 10.—Lepidostrobus—c, axis; b, the Structure of Fossil Plants bract ra ee bearing sporan- foynd in the Carboniferous ium; d, containing macr ; ee 4 % ae of bract. 7 {Beectoned: as Strata, in which he ’ deals with “ Lepidostrobus and some Allied Cones.”* Some of his figures show very clearly the microsporangia occupying the upper part of the cone and the macrosporangia the lower portion. Prof. Williamson also describes a number of Lepidostrobi in his Memoirs. A valu- able paper “On the Structure of the Axis of Lepidostrobus Brownii, Schimper,” by Prof. Bower,’ contains a careful descrip- tion of the cone described by Robert Brown in 1847, but whose paper was only published in 1851. More recently Mr. Arthur J. Maslen published a description of some Lepidostrobi in the collection of the late Prof. Williamson, now in the British Museum.® On some of these he has detected soa ay oe ZOO tad ; S Ceorese =) C7 ini ToL tate 1«* Remarks on the Structure and Affinities of some Lepidostrobi.” Mem. Geol. Survey, Vol. II., Part ii., p. 440. Plates. 1848. 2 «Some Account of an Undescribed Fossil Fruit,” Zrans. Linn, Soc. London, Vol. XX., p. 469, Pls. XXIIL.-XXIV. 1851. ° Paleont. Soc., 1871, pp. 33-62, Pls. VII.-XII. 4 Phil. Trans., Memoir III., 1872; ibid., Mem. XIX., 1893. 5 Annals of Botany, Vol. VII., pp. 329-354, Pls. XVI.-XVII. 5 Annals of Botany, Vol. XII., No, XLVI., 1898, p. 257. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 65 the presence of a ligule situated in a small pit formed by the free distal extremity of the sporangium and the limb of the bract. In a second communication he enters fully into the structure of Lepidostrobus Oldhamius, Williamson, of which he notes and describes several varieties.1 The various structures of the axis, vascular bundles of the sporophylls, and parichnos are here correlated to similar structures in the Lepidodendron stem. The paper is one which demands the careful study of Paleobotanists.” The genus Flemingites, Carr.,” was founded on a misconception of the true structure of the specimen which formed the type of the genus — Flemingites gracilis. The macrospores were mistaken for sporangia. The specimen is a typical Lepidostrobus. Macrospores, associated with microspores, occur in great quantity in many coals, and form in some cases a considerable proportion of the whole mass. A small spore forms from 30 to 40 per cent. of Zasmanite, a bituminous shale from the River Mersey, Tasmania. VI. LepmornyiiuM, Brongniart, 1828. 1828. Lepidophyllum, Brongniart, Prodrome, p. 87. Under this name are placed the isolated leaves of Lepido- dendron, and of probably other Lycopods which, when separated from the stem, cannot be definitely referred to their parent species. They are linear, lanceolate, or subtriangular in form, with entire margins and a single nerve. Many specimens which have been placed under this name are the bracts of cones and really fall to be included in the genus Lepidostrobus. It is almost impossible to distinguish between Lycopod leaves and bracts, for a bract with the basal portion removed cannot be distinguished from a leaf. | Pe ne 1 Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd Ser. Bot., Vol. V., Part xi., pp. 357- 377, Pls. XXXVI.-VIII. 1899. 2 See also Schimper, Zraité d. paléont. végét., Vol. II., p. 59 seg., 1870; Vol. III., pp. 544-546, 1874. Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, p. 232, 1891. Renault, Cours d. botan. foss., Vol. II., 1882, p. 31 seq. 8 Carruthers, Geol. Mag., Vol. II., No. XVI, Oct., 1865. - 4See Huxley ‘“‘On the Formation of Coal,” Contemporary Review, Vol. XV., p. 618. 1870. 66 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The leaf appears to consist of two parts, the blade and the basal portion. The basal portion, which is separated from the blade by a slight constriction, is probably the part which was attached to the cushion, and whose removal from the stem exposes the leaf-scar. The long grass-like leaves of such species as Lepidodendron longifolium, Brongt., and Lepidodendron obovatum, Sternb., form, in part, the Cyperites of Lindley and Hutton. VII. Sriemaria, Brongniart, 1822. 1822. Stigmaria, Brongt., Class. d. végét. foss., p. 9. 1820. Variolaria, Sternberg (non Person). Lssai flore monde prim., Vol. I., fase. I., pp. 23 and 26.2 1826. Stigmaria, Sternberg, Essai flore monde prim., Vol. I., fase. EV., p.(38. Rhizome of the Arborescent Lycopods, diverging from the base of the trunk in four main branches. Shortly after separating from the trunk each of the four primary arms bifurcates, giving rise to eight rhizome branches ; at a distance of a few feet these again bifurcate, forming sixteen branches. They do not again divide, or only very rarely do so, but gradually terminate in a tapering or blunt point. The outer surface of the cortex bears quincuncially-arranged rootlet-scars, consisting of a slightly raised rim containing a hollow circular depression placed about midway between the central single vascular cicatrice and the outer rim. (Fig. 11.) Rootlets long and bifurcating towards their extremity, or simple (?). The internal organization consists of a medulla, or pith, sur- rounded by an exogenously developed zone of xylem enclosed in a thick cortex. Medulla.—The Medulla is composed entirely of parenchyma, extensions from which form the primary medullary rays. The cells forming the pith seem to have been very delicate, and it is extremely seldom that any of their remains are preserved. Xylem Cylinder.—In the earliest stage this consists of a ring of very small vascular-bundles surrounding the Medulla. These 1 Fossil Flora, Vol. I., p. 123, 1832. 2 Previously employed fora genusof Lichens. (fide, Brongniart, Class, a. végét. foss., p. 28. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 67 bundles, whose individual elements are parallel to each other, run in a sinuous course, the neighbouring bundles bending from and towards each other, and thus form a netted cylinder. The meshes so made form the openings of the primary medullary rays. By exogenous growth from a meristem ring, the bundles increase in size, and form the wedge-shaped bundles separated by the primary medullary rays, so characteristic of Stigmaria. The primary medullary rays were continued outwards like spokes of a wheel as additions were made to the outer surface of the bundle through which they passed. The num- ber of the primary rays was therefore fixed by the original number of meshes formed in the young xylem cylinder. In tangential section the primary medullary rays are elongate lenti- cular in outline, and are formed of delicate paren- chyma. In addition to the pri- mary medullary rays, Fig. 11. — Stigmaria ficoides, Sternb. sp. numerous secondary A, portion of rhizome, natural size ; B, rootlet scar—qa, vascular cicatrice ; b, circular depression. medullary rays are de- veloped as the xylem cylinder increases in diameter. These are very clearly seen in transverse and tangential sections, and consist generally of a single vertical plate of cells. The number of cells entering into the formation of these secondary medullary rays varies consider- ably. Sometimes they consist of only one cell, or of two, three, or several superimposed cells. The ring of bast surrounding the xylem cylinder seems to be very rarely preserved, though Solms-Laubach has “seen tolerably distinct remains of this portion of the rind in a specimen belong- ing to the collection at Strassburg.” * 1 Fossil Botany, p. 274. 68 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Cortex.—In the fully-developed rhizome the cortex consists of three zones—an inner, outer, and middle zone. The inner layer, probably composed of delicate parenchyma, never seems to have resisted decay in any specimens yet discovered. The middle layer consists of radially-arranged dense prosenchymatous tissue with small lumen. The dividing line between the middle and outermost zones is very clearly seen in longitudinal sections— the long, narrow, prosenchymatous fibres standing in marked contrast to the outer layer of isodiometric, firm-walled paren- chyma. This so-called middle zone is the product of a meristem layer (phellogen) which appears at an early period, and lies between the inner and outer zone. On the inner side of the phellogen, the middle bark (phelloderm) is developed. Probably additions were also made to the outer bark or zone, but to a less extent. This outer zone differs in structure from the cork layer (phellem) of recent plants, being a thin, though firm-walled, parenchyma. To the exterior surface of the outer bark were attached the rootlets. Rootlets.—The rootlet bundles spring from the first-formed small vessels of the xylem cylinder, and pass out through the basal angle of the primary medullary rays. At first they consist of a single vessel, but as additions are made to the exogenous zone, special radial lamina of small vessels are added to the rootlet bundle, which not only increases vertically but also laterally. The rootlet bundle therefore holds a certain propor- tional size to that of the vascular cylinder. The increase in the volume of the rootlet bundles is well seen in transverse sections of the xylem cylinder and in serial longi- tudinal sections. Immediately after leaving the vascular cylinder, the rootlet bundle is generally more or less deltoid in section, with the angles rounded. Their size varies, but holds a certain rela- tion to the size of the axis with which they are connected. The earlier-formed vessels, or tracheides, are generally placed without any order, but those subsequently added are usually radially arranged, The rootlets of Stigmaria are long cylindrical bodies, varying in length according to the age of the parent rhizome. Messrs, Binney and Harkness state they traced them for over a distance ———— ’ . 4 f ; | | CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 69 of three feet.1 This is a greater length than that usually ascribed to them, but it is extremely rarely that their full length can be seen. They bifurcate, but specimens showing this character are not very common. Such bifurcations are figured by Artis,? Corda,* and Goldenberg.* In the example given by Corda the rootlet, including the bifurcation, is about nine inches long. The extremity of a dichotomous rootlet is also figured by Williamson.* At the point from which the arms of the dicho- tomy spring there is a slight contraction, but specimens of dichotomizing rootlets which retain their structure do not show any indication of this constriction.“ It may be due to a contrac- tion of the tissues through shrinkage. The outer layer of the rootlet is formed of thick-walled parenchyma, which is an extension of the outer cortical layer of the rhizome. The space within this outer wall is almost invari- ably devoid of all structure, the delicate tissue which once surrounded the bundle-cylinder having disappeared, if such ever existed. Prof. Williamson thinks it is probable that the rootlets were fistular as in Jsoétes lacustris, except at the extreme base of the rootlet where it was embedded in the outer parenchyma of the bark.* I have, however, detected slight remains of a cellular tissue which may have filled this part of the rootlet, but not knowing the exact position of my section, it may be from the basal region of the rootlet, where we know a parenchymatous tissue existed. Within the outer envelope described above, is the bwndle- cylinder, composed of a few roses of very delicate cells, and con- taining the vascular bundle. At first the rootlet bundle consists of a single small scalariform tracheid, but to this others are subsequently added. In form the bundle is oval or deltoid, with 1 London, Edin., and Dublin Phil. Mag., 3rd Ser., Oct., 1845, p. 243. 2 Artis, Antedil. Phyt., Pl. III. 3 Flora d. Vorwelt, p. 32, Pl. XII, fig. 1. * Goldenberg, Flora Sarep. foss., Heft. III., p. 17, Pl. XIII, fig. 1. Tbid., p. 19, Pl. XIII, fig. 5 (under name of Stigmaria anabathra). 5 « Monog. Stigmaria ficoides,” p. 32, Pl. XIII., fig. 27. (Palcont. Soc., 1887.) 6 Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria ficoides, p. 33, Pl. XI., fig. 63. 7 Monog. Stigmaria, p, 25, 70 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. the angles somewhat rounded. The original vessels forming the bundle, and which form the apex of the triangle, generally rest on the bundle-sheath. The subsequent additions are usually of larger tracheides, though sometimes, from some cause, smaller vessels may be added external to the larger ones. We see the same phenomenon in the vascular wedges of the axis, where occasionally some very small vessels are interpolated among the larger and normal-sized vessels of the xylem, and there is like- wise found similar small vessels interpolated among larger ones in the rootlet bundles. The phloem elements, which are very delicate, are seldom preserved, but Prof. Williamson has figured one rootlet bundle shewing this tissue.* The rootlet bundles must have passed outwards through the vascular axis in an approximately horizontal direction, as their course follows the primary medullary rays. After leaving the axis they bent upwards towards the growing point, and so through the cortex. No specimen showing structure has yet been discovered which permits of the course of the rootlet bundles being traced from the point where they leave the xylem till they enter the rootlet, but they were probably surrounded by a bundle cylinder, for it is otherwise difficult to account for the vermicular tube-like structures which Williamson has figured and described in his Memoir on Stigmaria ficoides, pp. 26-27, Pl. XIL, fig. 39. The Caulopteris gracilis, L. and H.,* is founded on the axis of a Stigmaria, and shows on its outer surface the collapsed rootlet bundles in a similar manner to those exhibited on the specimen figured by Williamson. This condition is brought about by the decay of the supporting tissue, which causes the rootlet bundles to fall against the vascular cylinder, and these in the fossil condition adhere to its outer surface. In the two figures cited the tube-like structures are too large to represent the vascular trace alone. I possess a similar example, and possibly a piece of the same specimen as that figured by Prof. Williamson, which I received from Mr. B. Holgate. It was collected at Mr. Bayles’ Brickyard, Nippet Lane, Leeds. The vermicular tube-like structures on my specimen are scarcely half the diameter 1 Monog. Stigmaria, p. 32, Pl. XI, fig. 62, 2 Fossil Flora, Vol. 1I,, Pl, CXLI, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 71 of those figured by Prof. Williamson, whose example seems to have been much encrusted (No. 815). We are therefore dependent on amorphous casts, some of which show more or less plainly the course of the rootlet bundles from the xylem cylinder to the rootlets. One such specimen is figured by Williamson, two are given by Goéppert,? and another by Zeiller.* Solms-Laubach also describes a specimen which shows the course of the rootlet bundles. * A specimen in my collection (No. 981) also shows the course of the rootlet bundles. The fossil is preserved in fine-grained sand- stone and has been split through the axis. The position of the vascular cylinder is indicated by a depression up the centre of the fossil, from which narrow channels run outwards and upwards. Occasionally associated with these are small cord-like casts, smaller than the channels through which they pass, and which are the bundles or bundle with bundle-sheath. The outer surface of the specimen exhibits the characteristic scars. The rootlets are attached to a specialized structure in the outer bark, which Prof. Williamson has designated the rootlet-cushion.® This consists of a cylindrical mass of very dense cells embedded in the parenchyma of the bark, and ending in a conical point within the base of the rootlet. The outer surface of this cushion bears a layer of elongated branching tubular cells, whose special function is not yet ascertained. In impressions of Stigmaria the small area enclosed within the circle which contains the small central vascular cicatrice is the peripheral limit of the rootlet- cushion. Prof. Williamson was of opinion that there was “no kind of ‘articulation’ where the root was planted upon the bark,” and that the separation of the rootlet was either the result of external force or decay “producing a variable contour in what remained of the torn tissue of the rootlet.” ° 1 Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria, p. 24, Pl. XIL., fig. 37. 2 Goppert, Gatt. der Foss. Pflanzen, Lief. I.-II., Pl. X., fig. 17; Pl. XI., fig. 18. 3 Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin houil d. Valenciennes, p. 617, fig. 45, Text, 1888. * Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, p. 274. 5 Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria, p. 26. ® Williamson, idid., p. 38, 72 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. From the clear manner in which well-preserved specimens show the rootlet-scar I am inclined to think the rootlet did possess some provision for effecting a separation from the rhizome when its period of usefulness ceased. Possibly their mode of removal was primarily by decay, but when that took place they appear to have been removed in a definite manner, leaving behind them a clearly-defined scar without any remains of a shrivelled rootlet. Stigmaria being the most common of all fossil plants was naturally one of the earliest to be observed and described by writers on Paleobotany. As early as 1720 Volkmann gives a figure of Stigmaria.1 Neither was Stigmaria overlooked by Ure, who in his “ History of Rutherglen and East Kilbride” * gives a rather interesting portion of a rhizome, showing the scar sur- rounded by rhomboidal meshes. On the same Plate, at fig. 7, he further gives a representation of the basal portion of a rootlet. Stigmaria is also illustrated by Parkinson * and Martin,* who, under the name of Phytolithus plantites, publishes three plates of this fossil. The specimen given on Pl. XII. represents a very interesting state of preservation. Here, owing to the manner in which the stone has been fractured, the fossil has been so split that it exhibits the cast of the pith-cavity on which is impressed the openings of the primary medullary rays.° This specimen therefore shows one of the chief distinguishing points between Stigmaria and Stigmariopsis, Grand ’Eury. Among the earlier writers on Stigmaria, Steinhauer holds an honourable position. His paper “On Fossil Reliquia of Unknown Vegetables in the Coal Strata” ° contains an admirable descrip- tion of Stigmaria as far as then known. Among the specimens figured by Steinhauer is a “termination” of a rhizome.* 1 Volkmann, Silesia subterranea, Pl. XI., fig. 1. 2 Pl. XIII, fig. 2. Glasgow, 1793. ’ Parkinson, Organic Remains of a former World, Vol. I., p. 438, Pl. III., fig. 1. London, 1804. 4 Martin, Petrificata Derbiensia ; or, Figures and Descriptions of Petri- factions collected in Derbyshire. Wigan, 1809. Pls. XI., XII., and XII". 5 See also similar condition figured by Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria, Pl. XIV., fig. 69. 6 Steinhauer, Amer, Phil. Soc., Vol. I., New Series, 1818, pp. 265-297, Pls. IV.-VII. Philadelphia. T else ls Dies hike o- CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. ta Let us now turn our attention to those examples which show the organic connection of Stigmaria with its parent stem. That Stigmaria is the subterranean portion of Lepidodendron and some Sigillaria is, I believe, now accepted by all Paleeophy- tologists. In the generic diagnosis I have termed Stigmaria a rhizome, though physiologically it probably performs more of the functions of a root, but this part of our subject will be dealt with more fully on alater page. In addition to Stigmaria being the rhizome of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria, it is most probably also the rhizome of Bothrodendron and Lepidophloios, though its organic connection with the stems of these two genera has not yet been proved. As early as 1823 the Rev. Patrick Brewster described some upright stems found in Nitshill Quarry. about three miles S.E. of Paisley. He mentions that there were four principal roots, and at fig. 5 of his Plate he gives a sketch of “ four con- verging branches,” which are clearly Stigmaria.' The next notice of the occurrence of upright stems with roots attached, of which I am aware, is that given by Sir John Hawk- shaw. The trees here described were discovered at Dixon Fold, while making the railway between Manchester and Bolton. Five of them are figured and described. The rhizomes did not, how- ever, exhibit any surface markings by which their nature could be determined. * That Stigmaria was the subterranean portion of Sigi//aria, and not an independent plant as supposed by many, was conclusively proved by Messrs. Binney and Harkness in their description of _ the trees found in the White Grit Quarry at Scotchrow, near St. Helens, in 1843.° Their paper is a most valuable contribution and contains a clear description of Stigmaria and the trunks to which they were united. It is stated that four arms spring from the base of the stem, shortly after these bifurcate into eight, and 1 Brewster, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. 1X., p. 103, Pl. IX. 1823. 2 Hawkshaw, T'rans. Geol. Soe. London, 2nd Ser., Vol. VI., p. 173, Pl. XVII. 1837. % London, Edin., and Dublin Phil. Mag., Ser. 3, Vol. XXVII., p. 241, Pls. V.-VI. 1845. Previous notices of this discovery had been given at the Cork Meeting of the Brit. Assoc., 1843, and at the Manchester Geol, Soc., which were published in the Phil. Mag,, March, 1844, F 74 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. then again into sixteen,' which seems to be the characteristic number of arms in Stigmaria. The same number of dichotomies was observed in the fine example of Stigmaria which was found at Clayton, and figured by the late Prof. Williamson in his Memoir on Stigmaria.* Messrs. Binney and Harkness were able to trace some of the rootlets attached to their Stigmaria for a distance exceeding three feet in length.® Mr. Binney records a second and somewhat similar discovery in the Colliery of Messrs. Swire, Lees, & Co., at Duckenfield, Lancashire. * Additional proof in regard to the true nature of Stigmaria was given in 1848 by Richard Brown in a “ Description of an Upright Lepidodendron with Stigmaria Roots in the Roof of the Sydney Main Coal in the Island of Cape Breton.” ° This was followed in 1849 by the “ Description of Erect Sigillaria, with Conical Tap-roots, found in the Roof of the Sydney Main Coal in the Island of Cape Breton.” ° These “ tap-roots” will be referred to later on. The fossil stems and their Stigmarian rhizomes discovered in 1888 in Lower Carboniferous Rocks at Victoria Park, Whiteinch, Glasgow,’ will be remembered by many of those present. From the fact that the shale surrounding them contained many impres- sions of the branchlets and stems of Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb., and of that Lycopod alone, I have no doubt that these examples were the stems of that species. It seems to me almost hopeless to expect to find the leaf-scars preserved on the bark at the base of such large and old stems, for in the course of nature the leaf-scars would become effaced by the natural fissuring and exfoliation of the bark. Tt is not necessary to give further evidence in proof of Stigmaria being the rhizome of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria. ' This is well shown on their Plate. 2 Paleont. Soc., 1887, Pl. XV. SU ACaipelatos + Binney, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. II., p. 390. 1846. > Brown, Quart. Jowrn. Geol. Soc., Vol. IV., p. 46. 1848. 6 Brown, ibid., Vol. V., p. 354. 1849. 7 Trans, Geol, Soc, Glasgow, Vol. VIII., p. 227. 1888, a a eS — = Lo | CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLILS. ie Of specimens of Stigmarian stools which cannot be definitely referred to their parent genus, some very fine examples are given by Williamson in his “Monograph of the Morphology and Histology of Stigmaria ficoides.” + His figs. 3-4, Pl. II., exhibit- ing the under surface of stools, show the cross-formed furrow caused by the growth of the four arms pressing on each other. This is even better seen on his figs. 5-6, Pl. III.; where the Stigmarian rootlet-scars are preserved. Possibly the finest specimen of Stigmaria yet discovered was that found at Clayton, near Bradford, and now in the Museum of Owens College, Manchester. This specimen has been described several times, but no more accurate description or admirable figure can be found than that given by Williamson.* One of the chief interests of this specimen was the opportunities it afforded for a careful uncovering of all the main rhizomes, and in one case they were able to trace one of them to its termination, when the entire length was found to be 37 feet 4 inches. All Stigmaria rhizomes which have been carefully traced, as far as I am aware, only show two bifurcations. and the portion of the rhizome referred to above, when measured from the last bifurca- tion, was 28 feet long. It was also found to terminate in a sharp ‘point, a character which had been previously mentioned by Richard Brown, who, in the description of some Stigmaria rhizomes, says: ‘‘ Two of the roots, it will be observed by fig. 3, have been followed to their terminations, where they gradually thinned out to a mere line in one direction, being about three- fourths of an inch in width.” * Now it is a very remarkable circumstance, when taken in con- nection with what has just been stated, that the termina- tions of some Stigmaria rhizomes which have been described and figured, have blunt apices “like thick cucumbers.” Steinhauer gives one,* and Goldenberg gives another, though his example ® 1 Paleont. Soc. for 1886 (1887). 2 “‘Monog. Stigmaria,” Palwont. Soc., 1887, Pl. XV. 3’ Brown, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe., Vol. II., p. 396. 1846. * Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1818, Pl. IV., fig. 3. Note.—It is impossible to decide from the figure whether the specimen is a Stigmaria or Stig- mariopsis. ® Goldenberg, Mora Sarepont. foss., Heft. 3, p. 15, Pl. XII., fig. 3, 1862. 76 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. belongs probably to Stigmariopsis. I possess two cucumber-like terminations, both of which also belong to Stigmariopsis.1 It is very possible, therefore, that at least some of these blunt-pointed Stigmarian extremities may be the so-called “ tap-roots”” described by Richard Brown, as suggested by Prof. Williamson.? It must be noted, however, that the extremities figured by Steinhauer and Goldenberg, and those in my possession, appear to be larger than the ‘“tap-roots” on the Stigmaria from the Roof of the Sydney Main Coal, Cape Breton, and, further, that none of the other Stigmaria whose under surface could beexamined, have shown any indication of a tap-root appendage. Still, some species of Stigmaria may have had such additional growths attached to their under surface, of which at present we have no knowledge. What data we possess, however, tends to show that the “ tap-root ” appendage is a character of Stigmariopsis.® ° Another large stool of Stigmaria from Osnabriick has been described by Dr. H. Potonié.* It is not so perfect as the Clayton example in so far as the Stigmaria portion is concerned, nor does it appear to be so large. The Clayton specimen had a diameter of four feet four inches at the base of the trunk, the Osnabriick trunk was rather less than a meter (391 inches) in the lower portion. Several well-marked forms of Stigmaria occur, which are distinguished by markings on the bark or the size and arrange- 1 One (No. 2547) from Woodyett Pit, Denny, Stirlingshire—Hor. Main Coal—Carboniferous Limestone Series. The other from the Middle Coal Measures of Yorkshire—Communicated by Mr. Wm. Henningway. * Williamson, Palwont. Soc. for 1886, p. 16. 1887. ® Grand ’Eury, Géol. et paléont. du Bassin Houil. du Gard., 1890, Pl. XIIL., fig. 12; Solms-Laubach, ‘‘ Uber Stigmariopsis, Grand ’Eury, Dames and Kayser,” Palwont. Abhandl., Neue folge, Band II., Heft. 5, Pl. IIL, fig. 3. * Potonié, Naturwissenschaftlichen Wochenschrift, Vol. VII., No. 34, p. 337, figs. 1, 2, 5,6. Aug., 1892. ® Since this was written I have seen in the Museum, Owens College, Manchester, some specimens of true Stigmaria ending in blunt points, and a very interesting example has been shown me by Mr. J. W. Bond, Burmantofts, Leeds, which shows the early stage of a bifurcation of a blunt-pointed Stigmaria. I do not think that these specimens can be explained as Brown’s “‘ Tap-roots,” Se CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. vin’? ment of the rootlet-scars. Among these may be mentioned Stigmaria stellata, Gépp.,! where the rootlet-scar is surrounded by a radiating circle of oblong elevations. In Stigmaria reticulata, Gopp.,” fine irregular lines radiate from the scars. In Stigmaria Eveni, Lx., the scars are very small and close.* Many other varieties occur. We must now consider the question as to whether Stigmaria should be regarded as a root or a rhizome. It must at once be conceded that Stigmaria differs in several important points from any root or rhizome with which we are acquainted in recent botany, and it is not my intention to enter with any detail into the points at issue. These have been fully treated of by Prof. Williamson* and Solms-Laubach.*® Prof. Williamson regards Stigmaria as a root, while Solms-Laubach treats it as a rhizome. I incline to the latter view. The idea that Stigmaria was a rhizome first originated with Goppert,® who found near Bochum some rounded and elongated nodules which sometimes divided at the extremities and which showed Stigmarian scars. These Géppert thought were young Stigmaria, which, by subsequent growth, would branch and divide into true Stigmaria, from some point of which might be put up a Sigillarian stem, or they might indefinitely continue their under- ground growth and retain their Stigmarian form. These tuber-like bodies,’ some of the original of which were examined by Solms-Laubach, are, according to that botanist, **shapeless objects, in part slickensided, and can prove nothing.”® G6ppert adduces what he believed to give further support to this 1 Stigmaria ficoides var. steliata, Gopp. Gatt. d. foss. Pflanzen, Lief. 1-2, p. 13, Pl. X., fig. 12. 1841. 2 Stigmaria ficotdes var. reticulata, Gopp., ibid., p. 30, Pl. IX., fig. 11. > Lesquereux, Geol. Survey of Illin., Vol. II., p. 448, Pl. XX XIX, fig. 9. 1866. * Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria, l.c. 5 Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, p. 261 et seg. 1891, English Edition. ® Goppert, ‘‘Uber die Stigmaria ficoides,” Zeitsch. d. deut. geol. Gesell., Vol. III., p. 278 et seg. 1851. Also ‘‘ Die fossile Flora der permischen Formation,” Palwontographica, Vol. XII., p. 187. 1864. 7 See Géppert, Foss. Flora d. perm. Form., p. 190, Pl. XXXIV., figs. 2-8; Pl. XXXV., figs. 1-2. 8 Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, p. 292. 78 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. theory, and figures the specimen on which it is based, but it does not really support his contention.! The real proof that Stigmaria is a rhizome rests on altogether different grounds. In 1877 Grand ’Eury distinguished two forms of Stigmaria— true Stigmaria and what he named Stigmariopsis.2_ The dis- tinctive characters given by this botanist were quite insufficient for their separation, though subsequent investigations have shown that Stigmariopsis is essentially distinct from Stigmaria, and, though little is yet known of the genus, it cannot be united with Stigmaria. Stignariopsis will be considered presently. Renault,*® influenced perhaps by the investigations of Grand ’Eury, advocated strongly a dual nature in Stigmaria. Some Stigmaria he regards as roots, others as rhizomes, and some Stigmaria he believes have root, leaves and rootlets on the same organ. The evidence on which Renault formed this opinion is the structure of the vascular bundles which go to the appendicular organs, by whatever name these may be called. The evidence he relies on in support of this view appears to rest on a misinter- pretation of the structure of the bundle which enters the appendicular organs. The question resolves itself into whether the bundles are monarch (Collateral) or triarch, or whether some are monarch and others triarch on the same rhizome. Williamson and Solms-Laubach believe they are monarch (Collateral) —and Renault some monarch and some triarch. Among the rootlet-bundles—for such I believe the appendicular organs to be—several slight modifications of form and arrange- ment of the vessels can be observed, and Solms-Laubach distin- guishes three types.* In extreme cases these three forms are tolerably distinct, but they run into each other. That variations in minor details will occur in the form of the bundle is to be expected, when we remember that Stigmaria is not only the rhizome of several species, but even of different genera. In certain bundles, like fig. 12, we see at (a), according to one view, the primary strand of the bundle to which additions have 1 Goppert, l.c., Pl. XXXV., fig. 3. 2 Grand ’Eury, Flore carbon. du Départ. de la Loire et du Centre de la France, pp. 166 and 171. > Renault, Cours d. butan. foss., Vol. I., p. 159. 1881. + Solms-Laubach, ossil Botany, p. 276, fig. 34. : . CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 79 been made, and that the smaller vessels at ()) and (c) belong to the same series, but are only of weaker development, and Prof. Williamson has pointed out that the smaller vessels are occasionally developed in the central axis! and from the mode of increase in the rootlet bundles, when smaller vessels are developed in the axis, they may be added to the rootlet bundle. In the axis of a specimen in my collection from Pettycar, Fife, some patches of small vessels occur, followed by the development of others of normal size,? and in one of the rootlet bundles of this example, seen in transverse section, immediately after leaving the central axis, similar small vessels occur within the rootlet bundle. In +. other rootlet bundles in the same fossil, admixtures of small and large vessels are seen, having a different arrangement from that just referred to. In another Stig- marian axis from Oldham, these small vessels form rings very similar in appear- ance, to the rings of annual growth in Dicotyledons. These groups or bands of Fig. 12.—Rootlet bundle smaller vessels seem therefore to be % Stigmaria (after dependent on vital changes in the axis, be Sang 5 a a 2 : Lie scription see text. in which the rootlet strands participate, and do not represent in the rootlet bundle initial strands or primary points of growth. This I believe to be the true explana- tion of the formation of the small vessels shown in fig. 12 at (é) and (c), to which so much importance has been given by Renault, who regards such bundles as ¢viarch, in distinction from the more normal monarch form. The bundles of the “appendicular organs” appear, therefore, to be of only of one form or type, that in which only one initial strand exists. It may, therefore, be justly concluded that whether the “appendicular organs” are looked upon as rootlets or leaves, only one of these is present, and that no admixture of roots and leaves occurs in Stigmaria. The views advocated here in regard to the structure of the rootlet bundles are very similar to those expressed by Solms-Laubach in his Yossi Botany, who, 1 Williamson, Monog. Stigmaria, p. 17, Pl. IV., fig. 20. 2 Slide No. 545a. 80 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. after a critical examination of the subject, rejects the triach theory of their formation. It may be noted that it is not by any means clear that all the specimens described by Renault under the name of Stigmaria really belong to that plant. In a few cases his identification is open to great doubt. Notwithstanding the adverse criticism to the view promulgated by MM. Renault and Grand ’EKury, these authors still believe in some Stigmaria being rhizomes and others true roots. Grand ’Eury in his @éologie et Paléont- ologiedu Bassin Houiller du Gard, makes the following remarks on ‘are Ox, re a98e ¢ o.. 1 ci m1 <2 SP at: TT Cast 208 af Stigmaria, which I give in full. I do not see, Fig. 13.—Stigmaria. Transverse section of however, that any portion of vascular cylinder, showingirregu- fyrther data is given in lar development of tracheides at a and a. Specimen from Oldham (Slide No. 565a). support of the statement again brought forward. The figures given in illustration appear to be rather in the form of diagrams than of carefully executed illustrations of individual specimens, and there is an absence of any definite proof of a single case of Sigillarian stem having been developed from Stigmaria as the product of a bulb:—-2 “Those constant in diameter, with cicatrices disposed in regular quincune are the rhizomes; the other, short, very variable in diameter, the roots of Sigillaria, to the base of which one often il BOB {os St. Etienne, 1890. ~ * In Britain all the stems which have shown the rhizome attached to their base have been true Stigmaria, even according to the description given by these authors. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 81 finds them still attached. It is to those latter, very different from the first, that I have applied the name of Stigmariopsis.* “The true Stigmaria are the rhizomes, which, having been incapable of supporting themselves, have floated on the water or crept in the mud, which they have also penetrated. These aquatic and creeping plants are generally unconnected with any stem. They are bifurcated, and provided with simple, rarely bifurcated appendicular organs radiating all round the stem, which circumstance proves that they lie in the place of their birth. Only once have I found them diverging from a centre without a stem. I have seen them also, but with great rarity, associated with bulbs, or giving rise (ébawches) to stems of Sigillaria, only at La Trouche and in the Gagniéres bed, and still, although these Stigmaria are connected by various inter- mediaries to the Sigil/aria, one may hold for certain that in the interior of the ‘géogenique’ basin the rhizomes develop them- selves without stem at the bottom of the water or in the mud. These are the true Stigmaria, which I proceed first to consider and describe, having examined the relationship which they present with the Sigillaria at the edge of the basin of deposit of the fossil forests. “Very similar opinions are expressed by Renault in one of his later works.?, Under the name of Stigmaria one designates the much-developed appendages which go from the base of the stems of Sigillaria, sometimes in a downward direction, when they rapidly decrease in diameter, at other times extending horizontally in all directions, and preserving in this case an observably regular size. * The first would be the true roots of Sigillaria, the second a kind of rhizome or stolon, radiating in great numbers around its stem, floating in the shallow water or on the surface of the mud until the bud-bearing terminal extremity may develop a root and supply a stem to a new plant.” 1 Though I retain Stigmariopsis as a distinct genus, I do so only on account of structural differences first pointed out by Solms-Laubach, not on supposed developmental differences. 2 Etudes sur le terrain houiller de Comentry. Livre Deux. Flore fossile. Deuxiéme partie. Saint Etienne, 1890, p. 549. 82 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Referring to this mode of development and the possession by Sigillaria of both rhizomes and roots, Renault says:—‘‘ It explains also the difference of organization found in certain parts of these *1 Tn describing a specimen he figures on Pl. LXIL, fig. 1, he further says, “To the right of the figure one sees a young organs. branch bent at its extremity and on the way of elongation.” ? The figure to which he refers represents what I presume he regards as a rhizome arrived at the stage of producing an aerial stem. If I am correct in this interpretation of his meaning, I fail to see where the figure supports the contention. But we must remember that Renault believes that the rhizomes also developed roots,® and that these roots, which appeared sub- sequently to the leaves, also added additional cicatrices to the outer surface of the rhizome, and that this was a common, if not constant, occurrence. Why, then, do specimens not show this? They should be common. It is true Zeiller figures a specimen of Stigmaria which shows on one side a greater number of cicatrices than on the other side,* and these additional scars on one side of the specimen he regards as those left by the roots. The mere fact that at one part of the specimen a greater number of scars occur than at another is no evidence that these additional scars are those of roots. An absolute regularity in the arrangement or number of the scars on the rhizomes cannot be expected in all cases. Surely the root and leaf scars should show some difference in structure, but it is stated, ‘These two sorts of organs had, however, the same exterior aspect, and they cannot be distin- guished the one from the other on the imprint.”° If these two organs, leaves and roots, have a similar exterior aspect, and when removed fromthe rhizome leave behind scars indistinguishable from each other, then we have in Stigmaria a condition which exists in no other plant, recent or fossil, with which I am acquainted. Functionally Stigmaria performs the duties of a root. I believe of a root alone ; but from a true root it differs in the 1 Renault, d.c., p. 549. 20 1:¢75 pi Dol. 3 Renault, ‘‘ fitude sur les Stigmaria rhizomes et racines de Sigillaires,”’ Ann. des Sc. Géol., Vol, XII., pp. 23-24, 1881. + Flore foss. Bassin Houiller d. Valenciennes, Pl. XCI., figs. 3-4. 6 Zeiller, l.c., p. 615. EE a CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 83 quincuncial arrangement of the rootlets, which in their arrange- ment are a counterpart of the leaves on the stem. It also differs from typical roots in the structure of the vascular axis and rootlets, which are collateral and not centipetally developed. From a typical rhizome it also differs according to the general acceptation of that term, for it has never been shown to give birth to a stem or leaves. It agrees more with a rhizome than a root, in the arrangement of the rootlets and the structure of the vascular axis and the rootlet bundles. Taking, then, the whole circumstances of the case into consideration, Schimper’s suggestion is probably the best and only one we are at present warranted in adopting when he asks “if these curious fossils do not represent rather a rhizome than a root.”1 The specimen of Stigmaria discovered by Solms-Laubach at Dudweiler, near Saarbruck, which he describes in his Fossil Botany,* certainly seems to favour this view. After giving a general description of the fossil, he says, “This specimen is particularly important and interesting, because the appendages appear in tolerably good preservation on both sides of the terminations of theaxes. They grow successively smaller and shorter as they approach the terminations, and the distances between them diminish. They also become curved in the forward direction, and close together bud-like round the apex. Hence it is only as they develop that they acquire their definite position at right angles to the axis, resembling in this respect foliage leaves.” Although, then, in the description of Stigmaria, I have used the terms rhizome and rootlets, it arises from the necessity of having definite terms to apply to these two organs, and as these two organs have more the character of rhizomes and rootlets than roots and rootlets, in the absence of any other available descrip- tive word, the former has been adopted. Stigmaria is a paleozoic type of structure which has no counterpart in recent times. Noter.—In addition to the papers to which reference has already been made, the following may be mentioned :— Hooker, Sir JosepH D., ‘‘On Some Peculiarities in the Structure of Stigmaria,” Mem. Geol. Survey of Great Britain, Vol. II., Part 2, p. 431. Plates. 1848. 1 Schimper, Yraité d. paléont. végét., Vol. II., p. 111. 1870. 2 Solms-Laubach, /.c., pp. 268-269. 84 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Morris, J., in J. Prestwicu, ‘‘ Geology of Coalbrookdale,” Trans. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. V., Explanation to Pl. XXXVIIL., figs. 3, 3a, 3b. 1840. Gorrrrt, H. R., Die Guttungen der fossilen Pflanzen, Lief. 1-2, p. 13. Plates. 1841. Bryngy, E. W., ‘“‘Some Observations on Stigmaria Ficoides,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XV., p. 76, Pl. IV., 1858. Bryyey, E. W., ‘‘ Observations on the Structure of Fossil Plants found in the Carboniferous Strata, Part I1V., Sigillaria and Stigmaria,” Paleontographical Soc., Vol. for 1875. Plates. Wituiamson, W. C., ‘On the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,” Part II., Phil. Trans., 1872, p. 197. Plates. Wuuiamson, W. C., Part XI., Pail. Trans., Part ii., p. 285, 1881. Plates. Wi.uramson, W. C., ‘‘ A Reply to Mr. Hick,” Nat. Science, July, 1892, p. 365. Wixtiamson, W. C., and Harrog, ‘‘Les Segillaires et les Lepidodendrons,” Ann. d. Sc. Nat., Ser. 6, Vol. XIII., 1882, p. 339. Dawson, Sir Wm., and Prof. W. C. Wititamson, Nat. Science, May, 1892, p. 211. Hick, T., ‘‘Is Stigmaria a Root or a Rhizome?” Nat. Science, July, 1892, p- 360. Hick, T., ‘‘ A Rejoinder,” tbzd., p. 370. LersQuEREvX, L., Coal Flora, Vol. II., p. 509, 1880. Scuimper, Wm. Pu., in J. Ka@cHiin-ScHLUMBERGER, Le Terrain de Transition des Vosges, p. 323 et seg. 1862. Plates. Puart, 8. S., ‘‘ Notes on a large Fossil Tree recently found in Shale of the Coal Measures at Sparth Bottoms, Rochdale,” /’rans. Manchester Geol. Soc., Vol. XXIII., Part iii., Session 1894-95, p. 65. Plates. VIII. Bornropenpron, Lindley and Hutton, 1833. 1833. Bothrodendron, L. & H., Fossil Botany, Vol. I1., p. 1. 1860. Cyclostigma, Haughton, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd Ser., Vol. V., p. 443. 1876. Rhytidodendron, Boulay, Jerr. howil. du Nord de la France, p. 39. Arborescent Lycopods ramifying by dichotomous division. Bark ornamented with a series of fine wrinkles and corrugations (Both. punctatum, L. & H., and Both. minutifolium, Boulay), or striated longitudinally with fine smooth slightly flexuous striz (Both. Wiikianum, Kidston), or striate with cross-hatching (Both. Kiltorkense, Haughton sp.), or smooth (oth. Kidstont, Weiss). Leaf scars distant, very small, transversely oval or oval with ee ae ——— EE — CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 85 lateral angles more or less prominent, containing three puncti- form cicatrices. Resting on or a short distance above the leaf- scar is a small circular cicatricule. Leaves small, lanceolate, single-nerved. Fructification in the form of cones, terminating delicate branches (oth. minutifoliwm, Boulay), or sessile and placed in two opposite vertical rows (Both. punctatum, L. & H.), which form cup-like depressions on the older stems, and whose umbilicus is below the centre and near the lower margin. Subepidermal leaf-scar double (Both. minutifolium), in other species single (1?) The internal structure of the stem is unknown. Remarks.—Bothrodendron comprises a small but most interesting class of Lycopods, about which, however, there is still much to learn. From the some- what imperfect description of the genus by Lindley and Hutton, and the absence thie, 14. Bothradendoon tiie of enlarged drawings of the leaf-scars, —yifolium, Boulay sp. 4, it was presumed by several writers Portion of stem, natural that the genus Bothrodendron had ‘ize; >, leaf-scar and orna- been founded on a decorticated speci- ite of hark,’ en- men of Sigillaria discophora, Kénig ‘8° sp. (= Ulodendron minus, L. & H.), and this erroneous view I also originally held. M. Zeiller has, however, shown most conclusively that Bothrodendron forms a most distinct and clearly-defined genus, and at my request most kindly figured and described a specimen of Bothrodendron punctatum, L. & H., from Newcastle, presented by Hutton in 1836 to the Museum of Natural History, Paris, on which the leaf-scars are very well preserved. The leaf-scars are very minute, and the leaves, which are broadly lanceolate, resemble very much those of some Lycopodium. ? Bull. Géol. Soc. de France, 3rd Ser., Vol. XIV., p. 168, Pl, VIIL., figs. land la, 1885. 86 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Bothrodendron punctatum, L. & H., ramified by repeated dichotomy.’ This species is rare in Britain, and I have never had the good fortune to meet with any specimens on which the leaf- scars are well preserved. The fructification of Bothrodendron punctatum consisted of sessile cones borne in two opposite vertical rows, which gave rise to the cup-like depressions on the stem. I have seen a number of specimens of the plant in this condition, and they can easily be distinguished from the so-called Ulodendra by the umbilicus of the scar being always placed near the lower margin. The stems attained to great size, as indicated by the size of the cone-scars, which reached a longitudinal diameter of four inches (No. 1671). It has also been shown by Zeiller that the genus Khytidoden- dron, Boulay, is not generically distinct from Lothrodendron, L. & H. Bothrodendron minutifolium, Boulay sp. (fig. 14), is by far the most common member of the genus, and is frequent in the Middle and Lower Coal Measures of Britain. Like Bothrodendron punctatwm it possesses a wrinkled and corrugated bark with small oval leaf-scars whose lateral angles are not prominent, but differs from 4. punctatuwm in having its fructification in the form of narrow lanceolate cones which terminate the small branchlets. On the smaller and young branches of Fig. 15.—Bothrodendron Bothodendron minutifolium, Boulay (and minutifolium, Boulay probably on other species also), the leaf- sp. Leaf-scars from scars are situated on approximated, slightly he hee ence ee elevated, elongate rhomboidal cushions, which are ornamented with fine corruga- tions. The young branches exhibiting these rhomboidal cushions might easily be mistaken for Lepidodendron twigs. At an early period, probably from the increase of the stem in girth, the cushions are entirely effaced and the leaf-scars become distant. As the leaf-scars become more distant, the corrugations 1 See Zeiller, /.c., Pl. VIII., figs. 2, 2a, 2c, 3, and 3a; also Flore foss. Bassin houil de Valenciennes, Pl. LXXVL., fig, 1. a. ——— CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 87 on the bark become more prominent, and are a very characteristic feature of Bothrodendron punctatum, L. & H., and Bothrodendron minutifoliwm, Boulay sp. Exquisite figures illustrating this structure have been given by Weiss and Sterzel.’ In Bothrodendron minutifolium, Boulay sp., the subepidermal ‘sear is double, like that of Sigillaria, though on other species it only appears as a longitudinal ridge, but this may arise from the two sears becoming confluent. In some cases the two subepidermal scars are united in their basal extremities, and are continued downwards in a longitudinal ridge, having the appearance of a stalked fork.” The cones of Bothrodendron minutifolium are comparatively rare, but, from examples attached to the branches, I was able to identify them as belonging to this species. I have met with very few such specimens.* In a specimen I have figured* the cone-bearing branch is very slender and leafy, and the cone is narrow, and, though incomplete, measures 3} inches long by rather over } inch wide. From its state of preservation it is difficult to determine whether the bracts are arranged in whorls or in spirals. The whorls or spirals, as the case may be, are placed very close to each other, being _ about 35 of an inch apart. The basal or sporangium-bearing portion of the bract springs from the axis at almost a right angle, and the blade rises up from it almost parallel with the axis. The structure of the sporangia cannot be ascertained. If the bracts are in whorls, the structure of the cone differs much from those of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria, where the bracts are spirally placed on the axis. The cone is also longer and narrower than 1«Die Sigillarien der preussischen Steinkohlen-und Rothliegenden- Gebiete II. Die Gruppe der Subsigillarien.”—Abhandl. der Kénig. Preuss. geol. Landesanstait. Neue Folge, Heft. 2, p. 49., Pl. I., figs. 3-4; Pl. I1., figs. 8-9, var.; Pl. L., fig. 6; Pl. IL, figs. 7 and 10. 1893. 2See Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6 Ser., Vol. IV., p. 64, Pl. IV., fig. 5%. 1889. Also, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol. X., p. 93, Pl. IV., fig. 5°. 1889. ® These specimens have been communicated to me by Mr. Hemingway, from Yorkshire. Their horizon is shale over the Barnsley Thick Coal, Middle Coal Measures. * Proe. Roy. Phys. Soc. Hd., Vol. X., Pl. 1V., fig. 6; Ann. and Mag. Nat, Hist., 1889, Pl. IV., fig. 6. 88 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. those of most Lepidodendra, and much more slender than any known Sigillarian cone. The plant figured by Lindley and Hutton in their Mossi Flora, Vol. I, Pl. XII, as Lepidodendron selayinordes, is a fine specimen of Bothrodendron minutifolium, Boulay sp., and shows well the characteristic leaf-scars. Their figure is most misleading, but the type is fortunately preserved in the Hutton Collection, Newcastle- on-Tyne. Had it not been for the preservation of the type it would not have been suspected that their plant was Bothrodendron. The other British species are Bothrodendron Wiikianum, Kidston,' and Bothrodendron Kidstoni, Weiss.* They both occur in the Calciferous Sandstone Series, and are extremely rare. Only portions of the stems are known. Cyclostigma, Haughton, from the Upper Old Red of Kiltorkan, must be placed in Bothrodendron. When Dr. Haughton described Cyclostigma, the real characters of Lothrodendron were not understood. On well-preserved specimens of Cyclostigma the leaf-scars are seen to be oval or almost circular, and show slightly above their centre three little cicatricules. The outer surface of the bark between the leaf-scars is ornamented with cross-hatched delicate longitudinal lines. The Geological Department of the British Museum possesses specimens which show these characters very clearly. The leaves are long, linear, single-nerved, and end in a setaceous point.® Weiss includes Bothrodendron among the Sigillaria as a sub-genus, and though some of its characters point to Sigillaria, others militate against this position being given it. The leaf- scars on the older stems agree in some respects with those of Sigillaria in their form and arrangement, especially with the Leiodermaria section, but the three punctiform cicatricules are very exceptional in Sigil/aria, while they are constant in Bothro- dendron, and the leaf-scar on the young branches of Lothrodendron minutifolium is surrounded by a “field” scarcely distinguishable from Lepidodendron, though it is effaced at an early period. The 1See Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. and Proce. Roy. Phys. Soc. already mentioned. 2 Die Sigillarien d. Preuss. Steinkohlen, etc., p. 56, Pl. XXVIIL., fig. 110. ’ Kidston, Catalogue of Paleozoic Plants, p. 236. 1886. */1.c., pp. 39 and 43. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 89 cone of Bothrodendron is also apparently of the Lepidostrobus type, and it is certainly very different in general appearance from any known Sigillarian cone. I therefore prefer to assign to Bothrodendron a position intermediate between Lepidodendron and Sigillaria, with which two genera it seems to form a connecting link, though it possesses distinctive characters by which it can be separated at first sight from either. IX. S1eriaria, Brongniart, 1822. 1820. Lepidodendron, Sternberg (in part). Essai flore monde prim., 1, fase. 1, pp. 20 and 25. 1822. Sigillaria, Brongniart. Class. d. végét. foss. (Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat., Vol. VIIL., p. 9). 1822. Clathraria, Brongniart. Class. d. végét. foss., p. 9. 1823. Rhytidolepis, Sternberg Essai flore monde prim., I., fase. 2, p. 36; fase. iv., p. xxill. 1826. Favularia, Sternberg. LZssai flore monde prim., L., fase. iv., p. Xill. 1860. Asolanus, Wood. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 237. 1877. Pseudosigillaria, Grand ’Eury. Flore carbon. du Départ. de la Loire et dw centre de la France, p. 142. 1841. Calamosyrinz, Petzholdt. De Balano et Calamosyringe, p. 28 (Dresden and Leipzig). Decorticated Conditions. ; 1820. Syringodendron, Sternberg. Essai flore monde prim., L., fasc. 1, pp. 23 and 26; fase. iv., p. xxiv. 1826. Catenaria, Sternberg. Essai flore monde prim., L., fase. iv.) [: SEV: Arborescent Lycopods, with cactus-like or columnar trunks, or very sparingly dichotomously-branched stems. Outer surface longitudinally ribbed or smooth. Leaf-scars contiguous or distant, hexagonal, with more or less rounded angles, the two lateral angles being most prominently developed; cicatricules three, small, the central punctiform, elongate, or sub-triangular, the two lateral, lunate or straight, larger than the central vascular bundle-scar. Leaf-scar frequently placed on a more or less prominent elevation, in which case it holds a backward G 90 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. sloping position in relation to the surface of the cortex. A small cicatricule frequently occurs immediately above the leaf-scar. Subepidermal cicatrices three, the two lateral large, lunate or straight, united in the centre by a circular or oblong scar; or two, through obliteration of central scar, straight or lunate, frequently attaining a considerable size on old stems, or single, through confluence of the two lateral scars. Subepidermal surface striated longitudinally. Leaves linear-lanceolate or long and grass-like, single-nerved. Fructification (Sigillariostrobus) strobiliform, caducous, stalked, leaving scars on the bark, which are placed in the hollows between the ribs, or on the ribs, or between the leaves on the non- ribbed species, irregu- larly disposed or forming verticils of greater or less width, or sessile and placed in two opposite vertical rows, when, from the pressure of the cone on the bark, cup- like depressions are formed on the stem, whose umbilicus is ap- proximately central (Ulodendron in part). Rhizome, in some species Stigmaria, in others Stigmariopsis, Fig. 16.—Sigillaria principis, Weiss. Old Mills Pit, nee es geen Section J.1—Ruytipo- Hor. Lower Series of the pper Coa Tea feeeeeeee Measures. A, natural size; B, leaf-scar 3 enlarged; @, area of scar; 6, cicatrice of 1823. vascular bundle; c ec, parichnos; d, Stem ribbed, ribs edigalo sear, UNS-c2)) separated by distinct furrows, straight or slightly flexuous, surface smooth or variously ornamented ; leaf-scars alternate, occupying the whole width or 1 These sections are only used as a means of dividing a large and difficult genus into convenient groups, and must not be regarded as of sub-generic value, a lara (favularia) alveolaris, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 91 only part of the width of the ribs, distant or approximate, fre- quently having a transverse lunate depression above the scar. Cone-scars situated in the furrows. Type, Sigillaria ( Rhytido- lepis) ocellata, Sternb. Typical form, Sigillaria scutellata, Brongt. Section [J.—Favutanria, Sternberg, 1826. Stem ribbed, ribs flexuous, divided into sub-hexagonal compart- ments by transverse depressions; leaf-scars alternate, approxi- mate, or only separated by a very short distance, usually occupying A the width of the rib. The lateral angles of the leaf-scars project slightly, and alternate with those of the neighbouring ribs, impart- ing to the longitudinal furrows a more or less zigzag course. Its chief distinguishing char- acter is the approximate leaf-scars and zigzag furrows. Type, Sigii- Sternb. Typical form, Sigillaria elegans, Sternb. sp. Fig. 17. —Sigillaria Brardii, Section IJI.—CLATHRARIA, Brongt. Cope’s Marl Pit, Brongt., 1822. Longton, Staffordshire. Shale above Peacock coal, Middle Cancellata, Weiss. Foss. Flora Coal Measures. A, Leaf der jiingst. Steinkohlf. u. d. cushion (a). Leaf-scar (b); ¢, Rothliegenden, p. 161. 1869. cicatricule of vascular bundle ; d, parichnos; enlarged. Stems without ribs, leaf-scars (No. 817.) placed on contiguous rhomboidal slightly elevated cushions, which are separated by deep oblique furrows. Cone-scars placed in the furrows between the leaf- cushions. Type, Sigillaria Brardii, Brongt. Section JV.—LEIoDERMARIA, Goldenberg, 1857. Lewdermaria, Goldenberg. Mora sarep.foss., Heft. 2, p. 7. 1857. Stem without ribs, leaf-scars distant and leaf-cushions absent. Surface of bark between the leaf-scars variously ornamented with 92 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. fine longitudinal flexuous striz, frequently cross-hatched with delicate lines. Type, Sigillaria leioderma, Brongt. Typical form Sigillaria Brardii, forma spinulosa, Germar sp. Remarks.—The two sections, Rhytidolepis and Favularia, pass into each other, and only in a few species are distinctly separable. In practice, Favularia is seldom mentioned now even as a section of Sigillaria, as all the species originally placed in it fall naturally into the Rhytidolepis Section. It is only the zigzag appearance of the furrows, brought about by the projecting lateral angles of the alternate leaf-scars, which has given rise to the separation of these forms into different sections. In the Rhytidolepis Section the leaf-scars are almost always more or less distant, and the ribs frequently enlarge slightly at the part where the leaf-scar is placed, which imparts to the furrow a slightly wavy course. The surface of the ribs is seldom, if ever, entirely free from surface ornamentation, for even in Sigillaria ovata, Sauveur, which is generally supposed to have a smooth bark, when well-preserved specimens are examined with a lens its outer surface is seen to be covered with very short, fine transverse lines. These impart a granular appearance to the surface. A similar condition occurs in other species with “smooth ribs.” Such delicate lines are, however, frequently effaced through imperfect preservation. The most common form of ornamentation is two rows of short transverse lines or notches, which extend from the base of the leaf-scar, separating as they proceed, till they reach, or nearly reach, the scar below them. A short distance above the leaf-scar is frequently a transverse lunate or straight furrow, accompanied by a few faint irregular transverse lines, and immediately above the scar is generally seen a small punctiform cicatricule. The leaf-scar in many species rises up towards its lower margin; this is well seen in Sigillaria mamillaris, Brongt. This character was probably more constant than generally supposed, but has been effaced in the majority of cases through pressure. The ornamentation of the interfoliar space of the rib varies much in the different species. In Sigillaria scutellata it consists of one irregular band down the centre of the rib, which extends almost to the succeeding leaf-scar, and above CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 93 the leaf-scar are fine lines which cluster round the small puncti- form cicatricule. In some species, such as Sigillaria rugosa, Brongt., Sigillaria elongata, Brongt., and Sigillaria Deutschi, Brongt., the ornamen- tation forms a very distinct band extending from one leaf-scar to the other, and thus divides the rib into three longitudinal tracts, the two lateral being smooth and the central ornamented, and bounded by the two lateral lines which descend from the lateral angles of the leaf-scar. The ornamentation of the central band consists of short transverse ridges or dots, or a mixture of both. The markings are generally stronger immediately beneath the leaf-scars, and become more faint as they reach the next lower scar, shortly above which they generally assume a slightly different arrangement. Modifications of this form of ornamenta- tion occur. The cone-scars form verticils, sometimes of a single series of sub-circular or oval cicatrices, as in Sigillaria elegans. In Sigillaria tessellata and other species the cone-scars form broad verticils, the number of contiguous cone-scars placed in vertical rows varying from three to twenty.’ The cone-scars are frequently deformed from the pressure of the ribs, and at the same time they generally cause a deformation of the leaf-scars in their immediate neighbourhood. The remaining two sections—Clathraria and Leiodermaria— are also most intimately connected. The conditions which gave rise to these two groups have not only been found in the same species, but on the same specimen, though some species seem only to possess a Leiodermarian condition. Weiss was the first to point out that Sigillaria Brardii, Brongt. (belonging to the Clathraria), passed by gradual transi- tions into Sigillaria spinulosa, Germar (Leiodermaria Section), and that this latter species was consequently only a condition of the former.’ Shortly afterwards M. Zeiller figured a specimen showing the organic union of Sigillaria Brardii, Brongt., and Sigillaria 1 Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin houil. de Valenciennes, Pl. LXXXV., figs. 1 and 5. 2 Weiss, Zettsch. d. deut. geol. Gessell, 1888, p. 566. 94 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. spinulosa, Germar.! It was also shown that Sigillaria rhom- boidea, Brongt.,” only represented an intermediate state. In 1893 appeared a most elaborate memoir, by the late Dr. Weiss and Dr. T. Sterzel,> on the Clathrate and Leiodermarian Sigillariz. Here are most admirably figured and described many forms of Sigillaria Brardii, including conditions which were at one time supposed to represent distinct species. A very interesting specimen (No. 818), showing the organic union of Sigillaria Brardii, Brongt., Sigillaria denudata, Gopp.,* and Sigillaria rhomboidea, Brongt., from a railway cutting, Florence Colliery, Longton, North Staffordshire, which was collected by Mr. F. Barke, was figured by myself in 1896.° In the Sigillaria Brardi form the leaf-scars are placed on slightly- elevated cushions, but in the Sigillaria denudata state the leaf- cushions are entirely effaced. Weiss has suggested that the Leiodermarian forms of Sigilaria Brardii (Sigillaria spinulosa, Sigillaria denudata, &e.) may represent an older condition of the plant—a condition brought about by the increase in the girth of the stem, which has caused the leaf-scars to be drawn apart and the leaf-cushions to be effaced. In some cases this may probably explain the occurrence of the Leiodermarian condition, but at other times it may have been caused by a period of more rapid growth. But it must be noted that the approximation and separation of the leaf-scars is not restricted to the Clathraria-Leiodermaria Sections of Sigillaria. The same phenomenon occurs in the fhytidolepis Section. I have figured a specimen of Sigillaria reniformis, Brongt.,° from Hampstead Colliery, Great Barr, 1 Zeiller, Bull. Soc. Géol. d. France, Sér. 3, Vol. XVII., p. 603, Pl. XIV., fig. 1. 1889. 2 Hist. d. végét. foss., p. 425, Pl. CLVIL,, fig. 4. * «Die Sigillarien der preuss. Steink. u. Rothl. Gebiete. II. Die | Gruppe der sub-Sigillarien.”—Abhandl. d. Kinig Preuss. Géol. Landes- anstalt. Neue Folge, Heft. 2, Berlin, 1898, pp. i.-xvi. and 1-225, with atlas of xxviii. plates. * Die foss. Fiora d. permischen Formation, p. 200, Pl. XXXIV., fig, 1. ® Proc. Roy. Phys. Soe. Hdin., Vol. XIII., p. 233, Pl. VIL, fig. 1. ® Trans. Rey. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XXXV., Part 5, p. 327, Pl. L, fig. 11. 1888. ae she mentee ake sil ha Se pet ae + CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 95 Staffordshire, showing an approximation of the leaf-scars on the lower half of the fossil. Similar conditions are shown on a specimen of Sigillaria mamillaris, Brongt., given by Lesquereux,' and on Sigillaria Sauveuri, figured by Zeiller,* and many other cases can be cited.* I possess a specimen of Sigillaria Sauveuri, Zeiller, from Longton Hall Colliery, Longton, Staffordshire (No. 2199), for which I am indebted to Mr. John Ward, F.G.S., which shows a similar approximation of the leaf-scars to that shown on the specimen figured by Zeiller. Another specimen in my collec- tion which I have provisionally referred to, Sigillaria Boblayi, Brongt. (No. 1879), not only shows an approximation and lessen- ing of the leaf-scars, but a sudden narrowing of the ribs, which must have caused a great reduction in the diameter of the stem. All these specimens probably represent an enfeebled state of growth; in some cases the enfeebled portion is succeeded by the normal condition of the species as to the size of the leaves and their distance apart. It is difficult to suggest a cause for these apparently enfeebled states of growth; probably they may have resulted from unfavourable climatic conditions. In the Clathraria Section of Sigillaria the cone-scars are dis- tributed on the stem in two distinct modes of arrangement. On the typical form of Sigillaria Brardi the cone-scars form an irregular girdle round the trunk, and are placed in the furrows which divide the leaf-cushions. Normally they are circular with a raised border, and in the centre show the cicatrice of the vascular bundle which passed into the cone pedicil. The cone- scars are, however, usually deformed from the pressure of the surrounding leaf-cushions, and in turn they produce in most cases a great deformation of the leaf-cushions and leaf-scars. The cone-scars measure about 4 inch in diameter, but their size 1 Coal Flora, Vol. III., Pl. CVIIL., fig. 6. 1884. 2 Flore joss. Bassin houil. d. Valenciennes, Pl. LXXXIV., fig. 1. 1886. 3 Potonié, ‘‘ Die Wechsel-Zonen-Bildung der Sigillariaceen.”—Jahrbuch der Konig Preuss. Géol. Landesanstalt fur 1893 (1894), p. 24, Pls. III.-V. Frech., Lethwa geognostica, 1 Theil. Lethea paleozoica, 2 Band, 2 Lief., Pl. Lb, fig. 12 (Sigillaria Brardit). Stuttgart, 1899. Sigillaria Brardii and Sigillaria dimorpha (=Sigillaria camptotenia, Wood sp.). Géol. et Paléont. du Bassin Gard., Pl. XI, fig. 1, and Pl. IX., fig. 7. 96 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. varies according to the amount of lateral pressure to which they have been subjected.’ The cones have evidently been stalked. On the form of Sigillaria Brardii, described by Germar as Sigillaria spinulosa,’ are a number of small circular scars with a raised margin and central depression. These occur without any definite order, are either single or in pairs, and are generally placed below the leaf-scars and not far distant from them. Owing to the absence of lateral pressure these small scars on Jorma spinulosa are always circular. They were supposed by Germar to be the scars of deciduous spines. Schimper*® and Renault,* however, think they are the scars of aerial rootlets, and that view was shared in by Weiss and Sterzel.° I am more inclined to regard these scars as cone-scars, and similar to those on Sigillaria Brardii, which I think un- doubtedly mark the position of deciduous stalked cones.° Renault, in describing a specimen of Sigillaria Brardii, on whose cone-scars were still attached fragments of small branches, 1 to 2 cm. long by 5 mm. in diameter, states that these spring perpendicularly from the stem, and bear small foliage cicatrices, which are distant from each other, instead of being contiguous like those of the main stem, It is certain here that the scars in question did not bear aerial rootlets, and one appears to be justified in believing that, whatever organ the small circular scars between the cushions bore on Sigillaria Brardii, the same organ was most probably borne by the similarly-formed scars in Sigillaria Brardii forma spinulosa. In the other arrangement of the fructification the cones were borne in two opposite vertical rows, the cones on one side 1 Kidston, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XIII., Pl. VIL, figs. 2, 2a. ? Germar, Vers. d. Steink. v. Wettin u. Libejun, Heft. V., p. 28, Pl. XXV., figs. 1-2. Refigured by Weiss and Sterzel, /.c., Pl. X., fig. O03 spleexaee fig. 50a, * Schimper, T'raité d. paiéont. végét., Vol. II., p. 102. 1870. * Renault, Cours d. botan. foss., 1881, p. 131. ° Weiss and Sterzel, /.c., p. 107. $ For figures see—Zeiller, Véyét. foss. terr, houil. de la France, Pl. CLXXIV., fig. 1; Renault, Cours d. botan foss., 1881, Pl. ExOVALI stipes Kidston, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., Vol. XIII., Pl. VII., figs. 2 and 2b; Sterzel and Weiss, l.c. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 97 alternating with those on the other side. I only know of two species belonging to the Sigillarie which bore their fructification in this manner, and both belong to the Clathraria group. One of these is Sigillaria discophora, Konig sp.’ (= Ulodendron minus, L. & H.’). The leaf-scars of this species are characteristically Clathrarian, and on a specimen from Bonnyton Pit, Kilmarnock,* the three cicatricules are distinctly preserved (No. 1298).* The other species is the Sigillaria Taylori, Carr. sp.,° from the Carboniferous Limestone and Calciferous Sandstone Series. The leaf-scars are small, but also Clathrarian. In these two plants the sessile cones are borne on the older stems, and the cup-like depressions on the bark have been caused by the pressure of the base of the cone, but after the fall of the cones—which seem to have been caducous in all the Sigillaria— the cup-like depressions, as well as the leaf-cushions and scars, increased in size as the bark increased in diameter with the growth of the trunk, though in old stems the bark also becomes longitudinally fissured, as in some Lepidodendra. On aspecimen of Sigillaria discophora from near Halifax, which was given to me by Mr. William Cash, F.G.S., the cone-scar is fully 5 inches 1 Konig, Icones fossilium sectiles. London, 1825. The first part, Plates I.-VIII., was issued in 1825. The subsequent parts are said not to have been issued. It is quoted, however, by Bronn in Index Paleontologicus, Stuttgart, 1848. The Sigiliaria (Lepidodendron) discophora occurs on Pl. XVI, fig. 194. If it is the case that this plate was never issued publicly, then Lindley and Hutton’s name of Siyillaria ( Ulodendron) majus should have priority, but as there is still doubt as to what plant the Ulodendron majus, L. & H., really represents, the use of Konig’s name prevents all confusion. I believe U. majus, L. & H., and U. minus, L. & HL, represent different ages of the same species. U. minus, L. & H., is certainly the Sigillaria discophora, Konig sp. A cast of Konig’s specimen is contained in the collection of the British Museum (Geol. Department), and the counterpart of the type of U. minus is in the Hutton Collection, Newcastle-on-Tyne. 2 Lindley and Hutton, Fossil Flora, Vol. I., Pl. VI. 1831. 3 From Shale over the Whistler Seam, Lower Coal Measures. Received from the Rev. D. Landsborough. 4 Kidston, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Hdin., Vol. X., p. 91, Pl. IV., fig. 1; also, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. IV., Pl. IV., fig. 1. 1889. 5 « Ulodendron Taylori, Carruthers,” Monthly Micros. Journ., Vol. III., p. 152, Pl. XLIII., fig. 1, 1870. 98 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. in diameter, and the leaf-scar measures a quarter of an inch across (No. 2135).? In both Sigillaria discophora and Sigillaria Taylori the cone scars are usually more or less distant, but in the former species I have observed on some specimens the cone-scars little distant from each other, or even touching (No. 423), when the plant becomes the Sigillaria (?) (Ulodendron) sub-discophora, Weiss and Sterzel, which, however, is merely a varietal form of Sigilaria discophora, Konig sp.” The Ulodendroid Sigillarie and Lepidodendre are frequent in Scotland, and I have been able in Lepidodendron Velthemianum, Sternb., to trace the formation of the cup-like depressions from its earliest condition to that of their occurrence on aged stems. In the earliest state the young cone is placed on a slightly- elevated blunt boss, on the whole of whose surface the leaf-scars are still present, radiating in spirals from the point to which the cone is attached, which point subsequently forms the umbilicus of the scar.’ Gradually the bark grows up round the base of the sessile cone, and thus a cup-like depression is formed, which con- tinues to increase in size after the cone has been shed. During the period of attachment of the cone the pressure exerted by its base on the bark effaces the leaf-scars, whose existence is eventually only indicated by the little “dot” of their vascular bundle. Professor D’Arcy Thomson figured a specimen of Sigillaria Taylori with a cone attached to the stem,* under the name of Ulodendron minus. Another example showing the cones attached in a young condition, and now in my possession (No. 16), was discovered by Dr. Macfarlane in the Midlothian Oil Shales. This specimen I figured and described in 1885.° The stem of Sigillaria seems very rarely to have been branched, and certainly never to have produced the much-dichotomously 1 From Nab End Fly, near Halifax, Yorkshire. Millstone Grit, 2 Die Sigillarien der preuss. Steink. u. Rothi. Gebiete. II. Die Gruppe der Subsigillarien, p. 58, Pl. XXVIII., fig. 107. 1893. 3 Kidston, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. XVI., p. 163, Pl. IV., fig. 2. 1886. * Trans, Edin. Geol. Soc., Vol. III., Part iii. 1880. 5 Kidston, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., l.c., Pl. V., fig. 9. | | ] | CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 99 divided ramification of Lepidodendron or Bothradendron (i.e., Bothradendron minutifolium, Boulay sp.). In some cases the stem consisted of a narrow conical trunk, as figured by Golden- berg. This stem was 18 feet in height.* In other cases the stems of Sigil/aria seem to have diminished little in girth but to have possessed an upright columnar mode of growth. Of this type Goldenberg has also given figures.» Two good Sigillarian stems of this form are preserved in the Museum, Newcastle-on- Tyne, and another in the Sunderland Museum. All these columnar stems belong to the Rhytidolepis Section. In the Rhytidolepis Section the ribs increased in number as the plants advanced in age. Hand specimens occasionally show the interpolation of an additional rib, and such have already been figured.* I have also specimens showing the same occur- rence; but the most beautiful example with which I am acquainted is a trunk in the Sunderland Museum. It shows the lower portion of a stem, 6 feet 6 inches in height. It is slightly bottle-shaped at the base, where it measures 5 feet in circum- ference. On this part of the stem there are 29 broad ribs. About two feet from the base many of these ribs divide, and their number is then increased to 40, with a stem circumference of 3 feet about four feet from the base. All these additional ribs do not arise from a division of the primary basal ribs, but new ribs, with pointed extremities, are inserted between the older ones; thus, about 6 inches below the broken-over extremity of the trunk, there are 45 ribs, though the stem is considerably smaller than at the base, where the number is 29.° A transverse section of such a specimen, supposing its internal structure were preserved, would show at the base a much smaller number of leaf-traces than a section taken immediately below the broken-over extremity.°® 1 Goldenberg, Flora Sarepont. foss., Pl. B., fig. 13. 2See also Goldenberg, J.c., Pl. IV., fig. 1; Grand ’Eury, Géol. et Paléoni. du Bassin houil. du Gard, Pl. XIII, figs. 7, 8,9, 10. 1890. 3 Goldenberg, /.c., Pl. X., fig. 6. 4 Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin howil. d. Valenciennes, Pl. LXXVIIL., fig. 3 (Sig. levigata). Pl. LXXXV., fig. 1 (Sigiliaria iessellaia ). > See Goldenberg, Flora Sarceepont. foss., Heft. I., pp. 26 and 37-38, Pl. mV., fig. 1. 6 Kidston, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XXXIX., Part 1 (No. 5), pp. 46-47. Woodcut. 100 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. In the Lhytidolepis Sigillarie branching appears to be ex- tremely rare, and the only specimen of this section which I have seen exhibiting a dichotomized stem was an example of Sigillaria tessellata found by Mr. George Wild at Bardsley Colliery in a bed of shale, about 50 feet below the ‘‘ New Mine.” ! In the scarcely separable Favularia Section three figured specimens showing a bifurcation recall themselves—two of . Sigillaria elegans” and one of Sigillaria Eugenii, Stur.* The Clathraria Sigillaria also branched, but apparently very sparingly. Renault gives a figure of Sigillaria Brardiw showing a dichotomy.* Possibly the Sigillaria Brardii figured by Germar,’ and re-figured by Weiss and Sterzel,® may be also a portion of a bifurcated example. Examples showing the foliage attached to the stem, though rare, are occasionally met with. In some the leaves are narrow lanceolate, as on Sigillaria discophora, Konig sp., and on others long and grass-like, as on Sigillaria camptotenia, Wood sp. The leaves appear to have been articulated, otherwise how can one explain the occurrence of the clearly-defined leaf-scar which is almost universally met with throughout the genus, the only exception being perhaps Sigillaria discophora and Sigillaria Taylori, where the leaf seems to have remained long attached to the stem and eventually withered off, as clearly-defined leaf-scars are all but unknown in the case of these two species. Some species of Sigillaria had Stigmaria as their rhizomes. This was the form attached to some AAytidolepis trunks. It is 1 Wild, ‘‘On a Section of Shaft sunk through the Middle Coal Measures at Bardsley Colliery, and an interesting discovery of Calamites,” Man- chester Geol. Soc., Feb. 2, 1886. 2 Roehl, Foss. Flora d. Steinkohlen Form. Westphalens, Pl. XX VIIL., fig. 17, 1869; Achepohl, Das Niederrheinsch- Westftlisehe Steinkohlen-Gebirge., Pl. IX., fig. 20,1880. The bifurcated specimen figured by Potonié—Lehr- buch d. Pflanzenpaleontologie, 1899, Pl. IIL., fig. 1, ‘‘Favularischer-Sigtllaria- Gabelzwetg”—is probably referable to Sigillaria elegans. 3 Stur, Culm Flora, Heft. II., Pl. XXV., figs. 2-3. 1877. + Bassin houil. et perm. d’Autun et d’Epinac. Flore foss. Deux part, 1893, Pl. XXXV. 5 Vers. d. Steink. v. Wettin u. Lébejun, fase. III., Pl. XI. & Die Sigiliarien d. preuss. Steink.-u. Rothl. Gebiete IJ. Die Gruppe der Subsigillarten, Pl. XV., fig. 61. 1893. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 101 equally clear that Stigmariopsis was the rhizome of some other species of Sigillaria. In no case, however, where the rhizome has been found attached to the trunk, has it been possible to deter- mine satisfactorily the species to which the trunk belonged, though the generic determination of several examples is placed beyond dispute. Internal Organization.—Our first knowledge of the internal structure of Sigillaria is due to Brongniart,' who in 1839 described a small specimen about 2 cm. long and 4 cm. in diameter, which he identified as Sigillaria elegans.” It consisted of a cortical cylinder, on whose outer surface the leaf-scars were preserved, from which not only the genus but the species has been identified. Within the cortex lay the vascular cylinder, separated from it by a clear space, from which the intervening tissue had decayed. The vascular cylinder was composed of a number of distinct but contiguous vascular wedges, forming a hollow cylinder about 14 mm. in diameter, but the width of the vascular band itself was only 1 mm. The pith which once filled this hollow cylinder had entirely disappeared. Such is a general description of the arrangement of the parts of the stem, which must now be considered in fuller detail. Vascular Zone.—Each of the vascular wedges forming the xylem portion of the stem is composed of two parts—the inner primary or centripetally developed zone, and an exogenous or centrifugally developed zone. In transverse section the primary bundles have the form of a segment of a circle, whose convexity points towards the centre of the stem. The tracheides composing it are arranged without any definite order. The larger tracheides occupy the inner part of the bundle, their walls being marked by transverse 1 Observations sur la Structure intérieure du Sigiliaria elegans comparée a celle de Lepidodendron et des Stigmaria et a celle des végétaux vivants. Archives du Museum, Vol. I., pp. 405-461, Pls. XXV.-XXXV. (I.-XIL.). 1839. 2 This specimen was so identified by Brongniart in error. In reality it appears to be his Sigillarta menardi, Hist. d. végét. foss., Pl. CLVIIL., fig. 6 (?not fig. 5), which again is only a young state of Sigillaria. Brardii, Brongt., the type of the Clathraria Section of Sigillarsa. See Zeiller, Ann. d. Sciené Nat., 6° Sér. Bot., Vol. XIX., p. 259, 1884; also Weiss, Sitz. Bericht d, Gesell. natur Freunde., Berlin, No. 5, p. 70. 1886. 102 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. thickenings (scalariform) or spiral striz, some tracheides having one kind of thickening, some the other, and occasionally both forms of marking occur on the same tracheide. The smaller tracheides are placed externally, and contain spiral fibres. The exogenous zone is formed of scalariform tracheides in radiating series, separated by medullary rays. Those in the inner portion of the exogenous zone are small, but increase in | size as they proceed outwards, and become almost as large at the periphery of the bundle as the large tracheides of the primary bundle. In transverse section they are roughly hexagonal in form. The smallest vessels of the exogenous zone are in contact with the smaller tracheides of the primary bundles, and form at their point of contact a distinct line of demarcation between the primary and exogenous portions of the xylem. In tangential section the medullary rays are seen to be com- posed of plates of cellular tissue of little vertical extent, generally of one series of cells, but occasionally they are of more than one cell layer in thickness. Outside of the exogenous zone, and situated close to it, are small isolated lenticular or circular bundles, composed of small uniform tissue disposed without order. These are the foliar bundles, which spring from the outer surface of the primary xylem, and are entirely composed of scalariform tracheides. The cortical envelope is composed of two distinct layers, which are intimately connected and pass almost insensibly into each other. The inner layer or zone is formed of elongated prosenchy- matous fibres, very dense, and terminated by oblique extremities; and as many of the contiguous cells are of about the same length, their terminations form zigzag lines. They are placed in regular uniform radiating series, and their walls are destitute of markings. The outer portion is composed of parenchymatous tissue, more or less regular; the smooth cells are closely packed without lacune, and are not arranged in radiating series, nor are they parallel to the surface. In the epidermal region their walls appear to be thickened, and form the surface of the leaf-cushion. In this type of Sigillarian stem structure the wedges of the vascular system, though contiguous, are perfectly distinct, and, 1 This is probably developed from a phellogen zone, as in Lepidodendron. ; . z : CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 103 from the presence of an exogenous zone, Sigillaria was supposed to represent a phanerogamous type of plant structure. It is now well known, however, that the presence of an exogenous zone is characteristic of paleeozoic cryptogams.' For many years nothing was added to the knowledge of the internal structure of Sigil/aria until Renault and Grand ’Eury described the structure of a specimen they identified as Sigillaria spinulosa.* This specimen shows the same type of vascular structure as that originally described by Brongniart, and it was supposed that the separate bundles, composed of primary and secondary xylem, which formed the hollow vascular cylinder, gave to Sigillaria a type of structure peculiar to itself and quite distinct from that of Lepidodendron, where both the primary and secondary xylem formed a closed ring—that is, that in Lepido- dendron the vascular system did not consist of a number of separate bundles, but of a ribbon-like band. This distinction does not really exist, for the so-called Sigillaria type passes insensibly into the Lepidodendron type. Solms-Laubach has pointed out in the specimen of Sigiilaria spimulosa which he figures in his Fossil Botany that some of the primary vascular bundles are clearly united laterally,* and in a specimen of the same species, which was most kindly given to me by Monsieur Renault, the lateral union of the primary bundles is more com- plete.* In this example there is, in part at least, the occurrence of the closed primary bundle of Lepidodendron. There is also in the British Museum a specimen of a Rhytidolepis-Sigillaria, with the internal structure preserved, still awaiting description, but which, according to the statement of Williamson and Hartog, “has the continuous cylinder and all the internal organization of Corda’s Diploxylon.”’ I had also 1A secondary development of tissue occurs in the bundle of Jsoétes. See A. de Bary, Comparative Anatomy of the Vegerative Organs of the Phanerogams and Ferns, English Ed., p. 623. 1884. 2 «* Recherches sur les végétaux silicifiés d@’Autun: Etude du Sigillaria spinulosa.” Mém, présentés par divers savants a lAcad. d. Sciences, Vol. XXII. 1875. Paris. 3 Fossil Botany, English Ed., p. 253, fig. 29. 1891. * Kidston, Trams. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX., Part i., No. 5, p. 41, figs. A, B,C. 1897. 5 See Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, p. 254. 104 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. the pleasure of seeing, in the possession of Professor Bertrand this summer, sections from another hytidolepis-Sigilaria in which the structure was also preserved. Here there was the closed primary xylem zone, surrounded by secondary exogenous xylem; and had it not been for the preservation of the outer surface of the specimen, which showed the fossil to be a Sigillaria, I do not believe it would have been possible, from the study of the vascular axis alone, to separate this specimen from that type of structure which has usually been regarded as distinctive of Lepidodendron.' This may explain why Sigillarie showing structure appear to be so rare in the Lancashire and Yorkshire beds, which have yielded so much fine material for the study of the internal organization of the Coal Flora. Sigillaria may not then be so rare as generally supposed, for, in dealing with vascular axes deprived of their bark, the chief, if not only, character by which we could separate Sigillaria from Lepidodendron in the absence of their fructification is lost. The fructification of Sigzllaria will be considered under the genus Sigillariostrobus, Schimper, as we are unable at present to refer the cones to their parent stems.” X. Siagmiariostrosus, Schimper, 1870. 1870. Sigilariostrobus, Schimper. Traaté d. paléont, végét., Vol. IL., p. 105. 1 Rept. Brit. Assoc. Dover, 1899, p. 926. 1900. 2 See also Renault, Cours d. botan. foss., 1881, p. 188; Renault, Struc- ture comparée de quelques tiges de la Flore Carbonifére, p. 225. 1879. (Théses pres. a la Faculté de Sciences d. Paris.) Renault, Bassin Howzller et Permien d’Autun et d’Epvinac. Flore foss. Deux. part, p. 184. 1896. Grand ’Eury, Geologie et Paléontologie du Bassin Houiller du Gard, pp. 196-197, p. 238 et sey. 1890. I wish to take this opportunity for correcting an erroneous statement made in my second paper ‘‘ On the Fossil Flora of the Yorkshire Coal Field” (Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX., Part i., No. 5, 1897). On page 39 I say, quoting from Mons. Grand *Eury, /.c., p- 258—‘‘ For me, in any case, there is not a doubt that the celebrated silicified Sigillaria elegans from Autun, which is the Sigillaria Brardu with the structure of a Dicotyledonous gymnosperm, has not heen repro- duced by spores.” The not in italics should be deleted. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 105 1884. Sigillariostrobus, Zeiller. Ann. d. Science Nat., 6° Sér. Bot., Vol. XIX., p. 256. 1888. Sigillariostrobus, Zeiller. Flore foss. Bassin houil. d. Valenciennes, p. 391. 1897. Sigillariostrobus, Kidston. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX, Part i., p. 49. Cones sessile or borne on deciduous peduncles with few leaves, or the leaves reduced to bract-like structures, cylindrical, composed of a ligneous axis bearing spirally arranged sporophylls. Bracts entire or ciliate at margin, rhomboidal acute, or lanceolate, with an expanded rhomboidal base, caducous. Sporangia con- tained in the hollow inflated base of the sporophyll. Macrospores 0-75 mm. to 2:00 mm. in diameter, surface smooth or covered with small apiculi. Under surface marked with three ridges which radiate from the centre. Microsporangia probably present. Remarks.—Goldenberg was the first to refer to Sigillaria certain cones as their fructification.' That figured on his Pl. X., fig. 1, he thought might be referable to Sigi/laria tessellata, and that at fig. 2 of the same plate to Sigillaria intermedia. Some other figures of portions of cones are also given by the same author.* For these fructifications Schimper founded the genus Sigillariostrobus. The reference of these cones to Sigillaria was suggested chiefly on the evidence of their association with stems of that genus—evidence of a very inconclusive nature; and it was not till the discovery by Mons. Zeiller thirty years later of a similar cone attached to a pedicel bearing Sigillarian leaf-scars that Goldenberg’s cones could be accepted as undoubtedly the fructification of Sigillaria.* This discovery not only proved the accuracy of Goldenberg’s conclusions as to the position he assigned to his fossils, but also proved that Sigzlaria is Lycopodiaceous, an opinion by no means universally accepted. Goldenburg further stated his belief that 1Goldenberg, Flora sarep. foss. Heft. I. (1855); Heft. IT. (1857). ? Goldenberg, /. c., Pl. B., figs. 18-25; Pl. IV., fig. 3; Heft. IL., p. 1. 5 Zeiller, Sur des cénes de fructification de Sigillaires. Comptes rendus, 30th June, 1884. Cénes de fructification de Sigillaires. Ann. d. Scienc. Nat., 6¢ Sér. Bot., Vol. XIX., pp. 256-280, Pls. XI-XII., 1884. Flore foss. Bassin howil. d. Valenctennes, pp. 591-608, Pls. LXXXIX-XC., 1886-88, ‘ H 106 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. the Sigillarice were an arborescent form of /soétes.'| This opinion is fully borne out by subsequent discovery, for a small specimen of Sigillariostrobus ciliatus, Kidston, collected at Woolley Colliery, Darton, near Barnsley, from the Barnsley thick coal,* by Mr. W. Hemingway (No. 2144), shows the sporangia (in this case macro- B sporangia) to be included within the inflated base of the sporophyll, which . clearly unites the Sigilaria with the Isoétes, as their nearest living ally.* The sporangia are here seen to be placed in the hollow basal portion of the sporophyll, whose surround- ing walls unite again in front of the sporanginno to form the upward rising sporophyll blade. Zeiller has suggested that perhaps some Sigillarian cones bore macro- spores, and others the microspores, because in the case of his Sigillari- ostrobus nobilis* no spores were observable between the bracts, and had macrospores been present they Fig. 18.—Sigilliariostrobus cili- i: atus, Kidston. A, two spor- would almost certainly have been angia containing macrospores seen, therefore, he suggests, that (x4). B, restoration of spor- this cone may have borne micro- angium—a, axis; b, wall of Z spores. But the absence of spores sSporangium. in this case may be equally well explained by supposing that the cone had reached maturity, and the spores shed before fossilization took place Though it is not, therefore, yet satisfactorily determined whether the cones of Sigillaria were heterosporous or isosporous, I incline to the former view, and the evidence on which I have formed this opinion is derived from a specimen collected by Mr. 27; (>, aelett..5 1. eee ° Middle Coal Measures. ° Kidston, ‘‘ On the Fossil Flora of the Yorkshire Coal Field,” 2nd paper, Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XXXIX., Parti., p. 54, Pl. IL, figs. 3and 3a. 4Zeiller, Ann. d. Science Nat., 6¢ Sér. Bot., Vol. XIX., p. 267, Pl. XII., figs. 1, 2, and 2a, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 107 John Rorrison at No, 3 Pit, Springhill, Crosshouse, Ayrshire, from the major coal belonging to the Lower Coal Measures (No. 1573). This fragment shows a small portion of a Sigillarian cone which has apparently been split longitudinally. The upper parts of the bracts are imbedded in the matrix, and their basal extremities only are exposed on the surface of the rock and show their upper surface. . ’ The basal portions of the lower sporophylls are about 3 mm. wide, and lying on their surface are numerous small, smooth macrospores about 0°75 mm. in diameter. The upper sporophylls have larger bases, measuring about 6 mm. across, and are in a fine state of preservation. When the upper surface of their exposed base is examined under the microscope it is found to be distinctly granular. These granular roughnesses measure about 0-20 mm., and are covered by a thin cellular envelope, the size of the cells forming this layer being such that from 3 to 4 cells equal the size of the individual roughnesses.' On the exposed surface of some of the bases of these larger upper sporophylls is a sub-rhomboidal mark with a central point, and below it the indication of a semi-circular area. This may represent the point of attachment of the sporophyll to the axis of the cone, but of this I am not certain, as it might perhaps represent the part where dehiscence took place. It is from the examination of this specimen that I have been led to believe that the cones of Sigillaria are hetorosporous, for on the lower sporophylls the macrospores are very clearly seen, while the bases of the upper sporophylls are much larger and distinctly different in size from the lower, and it seems difficult to give any other explanation of their granular appearance than by supposing it to have been caused by contained bodies, presumably microspores. I do not regard this specimen as determining conclusively the heterosporous condition of the cones of Sigillaria, but it points strongly in that direction. The majority of Sigillaria appear to have had pedicellate cones, as indicated by the scars on the stems, but in Sigillaria discophora, Konig sp., and Sigillaria Taylori, Carr. sp., they were sessile, and arranged in two opposite vertical rows. 1 Kidston, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX., Parti. (No. 5), Pl. IL., figs. 1, la, and 1b, 108 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. In the pedicellate cones the distinction between the cone and the pedicel is not so abruptly defined as in Lepidostrobus. In Sigilariostrobus the upper portion of the pedicel bears a number of barren, generally linear or setaceous bracts, which become more numerous immediately below the cone, and which gradually assume the form of sporophylls.' In all the Sigillarie the cones seem to have been produced on stems more or less advanced in age, and in this respect they differ from the Lepidodendra, where (with the exception of one or two Ulodendroid-Lepidodendra), the cones are borne at the terminations of the branchlets. In addition to the various Sigillarian cones to which reference has already been made, several other examples have been figured and referred to Sigillariostrobus, but these specimens I do not think should be included in that genus. As reference to these will be found in my second paper ‘“‘On the Fossil Flora of the Yorkshire Coal Field,” where some Sigillarian cones are described, it is not necessary to further mention them here.” XI. Sricemaria, Brongt. See p. 66. XII. Sriemariopsis, Grand ’Eury, 1877. 1877. Stigmariopsis, Grand ’Eury. Flore Carbonifere du Départ. de la Loire et du centre de la France, p. 171. 1894. Stigmariopsis, Solms- Laubach. Dames wu. Kayser. Paleont. Abhandl, New Series, Vol. II, Part 5, p. 223 (Ueber Stigmariopsis Grand ’Eury). Stigmaria-like rhizomes, but proportionately shorter and thicker, springing from the hollow cup-like base of the Sigillarian stem in four primary arms, which again bifurcate—probably several times. From the lower surface of the four primary divisions, immediately at the base of the trunk, spring downward directed conical growths (the “ tap-roots” of R. Brown). Surface 1See Zeiller— Ann. d. Scienc. Nat., 6 Sér. Bot., Vol. XIX., Pl. L, figs. 1-4; Pl. IL, figs. 2 and 5, Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin houil. d. Valen- ciennes, Pl. LXXXIX., figs. 1-3; Pl. XC., fig. 1. Kidston, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIX. (No. 5), Pl. I., figs. 1, 2, and 4; Pl. IL, fig. 4, * Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol, XXXIX., p. 33, CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS, 109 of rhizomes and tap-root like growths bear quincuncially arranged rootlet scars, similar in structure to those of Stigmaria. Cast of pith cavity ribbed (like the internal cast of a calamite, but without joints). Remarks.—Although Stigmariopsis was founded by Grand *Eury, it is to Solms-Laubach we are indebted for pointing out the characters by which it can be distinguished from Stagmaria. Fig. 19.—Stigmariopsis anglica, Kidston. Monckton Main? Colliery, Barnsley, Yorkshire. Hor. Barnsley Thick Coal, Middle Coal Measures. (No. 2342.) When dealing with Stigmaria, Stigmariopsis has been so often referred to in its supposed connection with Stigmaria that I need only say here that I accept the genus Stigmariopsis as possessing an autonomous existence, and not in any way connected with Stig- maria, except in its close affinity to that genus. In other words, 110 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Stigmariopsis is not the root and Stigmaria the rhizome of the same plant. Stigmaria is the rhizome of several genera of arborescent hycopods, including Sigillaria, while Stigmariopsis, as far as one can judge at present, seems to be restricted to certain Sigillarie. Stigmaria and Stigmariopsis are of equal position morpho- logically and physiologically. They represent the same structure and perform the same functions in the economy of the plants to which they respectively belong. If, therefore, Stigmaria is a rhizome, such must also Stigmariopsis be. Even the little known of the structure of Stigmariopsis as described by Solms-Laubach seems to me to make it impossible to regard Stigmaria and Stigmariopsis as different portions of one organism. In 1889, through the kindness of Grand ’Eury, Solms-Laubach was enabled to examine in situ at St. Etienne a stem of Sigillaria with the rhizomes attached, to which Grand ’Eury had given the name of Stigmariopsis. The results of these investigations he has published in his valuable paper, “‘ Uber Stigmariopsis Grand *Kury.” This contains the first concise account of Stigmariopsis with which I am acquainted, and the first to give any definite characters which warrant our regarding it as a distinct genus, in so far as one can apply the word genus to fossils which we know are only the subterranean portion of an individual whose trunk possesses another name. The trunk examined by Solms-Laubach divided into four arms at the base in a similar manner to that which occurs in Stigmaria. Owing to unfavourable preservation it was impos- sible to further trace the four primary divisions. From the under-surface of one of these four arms, and close to the base of the stem, spring two downward-directed thick conical growths, which are evidently the “tap-roots” described by Richard Brown as occurring on his example from the Island of Cape Breton.’ The surface of the rhizomes, as well as that of the “tap-roots,” is marked with Stigmarian scars, and the bark between them is ornamented with flexuous lines forming an irregular net-like reticulation. ' Quart. Journ. Geol: Soc., Vol. V., p. 354. CARBONIFEROUS -LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. lll Both rhizome and “tap-roots” have a central core, whose cast is ribbed something like a calamite stem, but without any joints. The ribbing differs, however, from that found on calamites. On the casts of the pith cavity of Stigmariopsis the ribs are separated by square-based furrows which are rather wider than the ribs. These furrows are finely but strongly striated longitudinally. The ribs when well preserved are also longitudinally striated. The cores discovered in the specimen examined by Solms- Laubach were covered with a layer of structureless bright coal, from 1 to 1:55 mm. thick. The outer surface of this coaly envelope bears linear club-shaped depressions placed in upright rows, which are connected in ver- tical series by a shallow tail- like extension of the depres- sion. In addition to the upright series, these depres- sions show oblique spiral arrangements in their lateral position to each other. The ; space between these depres- pig, 20.—Stigmariopsis. Cast of the sions is finely striated with pith cavity, from a specimen com- slightly wavy lines. municated by Graf Solms- Laubach The calamite-like cast is from one of the examples described the impression of the pith a a “Uber Stigmariopsis. cavity,and the coaly envelope represents the xylem portion of the bundle. The remainder and much larger portion of the rhizome is composed of cortex. So much for our knowledge of the structure of Stigmariopsis —very imperfect, it is true—but it is sufficient to distinguish it clearly from Stigmaria. - Solms-Laubach has also thrown out the suggestion that the plant whose structure has been described by Renault, under the name of Stigmaria flexuosa may be a Stigmariopsis.' If any doubt remains as to Stigmaria jfleawosa, Renault, _ being a Stigmariopsis, I think there can be little doubt that the 1 Uber Stigmariopsis, Grand “Eury, p. 15. 112 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Stigmaria Brardi, Renault, from Dracy-Saint-Loup is referable to Stigmariopsis.' In Stigmaria Brardi there is the very fortunate circumstance of the preservation of the outer surface of the bark, which possesses all the character of Stigmariopsis. The rootlet scars are arranged in quincuncial order, and between them the bark shows the elongated mesh-like reticulation. The axis consists of a medullary cavity from which the tissue has disappeared. This is surrounded by a circle of centripetally developed bundles composed of irregularly placed vessels, which eventually unite laterally, their apices remaining free, and projecting into the pith cavity, where they form a prominent corona. The core of such a cavity, would form a cast similar to those described by Solms- Laubach in the stem examined by him at St. Etienne. The primary zone of xylem is surrounded by a secondary exogenously developed zone whose elements are radially arranged. This secondary zone seen in tangential section shows numerous large, primary medullary ray openings, similar to those occurring in Stigmaria, and through which the rootlet bundles pass from the primary zone of xylem, and thus go outwards to the rootlets. The rootlet bundles show a group of primary vessels, arranged without order, to whose outer surface a fan-shaped secondary xylem of radially arranged elements is added. The subepidermal layer shown at Pl. XXXVIII, fig. 9, is apparently similar to the structure given on Pl. XX XIX,, fig. 12 (though only named Stigmaria), of which tangential sections are given enlarged on Pl. XXXIX., figs. 13 and 14. These show a number of longitudinal flexuous bands of fusiform cells with reticulated walls, which uniting among themselves form a net-like structure, the meshes of which are filled with smooth walled parenchyma. It is this dictyoxyloid structure which impresses upon the outer surface of the rhizome the net-like reticulation which appears to be one of the distinguishing characters of Stigmariopsis. 1Renault, Bassin houiller ef permien dAutun el @’ Epinac, Fase. IV. Flore fossile, Deux part, p. 231. Atlas, Pl. XXXVIIL., figs. 5-9; Pl. XXXIX., figs. 1-10, 1893. Also probably Stigmaria, ibid., Pl. XXXIX., figs, 12-14. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 113 From the study of Stigmaria (Stigmariopsis ') Brardi, Renault, it would appear that the coaly layer which surrounded the calamite-like cast of the specimen of Stigmariopsis described by Solms-Laubach represented both the primary and the secondary xylem, and that the elongated depressions seen on its outer surface were the openings of the primary medullary rays. Tf I am correct in referring these specimens to Stigmariopsis, it differs from Stigmaria in possessing a centripetal zone of xylem, succeeded by a centrifugal secondary zone. In Sitgmaria the primary centripetal zone is absent, and the cast of the pith cavity shows on its outer surface the impression of the netted eylinder which has been so well figured by Williamson." Solms-Laubach has thrown out the suggestion that Stigmaria Jicoides is the deep-water rhizome of the Sigillarie generally, and that Stigmariopsis is peculiar to the Clathraria-Leiodermaria group. If this be so, it would explain the comparative rarity of Stigmariopsis in Britain, where the Clathraria-Leiodermaria group of Sigillaria is not common. But, strangely enough, the example which Solms-Laubach investigated, and which he gives on Plate I., fig. 1, in illustration of his paper, ‘“ Uber Stig- mariopsis,” appears to show a Syringodendron condition of a member of the Rhytidolepis, or ribbed section of Sigillaria, and to the same group clearly belong his figures 3 and 5 of Plate III. I only know of two “species” of Stigmariopsis from British carboniferous rocks. One is similar in all characters to that described by Goldenberg under the name of Stigmaria rimosa,* from the Hirschbach mine, near Dutweiler. __ I have seen specimens of Stigmariopsis rimosa, Goldenberg sp., from the Lower and Middle Coal Measures, and also from the Carboniferous Limestone Series of Scotland, but among these there must be the rhizomes of different species, as we know of no Lycopod in Britain which passes from the Lower to the Upper Carboniferous. The same difficulty occurs with Stigmaria, which is known to be the rhizome, not only of many species, but of, at least, two genera—Lepidodendron and Sigillaria—as hitherto no characters 1 Monog. Stigmaria, Pl. XIV., fig. 69. *Goldenberg, Flora Sarepontana foss., Heft. III., p. 15, Pl. XIL., figs. 3-6, named on Plate Stigmaria abbreviata. 114 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. have been discovered by which the specimens can be referred to their respective parent genera. One of my specimens (No. 2547) is a termination very similar in size and character to that figured by Goldenberg on his Pl. XIL,, fig. 3 (Stigmaria rimosa, Goldenberg). It was collected at Woodyett Pit, Denny, Stirlingshire (or. Carboniferous Lime- stone Series). The other British species, which I have named Stigmariopsis anglica, is a smaller form than Stigmariopsis rimosa, Golden- berg sp., and all my specimens of it have been collected at Monckton Main Colliery, Barnsley, Yorkshire, from the Barnsley Thick Coal (Middle Coal Measures), by Mr. W. Hemingway, to whom I have been so often indebted for much kind assistance in my study of the Carboniferous Flora. The Monckton Main specimens have their outer surface orna- mented in a similar manner to that figured by Solms-Laubach,} but the rootlet scars are generally more closely placed on the Yorkshire examples, though their distance apart varies much according to the age of the specimens. On a small example, evidently near the growing point of the rhizome, the rootlet scars are very small, about 1 mm. in diameter and 2 mm. distant from each other (No. 2337); in another specimen, portion of a much larger example, the rootlet scars are 2 mm. in diameter, and 1:2 em. apart (No. 2342). These forms are connected by a series of specimens showing intermediate sizes. Some of the specimens show a bifurcation, and one a termination with its attached rootlets (No. 2602). This latter, 6°5 cm. long and about 2°75 cm. across at its widest part, terminates in a blunt point. None of the attached rootlets appear to show their complete length. The longest is about 7 cm. long, and they are from 1 to 2 mm. broad, with a narrow central band, caused by the vascular strand. One rootlet, on the back of the specimen, shows a bifurcation. The rootlets are bent forward in the direction of the point, but do not close round it as they do on the Stgmaria termination described by Solms-Laubach.* Possibly the specimen may be one of the “ tap-roots,” and not a termination of one of 1 Uber Stigmariopsis, Pl. II., fig. 2. ° Fossil Botany, p. 269. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 115 the main arms of the rhizome. On a larger specimen (No, 2340) the rootlets are 3 mm. wide. When the epidermal layer is removed, the irregular flexuous wavy lines are especially prominent (No. 2335). They do not appear to be due to shrinkage, but to a dictyoxyloid structure in the sub-epidermal layer of the cortex, to which attention has already been called when referring to the structure of Stigmaria (Stigmariopsis) Brardi, Renault. The specimen figured by Prof. Williamson‘ as a Stigmarian root, belonging to the Hutton collection in the Museum, Barras Bridge, Newcastle-on-Tyne, should also be referred to Stigmari- opsis, and appears to have the same characters as the Monckton Main specimens. XIII. Spencerites, Scott, 1898. 1898. Spencerites, Scott. Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. LXII., p. 166. 1898. Spencerites, Scott. On Spencerites, a new genus of Lycopodiaceous cones from the Coal Measures, founded on the Lepidodendron Spenceri of Williamson, Phil. Trans., Vol. CLUXXXIX., Ser. B, pp. 83-106, Pls. XII.-XV. The genus contains two species—Spencerites insignis, Will. sp., and Spencerites majusculus, Scott—both from the Lower Coal Measures. Spencerites differs from Lepidostrobus in several important characters, but especially in the attachment of the sporangia. The sporophylls are short, and formed of a sub-cylindrical pedicel which expands into a large peltate lamina. Sporangia solitary on each sporophyll and inserted by a narrow base on the upper surface of the lamina, but free from the pedicel. In regard to the affinity of Spencerites Dr. Scott says :—‘‘ The distal insertion of the sporangium . . . . may perhaps be an indication that Spencerites represents a somewhat more archaic type of Lycopodiaceous strobilus than that of Lepido- strobus.” 1 Monog. Stigmaria, Pl. XIII., fig. 71. 2 Phil. Trans., /.c., p. 102. 1898. 116 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. This genus is only known from a few specimens showing structure which were found in the well-known “ Coal-Balls.” Of Spencerites insignis four examples seem to have been discovered, but of Spencerites majusculus only one is known to exist. The first-named species has been met with near Halifax and Hudders- field, the latter near Halifax. SPHENOPHYLLALES. SPHENOPHYLLUM, Brongniart, 1822 (1828). 1822. Sphenophyliites, Brongniart. Class. d. véget. foss., pp. 9 and 34. 1823. Rotularia, Sternberg. Lssai flore monde prim., L, fase. ii., pp. 34 and 37; fase. iv., p. 32. 1828. Sphenophyllum, Brongniart. Prodrome, p. 68. 1864. Sphenophyllum, Coemans and Kicks. Monographie des Sphenophyllum d'Europe. Bull. de ?Acad. Roy. des Sciences, Brussels, Vol. XVIII., 2° Sér., pp. 134-160. Pls, I.-II. 1893. Sphenophylium, Zeiller. Etude sur la constitution de Vappareil fructificateur des Sphenophyllum. Mém Soc. Géol. de France, Vol. IV., No.: 11, pp. 1-39, Pls. TIL-V. 1895. Sphenophyllum, Williamson and Scott. Further Observa- tions on the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures. Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXYV., pp. 919-946, Pls.” UXXV 5 DXXVL, LXXXT Txoeeiy. LXXXV. Plants with slender stems, apparently not attaining to large dimensions. Branches irregularly given off at considerable intervals, and not more than one from a node. Stems ribbed with tumid or swollen nodes, ribs not alternating at the nodes, but continuing in the same line. Internodes varying in length. Leaves polymorphic, rarely narrow lanceolate, generally cuneiform in outline, entire or much divided into segments, segments wedge- “ee CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLILS, 117 shaped to filiform, veins radiating from the base, dichotomously divided. Fructification in the form of cones, terminal, often on short lateral branches, formed of more or less modified leaves, whose lower portions unite to form a saucer-like collar round the axis, distal portion free, erect. Sporangia varying in number according to the species, sessile or pedicellate; in the pedicellate forms the pedicels spring from the saucer-like collar. Internal structure of axis——Stem consisting of a solid axis, composed of primary (centripetal) and secondary (centrifugal) xylem, surrounded by a stout cortex. The young stem of Sphenophyllum contains a solid primary triarch or hexarch central bundle in the form of a three-rayed star, composed in great part of large pitted or scaliform tracheides, though smaller scalariform tracheides occur towards the ends of the arms. The original protoxylem elements situated at the extreme limit of the arms of the star contain small spiral vessels. When the primary xylem is fully developed it assumes the form of a triangle with concave sides and truncated angles. In due course this is surrounded by a secondary exogenous zone of xylem and bast developed from a cambium layer. The secondary xylem is developed with great regularity in radial series, but a marked difference in the size of the trachee is very observable at definite points. Those filling the concave sides have larger openings than those developed from the truncated angles, which latter form curved radiating series of tracheides that are easily distinguished from those formed on the sides of the triangular stele. Professor Williamson and Dr. Scott have designated the former interfascicular and the latter fascicular wood.! The leaf traces spring from the apices of the triangle of the primary bundle. The whole was surrounded by a thick bark. The bark of the older stems contained several layers of phyllogen, or cork cambium, situated at different levels in the cortex, which gave it a scaley structure. Such is the general organization of the stem of Sphenophyllum, but minor differences occur in the various species. In the two British species whose internal structure is known, Sphenophyllum insigne, Will. sp. (= Asterophyllites insignis, 1 Phil. Trans,, Vol. CLXXXV, (B.), p. 924, 1895, 118 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Will.*), and Sphenophyllum plurifoliatum, Will. and Scott, the primary bundle is triarch, but in some French specimens of Sphenophyllum, one of which is figured by Williamson and Scott, the primary bundle is hexarch.* In Sphenophyllum plurifoliatum the secondary tracheides have pitted walls, and in the angles formed between the corners of the tracheides, parenchymatous cells occur. In the fascicular wood . medullary rays exist from the first; in the interfascicular wood they are absent at first, or only occur irregularly. In Sphenophyllum insigne there is a canal at each angle of the primary triarch xylem, the tracheides are scalariform, and medullary rays are a constant character in both fascicular and interfascicular xylem, Sphenophyllum plurifoliatum occurs in the Coal Measures, and Sphenophyllum insigne in the Calciferous Sandstone series, The root of Sphenophyllum has been described and figured by Renault in several of his writings.’ It consists of a small diarch primary bundle surrounded by a secondary xylem zone formed of pitted tracheides. The specimen does not, however, appear to have been very well preserved,’ ° 1 Williamson, Asterophyllites, Mem. V., p. 49. Phil. Trans., 1874. Williamson, Asterophyllites insignis, ‘‘General Morphological and Histo- logical Index,” &c., Part i.; Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., 1891, p. 18. Williamson, Asterophyllites sphenophylloides, ibid., Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc., 1891, p. 12. Williamson and Scott, ‘Further Observations on the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,” Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXYV., p. 920, 1895. 2 Williamson and Scott, ‘‘ Further Observations on the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures,” I., Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXYV., Pl, LXXVL, fig. 24. 1895. 3 Renault, Recherches sur la struct, et les afin. botan. d. végét. silreifiés, 1878, p. 189, Pl. XXIX., figs. 5, 6; Nowv. rech. sur la struct. d. Spheno- phyllum, p. 23, Pl. VIIL., figs. 5, 6, 1876; Cours d. botan. foss., Vol. IV., 1885, p. 31, Pl. B., fig. 2; Bassin houiller et permien d’Autun et d’ Epinac f Flore foss., Part 2, p. 155, Pl. LXIV., fig. 11. 1896. * See Seward, Fossil Plants, Vol. I., p. 399. 1898. 5 For a detailed description of the structure of the stem of Sphenophyllum see further :-— Renault, Recherches sur la structure et les affinités botanique des végétauax silicifiés reeueilles aux environs d Autun et de St. Etienne, p. 158, plates. Autun, 1878; Cours d. botanique fossile, Vol. II., 1882, p. 81; ibid., Vol. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 119 Remarks.—Sphenophylium early attracted the notice of geolo- gists, and an English specimen is figured by Scheuchzer in 1709 in the first edition of his Herbarium Diluvianum, Pl. IV., fig. 1, one of the earliest works in which figures of fossil plants appear.’ In 1822 Brongniart instituted the genus Sphenophyllites for these plants, but altered the name to Sphenophyllum in 1828. The genus contains several species, and is of common occur- rence, but only recently has its internal structure, and especially that of the cones, been elucidated. Specimens with the internal organization preserved occur in England, Scotland, France, and Westphalia, and have been the subject of several memoirs by Williamson, Scott, Renault, and others. Suggestions as to the affinities of Sphenophyllum have been very varied, and till recently the genus had been generally classed with the Lycopodiales, but extended knowledge of its anatomy and fructification have necessitated its removal from that group, and it is now placed in a special class, the Sphenophyllales, a class which stands alone in several important points from any other family, recent or fossil. This subject will be referred to later when we have more fully considered the characteristics of the Family. Sphenophyllum does not appear to have attained to a great size, probably not reaching a greater height than IV., 1885, p. 26; idia., Nouv. recher. sur la structure des Sphenophylium et sur leur affinitiés botanique; Ann. d. Science Nat, Bot., 6° Sér., Vol. IV., pp. 277-311, plates, 1876; Bassin houiller et permien d’Autun et d’Kpinac ; Flore fossile, deux part, p. 146, plates, 1896. Felix, Untersuchungen iiber den inneren Bau Westftlischen Curbon Pflanzen. Abhandl, d. Kénig Geol. Landesanstalt, Vol, VII., Heft. 3, 1886, ip 153, Pl. VI. Solms-Laubach, Ueber die seinerzeit von Unger beschriebenen strukturbiet- enden Pflanzenreste des Unterculm von Saalfeld in Thiiringen ; Abhandl. d. Konig Preussischen Geol. Landesanstalt, Neue Folge, Heft. 23, Berlin, 1896, p. 80, Pl. V., figs. 3-4; Fossil Botany, p. 343, 1891 (English edition). Potonié, Lehrbuch der Pflanzenpaleontologie, p. 175, Berlin, 1899; Ueber der Stellung der Sphenophyllaceen. im System. Bericht. d. Deut. Bot. Gesell. Jahrgang, 1894, Vol. XII., Heft. 4, p. 97; Newberry, ‘‘ The Genus Sphenophyllum,” Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII, p. 212, 1891. 1 The second edition, enlarged, appeared in 1723. Though G. F. Mylius, Memorabilium Saxonie Subterranee also bears the date 1709, it is quoted by Scheuchzer, so must have appeared earlier in the same year. 120 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, a few feet. The stems are generally of small diameter, and seem to have been incapable of supporting themselves in an upright position without some external aid. This they possibly obtained by scram- bling amongst other vegetation, and as Sphenophyllumisunprovided with any means of clasping or twining round outer stems, the sup- port it received must have consisted of a system of “ propping up.” The thickest stem I have seen is 1 cm. broad, and belongs to Sphenophyllum myriophyllum, Crépin, but Zeiller figures a branch of the same species of a slightly larger diameter.* The internodes vary considerably in length, in the thickest stems being little longer than broad; but they are on an average from 1 cm. to 1:50 em. long. The nodes are distinctly swollen, having an acute ridge from which the leaves spring. The ribbing of the stems is usually very distinct, and the ribs do not alternate at the nodes as in Calamites, but continue on without interruption.” The ramification of the stem is very sparse, only one branch springs from a node,® and the branches are usually separated by a considerable number of internodes. In some cases the lateral branches decrease in size upwards, in other cases they increase considerably in diameter as they recede from the parent stem.‘ Interesting branching specimens of Sphenophyllum have been figured by Germar,’ Renault,® Schenk,’ and Zeiller.* 1 Flore foss. Bassin houil. d. Valenciennes, Pl. LXII., fig. 4. 2 It must be remembered that the ‘‘ribbed” Calamites are generally, if not always, internal casts, whereas in ribbed Sphenophyllum we have the true outer surface of the stem. +The specimen of Sphenophylium Schlotheimi given by Germar, Vers. d. Stenik. v. Wettin u. Lébejun, fase. ii., Pl. VI., fig. 1, seems to contradict this statement, but the exact origination of the branches on this specimen is not clearly seen. See also Schenk in ‘‘ Richthofen’s China,” Pl. XLIV., fig. 1 (S. emarginatum). Here, however, the general rule seems to be maintained, 4Zeiller, Flore foss. Bassin howl. d. Valenciennes, Pl. LXIL, fig, 4. ®Germar, /.c., fasc. ii, Pl. IV., figs. 1 and 3 (Sphenophyllum Schlotheimi). ® Renault, More foss. terr. howl, d. Comentry, Pl. IV., figs. 6 and 7 (Sphenophyllum angustifolium). 7 Schenk in ‘‘Richthofen’s China,” Pl. XXXVIIL, fig. 1 (Sphenophylium Schlotheimit). 8 Zeiller, /.c., Pl. LXII., figs. 1 and 4; Pl. LXIIL, fig. 4 (Sphen. cunei- folium, var. saxifragafolium). CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 121 The normal form of leaf is wedge-shaped entire-dentate (fig. 21a), bifid or dichotomously divided into narrow segments. In Sphenophyllum trichomatosum (fig. 21c) and Sphenophyllum tenerrimum the segments are filamentous. A single vein enters the base of the leaf, which by dichotomous division sends off a veinlet to each tooth of the leaf or to each of the segments (fig. 218). On ; the majority of the species the leaves bs ee are heterophyllous, the entire and much divided forms occurring even on the same branch. This is well B shown on a specimen of Spheno- phyllum Schlotheimic figured by Germar.’ In Sphenophyllum cuneifolium, the A var. saxifragefolium, with the much divided form of leaf, is almost invari- ably associated with the cone-bearing a 2 phyllum cuneifolium, Sternb. branches, though it also occurs on ‘ sp. A, Whorl of leaves, what are apparently barren branches. —_yatural size (No. 2706). B, Probably in all the species, with Leaf, enlarged to show perhaps the exception of Spheno- teeth and nervation (No. 1566). ©, Sphenophylium trichomatosum, Stur, natural size (No. 1046). Ps = Fig. 21.—A and B, Spheno- phyllum tenerrimum and Spheno- phyllum trichomatosum—which seem constantly to have filamentous seg- mented leaves—a heterophyllous condition of the leaf occurs. This heterophyllous condition gave rise to the opinion that Sphenophyllum was an aquatic plant, the submersed leaves being the much divided ones, the more or less entire leaves forming the aerial foliage. When, however, it is seen that the divided leaves are usually on the stems bearing the fructification, and as undoubtedly the cones were aerial, the presence of these divided leaves gives no support to the view that Sphenophyllum was aquatic; and further, both forms of leaves occur on the same branch, as on the specimen given by Germar.* The internal structure of the stem is also opposed to Sphenophyllum having been aquatic. 1 Vers, d. Stenik. v. Wettin u. Lébejun, Pl. VI, fig. 3. 2 Germar, /.c., Pl. VI., fig. 3. I 122 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The number of leaves in a whorl varies considerably. This character is often difficult to determine owing to the compressed condition in which most of the specimens are found, but occa- sionally their number can be easily determined The following table illustrates this point. The first column gives the number of leaves in a whorl as observed on specimens ; the second column gives the numbers as shown on published figures :— I II. Sphenophyllum verticillatum, Schl. sp. (= Schlotheimii, Brongt.), ; 1 akan 6 = emarginatum, Brongt., — ... mas 6;,. 9 Ls 6 * cuneifolium, Sternb. sp., ... 9 sg OseaGde ma var. saxifragefolium, Sternb. os 5 Alo ise ie majus, Bronn sp., ... 65°31) ce be oblongifolium, Germar and Kanltusy, ==. Sees s5 myriophyllum, Crépin, ... ost 15 wo a tenerrimum Ettingshausen, br: GC?) vee ee, a trichomatosum, Stur, Soe ae 9 —— — Kidston, ‘‘On the Affinities of the genus Pothocites,” Paterson. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. XI., p. 297, Pls. IX., X., XI., figs. 9-10; XIL., fiys. 13-16, 1883; ibid., Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XVI., Pls. I., IL., IIl., figs. 9-10; IV., figs. 13-17 a CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. Sa Sphenophyllum embraced “a peculiar group of plants which, though standing close to the Lycopods, cannot be included within them, but must be placed in a class by themselves—the Sphenophyllee.”1 Since that sentence was written much light has been thrown on the structure of Sphenophyllum, especially in regard to its fructification, and although the complete morphology of the cone is not positively determined, still the evidence points to the sporangium being a ventral lobe of the leaf. If this be the true explanation, its morphology is quite different from that of the sporangia of Lepidodendron, ras Poa a or any of the Lycopodiacee. Until the morphology of the fructification of Sphenophyllum is definitely determined, it is, of course, impossible to fix the systematic position of the genus, but, as far as one can judge at present, it possesses a peculiar type of structure which stands out free from all other groups, recent or fossil, with which we are acquainted. To compare it with recent genera is not less difficult, nor is there any clear data to proceed upon. The question has been very fully gone into by the late Professor Williamson and Dr. Scott,? and after a critical analysis of all the evidence available for a comparison of Sphenophyliwm with existing genera, the conclusion they arrive at is—“ We must be content for the present to leave this remarkable genus in its isolated position, in the hope that the extensive knowledge of its organization which we possess may in the future afford an adequate basis for com- parison when additional forms of Paleozoic Cryptogams have been brought to light.”* They further say—‘ In fact, Spheno- phyllum affords yet another example of a Carboniferous Crypto- gam, which, so far from representing a primitive type, is in many ways more elaborately modified than any recent forms ;”* and 1 Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin., Vol. XI., p. 61, Pl. I. 1891. 2 Williamson and Scott, ‘‘ Further Observations on the Organisation of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures—I.,” Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXV. (B.), p. 940, 1895; Scott, ‘‘On the Structure and Affinities of Fossil _ Plants from the Paleozoic Rocks,” ‘‘ On Cheirostrobus,” Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXIX. (R.), p. 23, seg., 1897. 3 Williamson and Scott, Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXYV., p. 946. 1895. 4 Williamson and Scott, /.c., p. 944. 132 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. here, I am afraid, the matter must rest for the present. To repeat the arguments which led to the above conclusions is unnecessary, as the original memoirs are most accessible to all students." GENERA OF UNCERTAIN PosITION. I. Cuerrostrosus, Scott, 1897. 1897. Cheirostrobus, Scott. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, Vol. LX., p. 422. 1897. Cheirostrobus, Scott. On Cheirostrobus, a new type of Fossil Cone from the Lower Carboniferous Strata (Calciferous Sandstone Series), Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXIX., Series B, pp. 1-34, Pls. I-VI. The single species of this genus, Cheirostrobus Pettycurensis, Scott, is founded on a portion of a peduncle and a cone, the only two specimens of the plant known to exist. The cone represents a very complex structure, and any short description which could be included here, unless very fully illustrated, would be of little practical utility. In regard to the affinities of Cheriostrobus Dr. Scott says :— “Taking all the characters collectively, it seems clear that Cheirostrobus has more in common with Sphenophyllum than with any other known group, recent or fossil, and that Spheno- phyllwm is thus no longer left perfectly isolated in the vegetable kingdom.” * I scarcely feel inclined to place Chetrostrobus in the Sphenophyllales ; the differences are such that it appears to me to demand a position equal in value to Sphenophyllum itself, and that it is really the type of a distinct group. The cone was discovered by Mr. James Bennie, Edinburgh, at Pettycur, Fife, and the peduncle from the same locality is in the Williamson Collection, British Museum. 1See also Potonié, Ueber die Stellung der Sphenophyliaceen im System. Bericht d. Deut. Bot. Gesell., Vol. XII., Heft. 4, 1894, p. 97. Potonié, Lehro. d. Pflanzenpaleontologie, 1899, p. 180. 2Scott, Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXXXIX., p. 25. 1897. CARBONIFEROUS LYCOPODS AND SPHENOPHYLLS. 133 II. Pstnotrres, Goldenberg, 1855.* 1855. Psilotites, Goldenberg (not Miinster). Flora Sarep. foss., Heft. I., p. 13. Stem bifurcating. Leaves rudimentary, Sporangium three- chambered, and sitting in the axil of the leaf. The specimen placed by Goldenberg in his genus, Psilotites lithanthracis, from the Saarbriick basin, does not seem to possess all the characters mentioned in the generic definition.” The example which I referred to this genus under the name of Psilotites wnilateralis,® and which was presented to the Hunterian Museum, Glasgow University, by Mr. Walter Burns, is equally problematical in its affinities. It consists of three slender striated stems each having on one side a longitudinally arranged row of curious small rounded knobs. Till some distinct knowledge of the fruit of these obscure fossils is obtained, their systematic position must remain very doubtful. The Scotch specimen came from the Lower Coal Measures, Baillieston, Lanarkshire. III. Traquarria, Carruthers, 1872. 1872. Traquairia, Carruthers. Rept. Brit. Assoc., p. 126. 1880. Zraquairia, Williamson. On the Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal Measures, Mem. X., Phil. Trans., 1880, Part II., pp. 511-532; Pl. XVIIL., figs. 41, 42, 45, 46, 47; Pl. XIX., figs. 40, 43, 44, 48, 49, 50; Pl. XXL, figs. (2)82, (2)83, (1)84, 85 (in part), 86, 87, 88. 1880. Lepidostrobus Traquairia, Williamson, Mem. X., l.c., p. 537. The curious little fossils that have been named Z’raquairia are spherical organisms, with a thin structureless wall which is produced into long warty, branching spines. 1 The genus Psilotites was first employed by Miinster (Beitr. z. Petrefact- enkunde, Heft. V., p. 188, 1839-44). The plant, however, which formed his type is now supposed to have been a macerated specimen of a conifer (Schenk. Die Fossilen Pflanzen., p. 57, 1888). The genus is now employed under Goldenberg’s definition. 2 Goldenberg, J.c., Pl. II., fig. 7. 3 Annals Mag. Nat. Hist., June, 1886, p. 494, “‘On a new species of Psilotites from the Lanarkshire Coal Field,” 134 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, Traquairia was supposed by Mr. Carruthers to be a Radio- larian Rhizopod. Prof. Williamson having obtained specimens suggested that they were spores, and the subject is dealt with in his Mem. X. Zvraquairia occurs in a scattered and uncertain manner in the coal balls, and, from the discovery of some examples in a crushed cone, Prof. Williamson came to the conclusion that Zraquairie were the macrospores of a Lyco- podiaceous plant.’ It is extremely probable that the association of Traquairia with the crushed Lepidostrobus was merely an accidental occurrence. Some authors have suggested that the affinities of 7'raguairia may be with Azolla.* There is, however, very little to support this view. Although Prof. Heckel, the greatest authority on the Radio- larians, has rejected 7raquairia from that group, still there is not much evidence for claiming them as vegetable remains, for it can scarcely be accepted as certain that the specimens found in the crushed cone by Williamson really belong to it, as they also occur with other broken up vegetable remains. I am, therefore, inclined to regard 7raquairia as an organism whose true nature, vegetable or animal, has yet to be determined. They are found in the coal balls of the Yorkshire Lower Coal Measures. APPENDIX. OmPHALOPHLOIOS, White. 1898. 1898. White, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. [X., p. 340. Since my communication was read before the Society, I have received a copy of a paper by Mr. David White, containing a description of a new genus which he names Omphalophioios.* 17,.c., Mem. X., p. 532. 2 Solms-Laubach, Fossil Botany, English edition, p. 183 (1887), 1891. Schenk. Die Fossilen Pflanzen., p. 52, 1888. Potonié Lehrbuch d. Pflanzen- paleontologie, p. 174, 1899. 3 Omphalophloios, a New Lepidodendroid Type.” Bull. Geol. Soc. of America, Vol. IX., pp. 329-342, Pls. XX.-XXIIJ. Rochester, May 24, 1898, APPENDIX. 135 The type of his genus is the Lepidodendron cyclostigma, Lesqx.,’ of which additional specimens have come into the possession of the United States Natural History Museum. These later examples, along with the specimens originally described by Lesquereux, form the subject of Mr. White’s memoir. Although several of his specimens show the epidermis, none of them seem to have clearly shown the structure of the scar left by the fallen organ. I believe that the plant described by Mr. White under the name of Omphalophlovos cyclostigma, Lesqx. sp., is the Lepidoden- dron anglicum, Sternb.,* from Paulton, Somerset.’ I have several good examples of the Somerset plant from the same beds as those from which the type specimen was derived, and have figured portions of some of these in my paper on “The Fossil Flora of the Radstock Series of the Somerset and Bristol Coal Field.” * Brongniart, in his Prodrome,’ places Lepidodendron anglicum in Stigmaria under the name of Stigmaria reticulata, and in my paper, to which reference has already been made, it is also placed in Stigmaria, but under the name of Stigmaria anglica, Sternb. sp. A comparison of the figures given in the Z’rans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. XX XIII, Plate XX VIII., with those published by Mr. David White, will, I think, show the identity of the American examples with Sternberg’s plant, especially if my fig. 9 be compared with Mr. White’s fig. 3, Pl. X-XTI. Omphalophioios anglicus, Sternb. sp., I believe to be a rhizome comparable to Stigmaria, with which it appears to be closely related. The imperfect preservation of the American specimens has, I am afraid, obscured the structure of the scars. Different portions of a specimen from Somerset (No. 426), measuring about 9} inches long, are shown at fig. 26, A, B, ©, D, and £. Between the smaller scars at the upper end and those at the basal end of the fossil] are certain differences which merit 1 Coal Flora, Il., p. 394, Pl. LXII., fig. 5. 1880. “Vers. I., fasc. iv., p. xi., Pl. XXIX., fig. 4. 1826. ’ From the Radstock Series of the Upper Coal Measures. * Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXXIII., Part II., p. 401, Pl. XXVIIL., figs. 9. 9a, 10, 10a, 10, s page 87. 1828. 136 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. consideration. At fig. 26, a, a few of the rhomboidal “fields” are shown natural size, with their subcordate prominent cushion, considerably upraised, and containing faint traces of an almost central scar, within which is a slightly elongate vascular cicatrice placed near its lower margin. Immediately below this upraised cushion, and attached as it were to its outer side, is a triangular ridge-like elevation containing a small pit. That this small pit is situated on the lower margin of the raised cushion is proved by the fact that the rhomboidal areas and scars increase in size as we recede from this end of the specimen. At B is given an enlarged drawing of one of these areas to show the parts more clearly. The “field” is indicated by the a, the prominent cushion with slightly raised-up border at 6, and its contained scar at c, whose vascular cicatrice is placed slightly below the centre. At dis the small pit-like cicatricule. Fig. c gives a few of the Fig. 26.—Omphalophloios anglicus, Sternb. sp. a to E, from different portions of the same specimen (No. 426); F and a, portions of another example (No. 433); a, c, and F, natural size ; B, D, F, G, enlarged—all from Camerton, Somerset. For explanation of lettering see text. APPENDIX. sy) rhomboidal areas, natural size, from about the middle of the same specimen, and p gives a single cushion, enlarged. The scar left by the shed organ is seen at c, where it is more clearly defined than at ¢, fig. B. Figs. a and B are from a portion of the speci- men showing the outer surface of the fossil; c, p, and E are taken from the impression of portion of the same specimen left in the matrix from which the stem has fallen out. The rhom- boidal area E is from the basal end of the specimen, and here the scar ¢ is becoming effaced, though the vascular cicatrice is clearly seen. On D and £ the small cicatricule or pit, shown at d on B, is not visible, probably through imperfect preservation. Fig. 26, Fr, shows a portion of another and older specimen, drawn natural size, and G gives one of the rhomboidal areas en- larged. A great difference is seen in the form of the central cushion 6. Here the elevation of the cushion, so prominent in A and ¢, has entirely disappeared, and with it all trace of the sear ¢ and its vascular cicatrice, and the space is now occupied by a hollow, surrounded by a raised ring bearing on its outer and lower face the little cicatricule d. Mr. White suggests that perhaps his fig. 1, Pl. X XII., represents a dichotomy of the fossil. This is most probable, as Mr. George West, Camerton, showed me an example which divided into two equal forks. Awaiting the discovery of better preserved specimens which would show clearly the various parts of the scar, Mr. White deferred giving a definite diagnosis of his genus Omphalophloios, but believing that the Somerset examples afford all the necessary characters, I venture to give the following generic description :— OMPHALOPHLOIOS, White. 1898. 1898. Omphalophloios, White, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. TX., p. 340. Cortex divided into clearly defined rhomboidal areas, within : which, and a short distance above its centre, is an elevated sub- | cordate or oval cushion with a slightly raised ring-like margin, containing, a little above its centre, an oval scar with a single vascular cicatrice. | femarks.—The genus Omphalophloios differs from Stigmaria in the cortex exhibiting clearly defined and slightly raised rhom- K . : 138 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. boidal areas placed in spiral series, and in the elevated cushion on which is situated the scar of the organ it has borne. It is true that in Stigmaria there is a slight circular cushion which bears an inner circular ring containing the central single vascular cicatricule, but the raised cushion in Omphalophloios is much more pronounced, and the oval scar of the fallen organ, with its transversely elongated vascular cicatricule is placed above the centre of the cushion on which it sits. In the older condition of Omphalophloios, as that shown at fig. 26, r and «a, these characters are in part effaced with age, but it is to the more active growing parts that we must look for the true structure of the cushion and scar. It also differs from Stigmaria in the presence of the small cicatricule on the lower margin of the raised central cushion. This structure is seen both in the young and old conditions of the fossil (Fig, 26, B d, G d), though it is not always discernible, possibly through imperfect preservation. In position it agrees with a similar structure seen on the cushions of some species of Lepidophloios, and which from its position can scarcely be com- pared with the so-called ligule scar of Lepidodendron and Sigillaria. I believe Omphalophloios is a rhizome whose general structure approaches closely to that of Stigmaria, but the differences, to which reference has already been made, are such as to demand its removal from Sé:gmaria, in which genus I have always felt it did not find a suitable place. It should be mentioned, however, that in some forms of Stigmaria the scar is surrounded by a more or less distinctly- defined rhomboidal area, as in Stigmaria areolata, Dawson,' of which I have a similar form from the Lower Carboniferous of Northumberland (No. 2558), but in these cases the rootlet scar is of the normal Stigmaria type, and such specimens are probably from that portion of the stem of ZLepidodendron when the transition between stem and rhizome takes place. If my views on the identity of the English and American plants are correct, then the genus is restricted to a single species. 1 Foss. Plants, Devon, and Upper, Silur. Form, p. 23, Pl. IIL., fig. 33. 1871. \ Om APPENDIX. 139 OMPHALOPHLOIOS ANGLICUS, Sternb. sp. (Fig. 26.) 1826. Lepidodendron anglicum, Sternb. Vers. I., fasc. iv., p. Sib wee, fie. 5. 1828. Stigmaria reticulata, Brongt. Prodrome, p. 87. 1838. Aspidiaria anglica, Presl in Sternb. Vers. IL, p. 181 (? Pl. LXVITIL., fig. 11). 1880. Lepidodendron cyclostigma, Lesqx. Coal Flora, Vol. II., p. 394, Pl. LXILI, fig. 5. 1888. Stigmaria anglica, Kidston. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., Vol. XXX., Part IT., p. 401, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 9, 9a, 10, 10a, 108. 1897. Omphalophioios cyclostigma, White. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., Vol. IX., p. 340, Pls. XX.-XXTII. Description.—Cortex divided into smooth rhomboidal areas, whose lateral angles are somewhat rounded. Within this rhom- boidal area or “field,” and slightly above the centre, is an elevated subcordate or subcircular cushion, with slightly raised margin, containing, generally towards its upper half, an oval scar with an oblong vascular cicatrice placed near its lower margin. Immediately below this cushion, and attached to the side of the elevated rim, is a small triangular ridge with a pit- like cicatricule. In the older condition the scar is effaced, and the central area of the cushion becomes depressed, and is sur- rounded by an elevated ring, which frequently shows the small pit-like cicatricule on its lower margin. British specemens— Hor. Radstock Series of the Upper Coal Measures. Locs. Paulton ; Radstock ; and Camerton ; Somerset. American specimens— Hor. Lower Coal Measures, or Des Moines Series. Locs. Clinton Coal, Missouri (Lesquereux), Pitcher’s Coal Mine, Henry County (White). [The figures contained in brackets show the Registration number of the specimens referred to in the Author's Collection. | 140 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. INDEX. (Synonyms are printed in italics. ) Page Archeosigillaria, - - - 38 Archwosigillaria Dames 39 Asolanus, - - - 89 Aspidiaria, - - - - 40 Bergeria, - - - - 40 Bothrodendrex, - - 31 Bothrodendron CHEE. 14 and 15), - - - 84 Calamosyrinx, - - - 89 Catenaria, - - - : 89 Cheirostrobus,_ - - = 9132 Clathraria, - - . - 89, 91 Cyclocladia, - - - - 53 Cyclostigma, - - - 84 Favularia, - - - - §9, 91 Flemingiies, - - - - 61 Halonia, - - - - 53 Tsoétes, - - - - 29 Knorria, - - - - 40 Leiodermaria, - - - 91 Lepidodendrex, - 30 Lepidodendron ie 3, 4, a and 6), - 40 Lepidolepis, = ° 40 Lepidophloios (Fig. 1), - 53 Lepidophyllum, - - : 65 Lepidostrobus (Figs. 8, 9, and 10), - - - - 61 Lomatophloios, - - . 53 Lycopoditeze, —- - - 30 Lycopodites (Fig. 2), - - 32 Lycopodites ciliatus (Fig. 24), 37 Lycopodites Gutbieri (Fig. 2B), - - 36 Lycopodites Stockii, - - 3 Lycopodium, - - 27 Omphalophloios (Fig. 26), - 134 Page Omphalophloios anglicus (Fig. 26), - - - == 139 Pachyphleus, - - - 53 Pseudosigillaria, - : - 89 Psilolites, - - - = alls! Rhytidodendron, - - - 84 Rhytidolepis, - - 89, 90 Rotular id, - - - =) 106 Sagenaria, - - - 40 Selaginella (Fig. iy, 28 Sigillaria (Figs. 16 and 17), - 89 Sigillaries, - - - 31 Sigillariostrobus (Fig. 18), - 104 Spencerites, - = tes Sphenophyllez, - - - 32 Sphenophyllites, - =) Lb Sphenophyllum (Fig. 21), = LG Sphenophyllum cuneifolium (Fig. 23), - - - 124 Sphenophyllum emarginatum, 127 SHON, lum set One: 25), 128 Sphenophylum Romeri (Fig. 24), 12 Sphenophyllum ficuemte sum (Fig. 22), - - 123 Stigmaria (Figs. 1S ee 13), - 66 Stigmariopsis (Figs. 19 and 20), - 108 Stigmariopsis apie (Big. 19), - - - 109 Syringodendron, - - - 89 Traquairia, - - - “aloe Ulodendron, - 41, 90 Variolaria, - - - - 66 Zamites, - - - - 53 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1899. 141 Meteorological Notes and Remarks upon the Weather during the Year 1899, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James WuirTTox, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow. [Read 24th April, 1900.] In prefacing these notes it is but needful to state that the figures quoted are from the records kept at Queen’s Park, Glasgow. January.—The year was ushered in by moist and mild weather, suggesting anything but mid-winter. The opening days were dull and wet, with gales from the south-west about the 13th, when the barometer fell to 28°30 inches. On the 12th a change took place in the temperature, and the rain, which had been falling incessantly for the previous day or two, gave place to snow and sleet. Frost set in on the 16th, and culminated in a heavy snowfall on the 18th, when it lay to a depth of between three and four inches. Cold frosty weather continued till the 29th, when a gradual thaw begun. On the mornings of the 25th and 27th the thermometer fell to 19°—being 13° of frost. The 27th was a day of dense fog in the city, necessitating the lighting of the street lamps. The atmospheric pressure for the month was wide and erratic, ranging from 28°30 inches on the 13th to 30°38 on the 26th. Frost was registered on 12 days, and amounted to 94° in all. The lowest reading was taken on the 25th and 27th, when 13° of frost were recorded. On three occasions, viz., the 25th, 28th, and 29th, the temperature never rose above freezing point (32°) The average maximum temperature for the month was 40°, and the average minimum 32°, as compared with 47° and 39° respec- tively in the preceding January. 142 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The month’s rainfall was exceptionally heavy, 5°61 inches being measured, which, however, included a quantity of melted snow. ‘The greatest daily rainfall was 1°20 inches on the 19th, The mildness of the beginning of the month caused the sap to rise in trees, and buds began to swell, but their prematurity was checked by the frost towards the close of the month. ‘ebruary.—The threatened thaw at the close of the previous month was succeeded at the opening of February by a renewal of hard frosty weather, which, however, was bright and bracing. Skating and curling were general in all the ponds around the city, including those in the public parks, Snow began to fall in the early hours of the 6th, and continued till mid-day, when it measured 3 inches in depth. On the 7th a thaw set in, and by the 8th the frost and snow had entirely disappeared, and in their place a return to mild weather, accompanied by rain. These conditions prevailed till the 20th, when keen frost again made its appearance, and lasted till the close of the month. A dense fog was experienced on the 27th. Frost totalling 83° was registered on 14 days during the month, while the average maximum temperature was 43°, and the average minimum 32°. During the month there were 20 dry days, and the total rainfall for the month was 1°84. The barometer was low for the first half of the month, but from 28-70 inches on the 14th it rose steadily till, on the 20th, it touched 30°25 inches, and thereafter continued steady. Snowdrops were in full bloom by the middle of the month, and in sheltered places crocuses were also in flower. March.—After the severe frosty weather which characterised the latter part of February, the bright and open weather which obtained during the first part of this month was pleasant and enjoyable, though showery. Until the 16th the weather con- tinued mild and clear, but on this date fog was again experienced, and increased until the afternoon of the following day, when it cleared, and was followed by intensely cold and frosty weather. This somewhat unseasonable cold snap continued till the 25th, METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1899. 143 when snow fell to a depth of 4 inehes, and was almost immedi- ately followed by thaw and rain. The weather until the close of the month was milder, with a heavy rainfall (1:20 inches) on the 28th. The atmospheric pressure was irregular and low, falling to 28°70 inches on the 9th, then rising rapidly to over 30:00 inches on the 11th, and remaining higher for a week. The rainfall for the month was 3:18 inches. The amount of frost recorded was 72° for nine days, and the lowest reading of the thermometer was 17° on the 24th, thus showing 15° of frost. The total frost for the same month of 1898 was 45° for ten days. The average maximum and minimum temperatures were 46° and 35° respectively, against 46° and 34° in the previous year. The anticipations of an early season, fostered by the compara- tively mild weather of the beginning of the year, began to lessen with the severe weather of the latter part of March, and fears were entertained that the Spring would be late. Notwithstanding the unpropitious weather several species of plants came into bloom during the month, notably daphne, heath, and Rhododendron nobleanum. April.—With a prevalence of northerly and easterly winds, this month continued cold and unseasonable. Though there was abundance of rain the weather was cold, and there was scarcely a warm day during the month. The opening days were cold and showery, with dull and cloudy skies, and on the 12th a sharp attack of frost occurred, and lasted intermittently till the 19th. Towards the close of the month the weather became milder, till on the last day of the month, when several degrees of frost were again registered. The barometer throughout the month was low and irregular, never reaching higher than 30:00 inches, and lowest on the 13th at 28°85 inches, The rainfall for the month was 3°18 inches, and there were 21 dry days. The amount of frost registered during the month was 24° on seven mornings. The average maximum temperature was 52°, 144 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. and average minimum 37°, compared with 6° of frost for one day and average maximum and minimum temperatures 55° and 41° for the preceding April. Consequent on the cold, ungenial weather, the hyacinths and tulips which bloomed this month only lasted a short time, and vegetation generally made little progress, being at least three weeks later than the previous year. The trees noted in leaf in the parks were hawthorn, on the 15th, and birch, on the 20th. May.—The milder weather experienced in the closing days of April did not last long, as the lst of May came in cold, and, instead of the dews expected in the morning, there was a fall of snow and sleet, followed by a cold rain, On the 3rd, however, with a rising barometer, the weather became dry and brighter, though still cold, with the wind from the east and north-east, Frost to the extent of 4° and 3° was registered on the 4th and 5th respectively. On the wind changing to the south-west, a thunder storm was experienced on the 15th, accompanied with a strong wind and heavy rain. Dull and showery weather con- tinued till the last week of the month, when it became much warmer and brighter, The Children’s Day in the City Parks, heid on the last Saturday, was a day of bright sunshine, which added greatly to the success of the undertaking. The rainfall for the month was heavy (4°45 inches), though there were 18 dry days, two days having over one inch each, viz., 1:50 inches on the 19th, and 1-05 inches on the 20th. Frost occurred on two days to the amount of 7°, and the highest temperatures recorded were on the last two days of the month, when 67° were registered. The progress of vegetation was much impeded by the cold, searching east winds, the first grass being cut in the parks on the 24th, as compared with the first cut on 25th April, 1898. June.—The first three weeks of June were like the last week of May—warm and sunny days and cold nights, with scarcely any rain, The only rain registered during this period was 0-05 inches and 0-09 inches on the 4th and 19th. With the last ten days of the month came refreshing showers of rain, and the atmosphere was more temperate. On thirteen occasions during the month the METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1899. 145 thermometer rose above 70’, the highest being 77° on the 11th, and the average maximum temperature was 69°, while that of the preceding June was 65°. The rainfall was only 1-55 inches, and there were 22 dry days. As a result of the high temperature and soft south-west winds, vegetation made up some of the leeway of the last two months—the flowering trees and shrubs in the parks getting into full bloom. Especially may be noted the fine show made by the weigela, red flowering chestnuts, thorn, laburnum, &c. July.—The opening day of the month was cold and wet, with light south-east wind. From the 4th to the 10th the weather was finer, but on the 11th rain fell all day, and for the twenty- four hours measured 1-22 inches. For the succeeding fortnight the weather was dull and sultry, with frequent showers. Towards the close of the month it became warmer and brighter. The barometer on the lst indicated the pressure at 29-20 inches, rising sharply to 30°00 inches on the Sth, and thereafter remained high without much variation during the month. Rain fell during the month to the extent of 3°69 inches, and there were 16 dry days. The average maximum temperature was 68°, one degree higher than in 1898, while the average minimum was 53°, and in 1898 49°. During the month the thermometer was at or above 70° on nine occasions. The refreshing rain of the month gave an added impulse to vegetation, while the plants bedded out in the parks made excellent growth, and presented a bright and pleasing display. The various crops, which were almost stationary owing to the drought, made rapid headway. August.—August was a month of great heat and little rain, being the hottest and driest month of the year. It opened with very warm weather, but from the 7th to 13th there was a spell of cooler days and somewhat cold nights. Towards the end of the month the heat was semi-tropical, with a regular succession of fine days. The highest reading of the year was taken on the 24th, when the thermometer touched 80°, which is the highest temperature since 1893, when it reached the same figure. On 13 other 146 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. occasions the thermometer was at or above 70°, and the average maximum temperature was 69° and the minimum 53’, being higher than the previous August by 4° and 2° respectively. The rainfall was only 1°38 inches, which is the lowest recorded for this month for a number of years, August of 1898 having a total of 4:77 inches. There were 23 dry days in the month. The great heat and drought experienced during the month ripened the leaves of most deciduous trees, and some defoliated rapidly, notably limes, sycamore, elms, and beech. The great heat experienced during the month materially helped the develop- ment and maturation of the cereals, which were in a somewhat backward condition on cold heavy soils, and harvesting was begun earlier than was generally anticipated. September.—This month was showery and unsettled, with some thunderstorms about the 26th, when the barometer fell to 28°86 inches. There were only 5 dry days in the month, and the total rainfall was 3:71 inches. Although no frost was registered, the nights towards the close of the month were cold, the thermometer on the grass falling below freezing point on several occasions. The average temperatures for the month were—maximum 59° and minimum 46°. The barometer was steady between 29:00 inches and 30:00 inches till the thunderstorm and heavy rain of the 26th, when it fell half-an-inch in twenty-four hours. The unsettled atmospheric conditions which obtained during the month militated very considerably against harvesting operations, and many farmers had considerable difficulty in getting these operations satisfactorily performed. October.—For the first half of this month there was a con- tinuation of the mild showery weather which prevailed during September. On the 13th, with a rising barometer, the weather became bright and cold, and on the 14th the first frost of the season was experienced, when 3° were registered at Queen’s Park. This bright clear weather continued till the 24th, and the remaining days of the month were dull and showery. The rainfall was rather above the average, the amount registered being 3:57 inches. There were 15 dry days. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1899, 147 The readings of the barometer show some striking changes— from 30°10 on the 8th, the pressure decreased to 29:16 on the 12th, rising again to 30°17 on the 21st, and ending at 29°47 on the 31st. The average maximum temperature was 54° and the average minimum 40°, the maximum being the same and the minimum 6° less than in the corresponding month of last year. Frost was registered on two mornings to the extent of 6°. The frost of the middle of the month brought the show of outdoor flowers to a close, and trees became rapidly divested of their leaves, assuming their wintry appearance. The showery weather delayed the later harvesting operations. November.—November was remarkable for its mildness, indeed it is one of the warmest Novembers on record. With a prevalence of south-west winds the weather for the first two weeks was wet and unsettled. On the 3rd heavy rain fell, accompanied by a strong south-west wind, and for the twenty-four hours ending 9 a.m. on the morning of the 4th it measured 1-45 inches, which is the heavest rainfall for one day for the year. Again on the 8th the rainfall measured 1:01 inches. This indicated the general character of the weather for the month—dull and wet, with occasional heavy fogs. The rainfall is the greatest monthly total of the year, 5°64 inches. There were only 10 dry days. The barometer was low and very irregular during the first fortnight ranging as low as 28°70 on the 8th, but from the 14th it gradually rose till, on the 17th, it touched 30-42, the highest reading of the year. The almost entire absence of frost during the month was remarkable, 1° only occurring on the 18th, a most unusual experience for this season of the year. The average temperatures were—maximum 51° and minimum 42°, while in 1898 these were 46° and 37°. December.—-The severe weather of this month amply made up for the previous mildness of the season. After the first week, which was mild like November, severe frosty weather set in on the 8th, and on the 12th a heavy snowstorm was experienced in the city, snow lying to a depth of 3 inches, Cold bracing weather 148 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. continued till about the 19th, when, for a few days, the atmospheric conditions were less severe, but dull and unpleasant. Frost again occurred on the 22nd, and held more or less keen till the end of the year. The frost recorded this month—128° for 17 days—is the highest monthly record for the year, and the lowest reading of the thermometer was taken on the 15th, when it fell to 15°, showing 17° of frost. The average maximum and minimum thermometers were 39° and 30° respectively, as compared with 48° and 40° for December, 1898. The rainfall for the month was moderate, at 2°94 inches, and there were 16 dry days. The barometer readings show that the atmospherie pressure during the month was of a very variable nature. Until the 21st it varied from 29°30 to 30°10, thereafter falling steadily to 29°30 on the 28th, and very sharply to 28:26 on the 30th. This was the lowest reading of the year. Comparing the records with those of previous years, we find that the rainfall—41:67 inches—is the heaviest recorded within the last ten years, the next being 41:48 inches in 1894. The month in which the highest rainfall was recorded was December, with 5°64 inches, January coming very close with 5-61 inches. The wettest day of the vear was the 18th May, when 1:50 inches was recorded. Other notable days of rain were January 19th, 1-20 inches; Mareh 29th, 1:20 inches; and November 4th and 8th, which had 1:45 and 1:01 inches respectively. The driest month of the year was August, and in 1898 the driest month was July. The number of dry days was 193, compared with 212 in 1898. The following table shows the amount of rain registered in the various parks, &c., where gauges are placed, in comparison with Queen’s Park, on which record these observations are based. Allowance must be made for the difference in altitude and other local conditions :— METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1899. 149 RAINFALL DURING 1899 IN THE PUBLIC PARKS. I EE E————————————— EEE al EG J Max- | Ketvin-| Sprixc-| ALEx- |GLAsGow|'Betia- | ToLL- | GEORGE QUEEN’S.| wert. | Grove. | BURN. | ANDRA. | GREEN. | HOUSTON.| CROSS. | SQUARE. Height of Gauge | 145 ft, | 69-1 ft.| 48°3 ft.| 36) ft. |141-4ft.| 34°7 ft.) 160 ft. | 85 ft. | 40 ft. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | mae January, - | 5°61 6°20 5°83 5°31 6°47 6°54 6°73 6°03 6°88 | February, - | 1°84 3°90 1:92 1°96 1°80 1-74 DO Ere 205 March, - -| 3°18 3:29 | 3:14 | 2°78 2°92 3°61 3°36 | 3°35 2°84 April, -| 411 3°49 3°56 3°33 3°3 3:34 3°32 3°66 3°55 May, - - -| 4°45 4:17 4°55 3°61 4:20 461 | 4:14 4:29 5°25 June, - - -| 1°55 1°82 1:76 161 1°86 TA eg oy) 1°95 | 1°96 July, - - -| 369 | 3°93 3°80 | 4:11 3°67 3°95 3°65 3°69 | 4°19 August. - - | 1°38 1°43 1°25 1°36 1:00 1°30 1°25 1:22 1°45 September, - | 3°71 3°99 3°55 3°47 3°84 3°68 3°42 3°90 3°54 October, - -| 3°57 | 3°43 | 3°08 3°41 2°66 3°53 2:46 | 3°28 | 3°34 November, - | 5°64 6°41 4°66 4°76 4°39 5°33 4°04 5:21 5°42 December, - | 2°94 | 3°31 3-44 | 3:15 3:39 | 2:80 | 2:97 348 | 3°66 Totals, - | 41°67 | 45°37 | 40°54 | 38°86 | 39°56 | 41°95 38°92 | 41°77 | 44°13 As regards the temperature of the year, there was a greater range in the thermometer than has been the case for some years, The highest reading of the thermometer was 80° on the 24th August, being 2° higher than that of the previous year, when 78° was registered on 7th September. The maximum thermometer was at or above 70° on 13 days in June, 9 days in July, and 13 days in August, or 35 times in all, whereas in 1898 the total was 20 times, and occurring in the same months. The amount of frost registered was 415°, occurring on 64 occasions, against 192° on 42 occasions in 1898. The coldest month of the year was December, when 128° of frost was recorded on 17 mornings, and the coldest day was on the 15th of that month, when 17° of frost was registered. In 1898 the coldest month was February, with 67° of frost, and the coldest day 29th November, when the thermometer touched 18°, or 14° of frost. Comparison of the records for the different parks, &e., will be found of interest, allowance being made, as before, for difference in situation :— a 150 ‘TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. skep 0g U0 ,cgT sep Gg UO ,gge|shep ZB UO FFF SMep SOT WO,9FL)°4"P TIT U0,091/s = > - ‘SIvolIy Sioqmieyy - ‘S 9 LL EL “pg sl ® ‘suodimosqng [enuuy siequeyy J6T “ (yy Uy : - - ‘uodriosqng s.leqmay estT T OF, ‘Ts Sny— 0061 TS Loe = ie step a(US; I € OL ‘doatnsvory, 0} Op ssa) ‘yaeg ut ‘oc 0 0 OFF ‘ueoyT uO ‘puny Arveutpag 0 0 LFF ‘pung Sloqwmoy_ of1][—eourreg oy, ‘T 3dog— "668 006L-668I NOISSHS-SINQODOF LO INHWHLVLS LOFULSIP i Rest t+ : < > ee vie =~ , a age a is Ny NATURAL HISTORY SoorBrY oF GL ee a i Vol. I, Part 1. 228 pp. 3 Plates. 1859-68. (oud Boia } By .. um 156 pp. 4 5, | 1868-69. (Out of print.) Mole > ET: Part 1, Y64 pp. Meo 554 o* *TR68e is i yy rs 2. 192 pp. Aa 1871-75, This Part contalas Titles and Contents for Vols, I, and II, VOL Sree Part 1, 100 pp. - - 1875-76. * bf Sm 128 pp. 2 Plates. 1876-77. os Sy ee 3. 192 pp. 1 Wie 1877- 78. Phis Part contains Title and Contents for Vol, II. my Ole) Vi Part 1. 114 pp. 4 Plates. , 1878-79. (out ares pe ms he 218 pp. Dig ee 1879-80. Price e 4/6. This Part eontains Title and bars > for Vol. IV. ne Vidlw SVs Part 1. 154 pp. 2 Plates. 1880-81. sis (Iu <2 Py AN adh 100 pp. 3 is 1881-82. si ee * + Y, 3. 71 pp. =| Nes 1882-83. Fee) a This Port contains Title and Contents for Vor, V. inpEx TO Procerpines, Vols. I. to V. - + I1851-83-° 4, 3h Proceepines aND Transactions (New Series) — : "age Vol. IY Part 1. ~ 136 pp. - . 1883-84. i900, Of Bs Pe 4S 169 pp. 3 Plates. 1884-85. » 4/6. a SAPO. 220 pp. . bs or A 1885-86. AG. This Part contains Title and Index for Vol, I. : aI Vol. If ee Part ale 182 pp. 2 Plates. 1886-87. ee ee : 29 > 2. ; 272 Pp. 1 3 1887- 88. ” 6/. This Pait-contains Title and Index for Vol, If, Mole ITs Part 1. 112 pp. 1 Plate. 1888-89. yee Oke i? de ae 2: 108 pp. Pe 889280: FER 1 faa Ss FY SP Oe 190 pp. - : 1889-92. > /5° y6. » This Part contains Thee and Index for Vol, IIT, ; Vol. IV. Part 1. 158 pp. 1 Plate. 1892-94, Pep ie cI » e we kD. 148 pp. 2 Plates. 1894-95. 39 ete ne payee sha gS 140 pp. 3 1895-96... fe ia ae ’ This Part contains Title and Index forVol. IV; roe Vols) -V.¢ . Part: 1. 151 pp. I Plate. 1896-97. » Se a 3H Me ” - . ” be Tne Diicarop ann Scurzorop CRUSFACEA OF THE rer or CLypR. By a J. R. Henderson, M.B., F. L.S., a - Price 2/: A CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS A GMindon OF THE goueeue {oe * TsopopA OF THE. FIRTH oF Came: By vend ae ELS PG. Sa : - Price 3/6. A je Bi Gowanutton TOWARDS A Cararoe: BOF THE AMPHIPODA | AND ISOPODA OF THE FIRTH oF CLYDE AND West or SCOTLAND. By s David Robertson, F.L.S., F.G.8., — - - - - Price 1/6.° A CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS A Nassominesie: Fauna oF IRELAND, By al James J. F, X. King, F.E.S., - i . 5 : - Price Rs 1 A CataLocve oF THE British Tenrurepinip#. By Peter Cameron, — PE, ar ORS 2 . 2 Bee im Priteuiage Printed on one side of the paper, for the use of Collectors, Notes oN THE FAUNA AND FLoraA oF THE West OF SCOTLAND, with Lis Compilea for the Meeting of, the shi: aes ‘Glasgo September, 1876. Small 8vo, < - - ~ (Out of pri Copies of any of-the above may be had fora the Hon. Librarian _ JAMES MiveHeL, 222 Darnley Street, Poltouabinlds, Glassy NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY). VOL. VI. (New Sertes.) PART II. 1900-1901. AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. _ JUNE, 1902. bei nis oF Nees PER OR NE We P| nee LEAN jee evn Marg 2 ae QLeee: my ieee Y ee AN ABs -. apes ry yee tha pi. ch | ih ih ty 3 TRANSACTIONS NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY). VOL. VI. (New Series.) PART II. 1900-1901. GLASGOW: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. JUNE, 1902. PRINTED BY Rorert ANDERSON, 142 West NILE STREET, GLasGcow. CONTENTS. TRANSACTIONS— PAGE Extracts from an unpublished Ornithology of Glasgow. By the late Dr. John Grieve, with Notes by John Paterson, - 181 The Seals, Whales, and Dolphins of the Clyde Sea Area. By Hugh Boyd Watt, - - - - - - =i LO} Meteorological Notes, and ey upon the Weather during the Year 1900, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow, - 198 Additions to the List of Scottish oe 4 Anderson Fergusson, - - - - 214 Notes on the Marine Deposits of the Firth of Forth, aod their Relation to its Animal Life. By F. G. Pearcey, Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, - - - 217 REPORTS ON ExcursIoNs— Camis Eskan,_ - - - - - : - - : - 251 Douglas Support, - - : < : - - - - 253 Buchanan Castle, - - . 2 . E F é - 254 Cadzow, - = 3 : : E F : Bo Ona Castlemilk, Richens, - . - : : : - 259 Culzean Castle and Crossraguel Abbey, . - - - - 259 Aikenhead, Cathcart, - - - E : : = = - 262 Garscube, - - 2 : : 4 - . : - 262 Corehouse, Lanes - - - : : é = a - 262 Creag-na-Caillich, Killin, - - : : 3 : é = {ORR Cathcart Nurseries, - - = : 2 . : J 2) JOR PROCEEDINGS— Cryptogamic Conference at Boat of Garten, - - - - - 265 Report of the Council on the Business of Session 1899-1900, - 266 Acherontia atropos, L., and Sphinx convolvuli, L., from Ayrshire. By Thomas Wilson, - - - = ‘ : -» DED Phalacrocorax carbo, L., the Albino Common Cormorant. By David Bruce, - - - - - 3 - 2 - 270 Supernumerary Digits. By Dr. John Lindsay, - - - =, 270 Some Higher Crustacea from the Firth of Clyde. By Alex. Patience, : : - 270 The Upper Engadine : hie Work ee its Higher Peaks By Dr. Robert Brown, - - == BUT iv CONTENTS. Pterostichus lepidus, ¥., from Tollcross, and Dyttscus lapponicus, Gyll., from Mull. Exhibited by Anderson Fergusson, Glaucitum flavum, Crantz. By the President, - - - - Fruit of the Almond Tree, from ae: om a4 Thos. G. bishop and John Henderson. - - - Potentilla fragariastrum, Ehrh., from Islay. By Dr. ie P. Gilmour, The Scottish Antarctic iameaiton: Statement by the President, The Death of Queen Victoria. Statement by the President, - **Conodonts from the Carboniferous Limestone of the West of Scotland ”—a correction. By John Smith, - - Statice lychnidifolia, De Girard, and other oe of he genus Statice. By the President, Bird Life in Northern Norway. By James C. Christie, Some Foreign Plants. By C. Sherry, - - - : - - Some Notes on the Ferns and ae = of the Clyde Area. By Wm. Stewart, - - - - - - The Revised List of the British Marine Mollusca and Brachiopoda, issued by the Conchological Society. By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A.,_— - - - - - - - Ophisaurus apus (Boul), the Glass Snake. By ID Yee Wks, Woe Henderson, - - - - Some Birds from Barra, Ra By Frank M‘ Culloch, - Lecture on ‘“‘ Ants.” By J. G. Goodchild, F.G.S., F.Z.S., Trigonella fenum-grecum, L., from Doonfoot, Ayr. zs Andrew Gilchrist, : - - - - Ajuga pyramidalis, L., from oe By W. is Ges M.A., Corallorhiza innata, R. Br., from Kilmarnock. By ‘Andrew Gilchrist, - - - = - Plecotus auritus (L.), the Long wae Bat, on es By Dr. T. F. Gilmour, - Eleven species of Parasitic Fangio from "Natal By Colonel Harington-Stuart of Torrance, - - - - Abstract Statement of Accounts—Session 1900-1901, _ - - - List of Office-Bearers, 1901-1902, - - - - List of Members, - - - - - = = = : PAGE TRANSACTIONS OF THE Aatural History Society of Glasgotv. Extracts from an unpublished Ornithology of Glasgow. By the late Dr. Joun Grieve, with Notes by Joun Paterson. [Read, in part, on 26th March, 1901.] THRovuGH the courtesy of Dr. G. Burnside Buchanan, there came into the possession of the Society recently a very interesting little work on the Birds of Glasgow, in manuscript, by the late Dr. John Grieve (regarding whom see an obituary notice in our Transactions, Vol. IV. (N.S.), p. 357). This little work, which has remained unpublished, bears a title page as follows :— ORNITHOLOGIA MILLBURNENSIS: THE ORNITHOLOGY OF GLASGOW ; COMPILED FROM OBSERVATIONS MADE AT MILLBURN DURING A SERIES OF YEARS, BY JOHN GRIEVE. GLASGOW : 1847, With this there also came to the Society some loose sheets, evidently notes of an address on the same subject, but, unfortun- ately, incomplete in respect of a few pages at the beginning. I believe the part lost to have dealt with the Peregrine Falcon, Sparrow-Hawk, Kite, Hen-Harrier, Rook, and in part Jackdaw, being the first half-dozen species in the complete list. The Birds of Glasgow is a work yet to be undertaken. In the meantime it may be said that local ornithologists owe some gratitude to Dr. Grieve’s memory for the admirable example he has set to them in the work under notice, 182 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The area of observation is thus described :—‘The north-east boundary of Glasgow is formed by the Germiston Burn, from where it passes under the Garnkirk Railway, or what is now called Caledonian, it winds round under the Monkland Canal away east a small bit, and then due west to the High Church, where it turns southward as the Molendinar, and here ceases to be a boundary line. Before passing under the Monkland Canal it runs through: the grounds of Millburn where the principal observations were made. It is surrounded by the gardens of the neighbouring gentlemen, and is within ten minutes walk of one of the principal thoroughfares of the city. The data from whence the following observations were made were duly registered there for a series of years, and though repeated excursions were made round the city to a distance of three miles or so outside the boundary, no other birds were discovered but what have been seen at some time or another at Millburn.” Though dated 1847, the work is based on a journal kept during the years 1843, 1844, and 1845. The birds enumerated number about 56 species, and are as follows :—Peregrine Falcon, Sparrow- Hawk, Kite, Hen-Harrier. Rook, Jackdaw, Magpie, Jay, Starling, Fieldfare, Song-Thrush, Redwing, Blackbird, Pied Flycatcher (marked?), Sedge-Warbler, Garden-Warbler (marked), White- throat, Redbreast, Reed-Warbler (marked?), Lesser Pettychaps, Yellow Wren, Gold-crested Wren, Wren, Whinchat, Hedge-Sparrow, Pied Wagtail, Grey Wagtail, Yellow Wagtail, Tit-Lark, Sky-Lark, Wood-Lark (marked ?), Greater Titmouse, Blue Titmouse, Yellow Bunting, Bullfinch, Green Linnet, Sparrow, Chaffinch, Brown Linnet, Canary, Red-headed Linnet, Goldfinch, Cuckoo, Chimney- Swallow, Sand-Martin, Martin, Swift, Ring-Dove, Partridge, Lapwing, Snipe, Corn-crake, Larus (various species), Anas. Of the Peregrine Falcon, he says: “A bird called the Blue Hawk by gardeners is said to be seen here occasionally,” but he was unable to satisfy himself about it. The Sparrow-Hawk “is the only bird of prey we can boast of as a residenter. It is frequently seen gliding leisurely over our fields. . . . I have never been able to find out their nests here, though I think it very probable that they build on some of the old trees at the top of the quarry at Craigpark.” Of the Kite, a species quite unknown in the Glasgow district at the present time, one is almost surprised to read that “it is AN UNPUBLISHED ORNITHOLOGY OF GLASGOW. 183 not so common here as the preceding, still it is often enough seen flying over our fields. . . . I have never heard of any of their nests having been found near the city, though, as they build chiefly in trees, they may only have escaped observation.” Within a decade or two of the years covered by Dr. Grieve’s diary, this splendid bird must have vanished pretty completely from the Glasgow district. The Hen-Harrier he had seen only once. “ It was in the August of 43, when walking along the Germiston Road, near Provan Mill, I observed one of these birds, within twenty yards of me, flying leisurely over a corn field, just about a foot above it, beating every corner of it with great assiduity. . . . .” Surprise is expressed at no owl coming under his observation, though he had looked and listened carefully at night for one. ‘The Cathedral might be a very fit place for a pair to take up their abode.” Of the Rook it is said that “they are not generally considered here to cause much destruction by turning up the grain. This view being more generally held now, they are soniderd more welcome, and are allowed to breed, while formerly every attempt was made to cause their destruction. . . . This town, in former days, could boast of large rookeries. The only one that now exists is that in the College Green, reduced to a few dozen nests, though once the largest, and certainly a more favourable spot could not be had—besides the number of trees and full scope for their quarrels, being protected by the Laws of the University, by which any one was punishable for meddling with or annoying them. Notwithstanding, they were gradually becoming less numerous. One used to exist at the head of Queen Street, around the house of one of the M.P.’s for the city, who got nicknamed in consequence [‘Craw Ewing’].* When his house was taken down to make room for the present terminus, the trees were felled likewise, but whether they formed an alliance with their University friends or took up a new abode cannot now be so easily determined. One pair built regularly on a tree in a back green of one of the houses on the south side of West George Street, but that being felled two years ago, they, too, have left the city. A few still build at Possil, and here and there several nests may be seen, probably exiled for some misdemeanour.” * See ‘‘ Trans. Nat. Hist. Socy., Glasgow,” Vel. IV., N.S., p. 276, 184 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The Jackdaw ‘is by no means a common bird in this neighbour- hood — numbers build out at Pollokshaws, and give us an occasional visit.” The Magpie in spring is generally seen in pairs, but ‘“ towards the end of September flocks of 6 or 8. . . .” ‘I have never seen their nests here, but am told that they build about Craig- park and some of the adjacent woods.” The egging propensity of this species is much commented upon. The Jay had only come under observation once, viz. :—‘‘ on the 14th December, 1844—during a time of hard frost—at the Burn.” The narrative given by Dr. Grieve, relating to the great encouragement given to the Starling at the time he is writing of, deserves to be quoted pretty fully, as an interesting contribution to the history of the increase of this now very common bird. ‘** Few birds receive more encouragement to build than does this one. On the roofs of almost all the houses hereabouts boxes are placed for them to build in, and though the young brood are not infrequently taken away they continue to frequent them year after year. These boxes are made about 18 inches long and 10 broad at the back, while at the front it is reduced to 6. The door or hole for entrance is made very small, and no larger than will admit the bird. They are nailed up by the side of the chimneys, or in the fork of a tree, the former being considered the more agreeable by the birds, and probably so from the warmth of the chimney. . . . During winter they are to be seen in flocks, and do not generally resort to the boxes for sleeping quarters. The number of boxes appear to regulate the number of birds, as when they are taken down in winter and not put up till the birds have been seen looking for suitable nest places, they are seldom so numerous as when the boxes are left up. : There appears to be a slight mania in the starling box line among our neighbours, which will probably subside in a few years, and then the bird may become more rare. A few build about the Cathedral.” The extent to which this guarded fore- cast of the “subsidence” of this species has been falsified, is a matter of common knowledge. Under the heading Fieldfare, a narrative is given of its nesting at Millburn, but subsequently the confusion into which the author had fallen between this species and the Mistle-Thrush -_—e AN UNPUBLISHED ORNITHOLOGY OF GLASGOW. 185 had been discovered, and the manuscript bears a pencil jotting in the margin to this effect. The Song-Thrush is “very numerous here. . . .” “It generally begins to sing about the end of January (January 27), and continues on to the end of July (July 27), sometimes even to the 10th or 12th of August.” The Redwing “arrives here with the Fieldfares, about the middle of October, and remains to the middle of March.” The Blackbird “commences to sing about the beginning or middle of February, and continues on to the end of July or beginning of August—(February 17—July 27, August 10). e The nicety of Dr. Grieve’s observation is well illustrated in his description of the economy of the Spotted Flycatcher, regarding the identity of which he had had for some time a little difficulty, but, as he says, “the spotted appearance of the young bird can hardly be mistaken,” which is a good point. Both the sounding tube and dred go gave at this station a more typical homogen iF i that obtained at Stations I. to 1V. by tho absence of yerient end alata of Grea reeenntiy ize of the mineral particles, whicli are here more uuiform, aod the absence of rook fragments, with thio surface Inyer of brown argillaccous material, ‘The sounding tubo gavo only a fow grains of sholl fragmonts. ‘The dredge brought »} hundredwaight of the deposit at tho midis of this station, made up chieily of the Eee ee gastropod and lamellibranch shells, from which the bulk of enrhonate af limo in dorived, the majority. of these, with the other organie remains, are xeon to be more or loss infiltrated throughout with ferruginons motorial, while some aro dark groenish-grey in colour. In somo crystallieation hax takon place. All these fragments, when treated with dilute hydrochloric acid, beautiful and porfoot castu remain, brown reddish, yellowish-green, and groy black. The whole of tho deposit takon by dredge waa carefully pasuodl through sieves on board. In thia way a number of smootbly-rounded and angular rock fragmenta and pobbles were obtained, viz.i—Coarso and fine-grained sandatone, mica-schiat, augite, diorite, gnoissio rock, quartz, clinker, and coal, measnring } tof inch. Many of thes wero much nlterod. Some aro porfectly round, with smooth surfaces, whilo othors aro angular. A considerable quantity of the doposit came up in the dredge showing in parts layors of shelly sand, in others a coherent plastic mud. Avotlor haul with drodgo in tho midu(e of thin station gave somewhat imilar results, but more sandy ; whilo at the west end the dredge gave a fine-grained reddish-brown sand, with a fow shells of Mollusca, and slight traces of browo mud on the surface, The dredgo came up filled with this homogeneous mud, from which, after being washed through sieves, a number of Gasteropoas, Lumellibranchs, Crustacea, Kehinodernis, Norms, dics, de., ware obtain Tho dredge at tho west ond of this station gave « puro reddish sand, with a fow sholls, ox Fusus, Aporrhais, Solen, Cardium, and » patelliformis, L., r. d. Scrobicularia alba (Wood), f. d. Ostrea edulis, L., valves, f. a prismatica, Mont., f. 1. Pecien opereularis, L., v.r. d. Solen siliqua, L., r. d. », pusio, L., valves, v.r. Thracia papyracea, Poli., v.r. d. Mytilus edulis, L., valves, r. Corbula gibba, Olivi., f. d. »» modiolus, L., r. d. Saxicava rugosa, L., f..d. Modiolaria marmorata, Forbs., Turritella terebra, L., abdt. d. [valves, v.r. = terebra, var. nivea, Jeff., Nucula nitida, G.B.S., r. d. [r. d. Leda minuta, Miill., v.r. d. Buccinum undatum, L., v.r. d. Cardium echinatum, L., valves, r. os undatum, eggs of, 1. » edule, L., v.r.d. [colonies. Diplodonta retundata, Mont., Fusus antiquus, L., v.r. d. [valves. r. CRUSTACEA. Hyas coarctatus, Leach, r. Candaciapectinata, Brady, f. Zoca of Brachyura, f. Hyperoche turrifermis, r. Lupagurus bernhardus (L.), r. Parathemisto oblivia, abdt. op pubescens (Kroyer), r. Peroculodes longimanus, f. Porcellana longicornis, Penn., v.r. -Alteutha, sp? f. Crangon vulgaris, Fabr., f. Metopa, sp? r. Hyperia galba (Mont.), v.r. Balanus hameri, Ascan., v.r. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunn.), f. “p balanoides (L.), c. Caligus rapax., M. Edw., f. aft crenatus (Brug.), v.r. D 228 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, ‘VV ERMES. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., r. Serpula vermicularis, Ellis, r. d. » triquetra (Linné), v.r. Polynoé squamaia (Johnst.), r. Pectinaria belgica (Pallas), r. d. Glycera dubia, Blainy., v.r. » alba (Miill.), r. Phascolosoma strombi (Mont.), v.r. Pontobdella muricata (L.), r. Sagitia bipunctata, Q. and G., f. Alcyonidium parasiticum, Flem., f. Membranipora pilosa, Linné, v.r. d. Flustra papyracea, Ell. and Sol., v.r. Gemellaria loricata (Linn.), f. ECHINODERMATA. Eechinus esculentus, L., v.r. d. s meliaris, L., vr. Echinocardium flavescens, O.F.M., [v.r. Asterias rubens, L., r. Solaster papposus, Fabr., v.r. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abild, f. Ophiura ciliaris, L., f. Ophiura albida, Forb., v.r. ACTINOZOA AND HypDrRozoa. Uticina crassicornis ?0,F.M., abdt. [on dead Turritella shells. Alcyonium digitatum, L., r. Hydrailmania falcata, L., v.r. Beroé ovata, Lam., r. Clytea johnstoni, Ald., v.r. Companularia flecuosa, Hincks, r. Cydippe pomiformis ? f. FoRAMINIFERA. Biloculina depressa, d’Orby, v.r. d. Miliolina seminulum, L., rv. < oblonga, Montag., v.r. Reophaz fusiformis, Will., r. d. 3 scorpiwrus, Montf., v.r. d. Haplophragmium psewdo-spirale, [Will., f. is canariense, [d’Orby, r.d. Textularia porrecta, Brady, v.r. d. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., v.r. 1. Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., f. d. Virgulina subsquamosa, d’Orby, r. Bolivina plicata, d’Orby, v.r. d. > pygmea, dOrby, v.r. d. Bulimina elegans, d’Orby, v.r. d. as marginata, d’Orby, f. 1. Pe exilis, Goes., v.r. Bulimina elegantissima, d’Orby, v.r. Lagena striata, d’Orby, r. 1. ;, sulcata, W. and J., 1. 5 Williamsoni, Alcock, f. » vulgaris, Will., r. 1. 3, levis, Montagu, r. Nodosaria communis, d’Orby, v.r. d. Cristellaria gibba, d’Orby, v.r. d. Discorbina orbicularis, Terg., f. 5 globularis, d’Orby, r. 1. 5 rosacea, d’Orby, r. Planorbulina mediierraniensis, [d’Orby, r. Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J., [v.r. d. Rotalia beccarii, L., c. chiefly d. Polystomella striato-punctata, L. and [M., f. Polystomella arctiea, P. and J., r. d. : NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 229 | Station IT., North Bay of West Wemyss.—10-15} fathoms. PIScEs. Lophius piscatorius, L., £. Anarrhichus lupus, L., v.r. Gadus morhua, L., r. > @gletnis, L., f. » merlangus, L., f. Pleuronectes platessa, L., r. a5 limanda, L.., r. Hippoglossoides limandoides, Bloch. Raia radiata, Don., v.r. 5, clavata, L., r. TUNICATA. Ascidia mentula, O.F.M., v.r. Ascidiella virginea, O.F.M., f. Botrylloides rubrum, M.Edw., v.r. Mo.uusca. Pecten opercularis, L., r. d. Nucula nitida, G.B.S., v.r. d. Scrobicularia alba, Wood, r. d. a prismatica, Mont., [r. d. Solen siligua, L., v.r. d. », pellucidus, Penn, one, l. Sazxicava rugosa, L., valves, f. Pholas candida, L., v.r. d. Denitalium entalis, L., three, d. Eulima intermedia, L., one, dead. Rissoa, sp? r. d. Aporrhais pes pelecani, L., two, d. Buccinum undatum, L., vr. d. Fusus antiquus, L., one, d. Nassa reticulata, L., r. d. Polyeera, sp? v.r. Loligo vulgaris, Lnk., one, 1. CRUSTACEA. Carcinus menas (L.), v.r. 1. Cancer pagurus, L., v.r. 1. Nephrops norvegicus (L.), f. EBupagurus bernhardus (L.), r. Calanus finmarehicus (Gunner), f. Parathemisto oblivia, f. Caligus rapax, M.E., v.r. Hyperoche tauriformis, r. Thysanoessa, sp? f. VERMES. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., f. Sabella pavonia (Savegny), f. Nereis pelagica (L.), v.r. Pectenaria belgica (Pallas), v.r. Gemellaria loricata (L.), f. Membranipora pilosa (L.), r. Aphrodite aculeata (L.), r. Polynoe squamata (Johnston), f. Sagitia bipunctata, Q. and G., f. Flustra foliacea, L., r. d. Alcyonidium parasiticum, Flem., f. EcHINODERMATA. Echinus esculentus, L., one, d. Spatangus purpureus, Mull., r. Echinocardium flavescens, O. Ed. [Mull., three, d. Ophiura ciliaris, L., f. 1. Asterias rubens, L., f. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abild., r. 230 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Hypbro0zoa. Alcyonium digitatum, L., r. Sertularia arbietina, L., v.r. Hydralimania falcata, L., rv. FORAMINIFERA. Miliolina seminulwm, L., r. 1. Cristellaria cultrata, Mont. ? young, 5 circularis, Bom., v.r. d. [one d. oS oblonga, Montague, v.r. 1. Polymorphina communis, Will., v.r. Hippocrepina, sp? nov. v.r. Uvigerina angulosa, Will., v.r. d. Reophaa scorpiurus, Monti., v.r. Lagena sulcata, W. and J., f. 1. [chiefly d. 33 Williamsoni, Alcock, r. d. 5S Susiformis, Will., f. 1. » vulgaris, Will., r. 1. 55 Scotti, Chaster, v.r. 1. 5, levis, Mont., f. d. Haplophragmium pseudo-spirale, 35 sguamosa, Mont., r. d. [Will., f. 1. 5, Qquadricostulata, Rss., v.r. d. o canariensis, 5» globosa, Mont., r. d. [@’Orby, f. d. 5 Qquadrata, Will., r. d. Textularia porrecta, Brady, v.r. d. » semistriata, Will., r. d. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr.,"v.r. 1. marginata, W. and Bi tends Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., f. d. Giana bulloides, d’Orby, r. d. Virgulina subsyuamosa, d’Orby, f. d. Discorbina orbicularis, Terg., 15 Clavulina obscura, d’Orby, v.r. d. [chiefly d. Bolivina decussata, vr. d. p globularis, d’Orby, r. d. 5 punctata, d’Orby, f. d. A rosacea, d’Orby, f. 3 pygmea, d’Orby, r. d. [chiefly d. Bulimina elegans, Brady, v.r. 1. Planorbulina mediterraniensis, 55 marginata, d’Orby, c. 1. [d’Orby, f. d. = exilis, Brady, v.r. d. Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J.,r. d, 38 elegantissima, d’Orby, Rotalia beccarii, L., c. 1. and d. [v.r. d. Nonionina turgida, Will., v.r. d. ms contraria, Will., v.r.d. Polystomella striato-punctata, F. and Cassidulina crassa, d’Orby, v.r. d. [M., c. d. Nodosaria filiformis, Brady, v.r. d. = arctica, P. and J., r.d. Station IIT., East of Inchkeith.—7%4-10 fathoms. PIscEs. Lophius piscatorius, L., r. Pleuronectes microcephalus, Don., v.r. Anarrhichus lupus, L., v.r. Ap cynoglossus, L., r. Gadus morhua, L., v-r. x limanda, L., f. r. », cegletinus, L., rv. : Hippoglossoides limandoides, r. 5, merlangus, L., v.r. Clupea harengus, L., r. Merluccius vulgaris, Cuv., v.r. > spratius, L., f. r. Pleuronectes platessa, L., v.r. Raia clavata, L., v.r. Raia batis, L., v.r. e NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 231 TUNICATA. Styelopsis glossularia, V. Ben., f. r. 1. Mo .tuvsca. Ostrea edulis, L., v.r. d. Scrobicularia prismatica (Mont.), f. 1. Pecten opercularis (L.), r. m. d. ? alba (Wood), r. d. Mytilus edulis, L., v.r. d. Solen siliqua, L., v.r. d. Cardium edule, L., v.r. d. Thracia papyracea (Poli.), v.r. d. Cyprina islandica (L.), f. d. Buccinum undatum, L., r. d. Fusus antiquus (L.), v.r. d. CRUSTACEA. Hyas araneus, L., one. Macromysis flexuosus (Mull.), f. » coaretatus, Leach, v.r. Schistomysis sviritus (Norm.), f. Eupagurus Bernhardus (L.), £. Fs ornatus (Sars.), f. mC cuanensis(Thomp.), one. Diastylus, sp? f. Balanus balanoides, (L.), f. d. Parathylus swammerdami (M. >,» hameri, Ascanius, v.r. d. [Edw.), f. oe crenatus, (Brug.), v.r. d. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner), f. r. Nephrops norvegicus (L.), r. Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate), f. Pandalus montagui, Leach, r. Erythrops Goessi, f. r. Thysanoessa, sp. f. LIyanasidid, sp. £. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), r. Iphimidea obesa, Pathke, f. Mysidopsis gibbosa, G.O.S., f. Caligus rapax, M. Edw., f. Perioeculodes longimanus (Bate), f. VERMES. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., fr. Flustra securifrons, Pall., v.r. d. Sagitta bipunctata, Q. and G., fr. Flustra foliacea, L., v.r. 1. Membranipora pilosa, L., rv. Membranipora membranacea, L., [v.r. d. EcHINODERMATA, Echinus esculentus, L., v.r. young, 1. Ophiura albida, Forbs., one 1. Solaster papposus, Fabr., one, 1. Asterias rudens, L., f. 1. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abild., fr. ACTINOZOA AND Hyprozoa. Actinoloba dianthus (Ellis), one. Bunodes coronata, Penn., m. 1. on Cydippe pomiformis ? f. [dead Cyprina valves. Sertularia argentea, E. and Sol., v.r. 232 TRANSACTIONS. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. FORAMINIFERA. Biloculina devressa, d’Orby, v.r. a. x oblonga, VOrby, v.r. d. Miliolina seminulum, L., f., chiefly [d. Reophax seorpiurus, Montf., f. [chiefly d. » fusiformis, Will., r. 1. si Scotti, Chaster, v.r. Haplophragmium pseudo-spirale, (Will, r.d. oS canariensis, [d’Orby, v.r. d. Spiroplectra sagitiula, Defr., r. d. Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., r. Virgulina squamosa, d’Orby, v.r. d. Bolivina plicata, d’Orby, v.r. d. Bulimina marginata, d@Orby, r. 1. 35 elegans, d’Orby, r. d. % exilis, Brady, v.r. d. Lagena sulcata, W. and J., r. d. » vulgaris, Will., r. d. », levis, Montague, r. 1. < Williamsoni, Alcock, v.r. d. Discorbina resacea, d’Orby, r. d. i globularis, d’Orby, v.r. d. Rotalia beccarii, L., f., chiefly d. Polystomelia striato-punctata, F. and [M., r. d. Station IV., South Bay.—d-9 fathoms. PIscEs. Cottus scorpius, L., v.r. Lophius piscatorius, L., rv. Gadus morhua, L., r. ;, merlangus, L., vr. Pleuronectes platessa, L., rv. s flesus, L., v.r. Plewronectes microcephalus, Don., r. Hippoglossoides limandoides, [Bloch., r. Pleuronectes limanda, L., f. Nerophis aquareus, L., one. , Raia radiata, Don., v.r. TUNICATA. Ascidiella virginea, O.F.M., v.r. 1. Mo .Luiusca. Anomia ephippium, L., f. d. Pecten opercularis, L., one 1., m. d. Mytilus edulis, L., r.d. ns barbatus, L., v.r. d. af modiolus, L., vr. d. Modiolaria marmorata, Forb., [v.r. d. Cardium echinatum, L., vr. d. an edule, L., r. d. Tapes pullastra, L., r. d. Donax vittatus, Dal., v.r. d. Scrodicularia alba (Wood), v.r. d. Scrobicularia prismatica, Mont., f. 1. Diplodonta rotundata, Mont., one d. Mya arenaria, L., vr. d. 5, truncata, L., v.r. d. Saxicava rugosa, L., f. d. Turritella terebra, L., ce. d. ais var. alba, f. d. Buccinum undatum, L., f. d. Fusus antiquus, L., rv. d. Holis viridis (Forb.), r- Eolis Landsburgi, v.r. Polycera ocellata, Ald. and Han, r. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 233 CRUSTACEA. Bottom forms— ELupagurus Bernhardus (L.), one. Pandalus brevirostris, Rathke, v.r. 4 montagut, Leach, v.r. Balanus balanoides, L.. r.d. Pelagic forms— Schistomysis spiritus, Norm., v.r. Luphasidie, rv. Hyperia galba (Montagu), v.r. Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate), r. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner), f. Temora longicornis, Miill., f. Portunus holsatus, Fabr., one 1. Porcellana longicornis, one 1. Hyas araneus (L.), one 1. Cuma scorpioides (Mont.), r. 1. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), r. Eurydice pulchra, Leach, v.r. Caligus rapax, M.E., r. Acartia, sp? r. Pseudo calanus elongatus, Baird, f. Longipedia cornuata, Clause., f. VERMES. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch.,, r. Serpula vermicularis, Ellis, f. d. Nereis pelagica, L., r. 1. Polynoé reticulata, Clop., r. Sagitta bipunctata, Q. and G., f. Pontobdella muricata, (L.), one 1. Sabellaria alveolata, m. c. on [stones and shells, d. and 1. Gemellaria loricata (L.), r. d. [colonies, Membranipora membranacea, L., [v.r. d. Flustra securifrons, Pall., v.r. Alcyonidium parasiticum, Flem., r. EcHINODERMATA. Echinus esculentus, L., v.r. young, 1. Asterias rubens, L., v.r. young, 1. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abild., v.r. 1. Solaster papposus, Fabr., v.r. young. Ophiura ciliaris, L., one. Hyprozoa AND ACTINOZOA. Bunodes coronata, Penn.,moderately Alcyonidium digitatum, L., two [e. on d. Turritella. [colonies. FoRAMINIFERA. Nubecularia lueifuga, Defr., v.r. d. Biloculina elongata, d’Orby, f. Miliolina seminulum, L., m. c. f. 1. 7 oblonga, Mont., r. a5 venusta, Kar., v.r. d. a circularis, Bom., v.r. d. Spiroloculina limbata,d’Orby, one d. Cornuspira znvolvens, Rss., v.r. [fragt. Reophax scorpiwrus, Montf., f. > fusiformis, Will., r. x4 Scotti, Chaster, two [specimens, Haplophragmium canariensis, [d’Orby, one. 33 . pseudo-spirale, [Will., r. d. Textularia gramen, d’Orby, r. d. 234 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., r. Verneulina polystrophia, Rss., v.r. Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., f. d. Bulimina elegans, d’Orby, v.r. d. + marginata, d’Orby, v.r. on elegantissima,d’Orby, r. d. Bolivina decussata, d’Orby, v.r. > punctata, d’Orby, r. es difformis, Will., v.r. a. Lagena globosa, Montagu, r. d. > marginata, W. and B., r. >» semistriata, Will., f. 3 striata, d’Orby, f. »> squamosa, Mont., f. * levis, Mont., m. c. a Williamsoni, Alcock, r. d. 5, vulgaris, Will., f. » gracillima, Segu., f. ;, distoma, D. and J., v.r. ;, costata, Will., v.r. » gquadricostulata, Rss., v.r. 3, lagenoides, Will., r. Nodosaria filiformis, L., rv. 3 radicula, L., v.r. d. Nodosaria pyrula, VOrby, v.r. oa scalaris, Batsch, f. Cristellaria crepidula, F. and M., [v.r. d. 53 gibba, d’Orby, v.r. d. Polymorphina lactea, W. and J., r. 3 elegantissima, Will., [ride Discorbina orbicularis, Terg., f. [chiefly d. <3 globularis, d’Orby, f. [chiefly d. 35 rosacea, d’Orby, m. ec. [chiefly d. Planorbulina mediterraniensis, [VOrby, f. d. Gypsina inhaerens, Schul., m. c. [chiefly d. Rotalia beccarti, L., c. m. d. Polystomella striato-punctata, F. and [M., m. c. chiefly d. Sy subnodosa, d’Orby, f. d. an arctica, P. and J., v.r.d. Nonionina turgida, Will., v.r. Station V.—20-30 fathoms. PIscEs. Zeus faber, L., one. Anarrhichus lwpus, L., one. Gadus morhua, L., r. » eglefinus, L., r. Gadus merlangus, L., v. Pleuronectes platessa, L., v.r. 3 cynoglossus, L., f. 5 limanda, L., rv. Hippogloissoides limandoides, Bloch., v.r. Mo.3tvusca. Turritella terebra, L., r. d. Natica alderi, Forb., v.r. d. Fusus antiquus, L., v.r. 5, gracilis, Da.C., one d. Pecten opercularis, L., valves, r. 35 pUusio, 11.5 Var iG. Leda minuta, Miill., r. d. Scrobicularia prismatica, Mont., f. 1. Scrobicularia alba (Wood), f. d. three 1. CRUSTACEA. Eupagurus bernhardus (L.), one. Nephrops norvegicus (L.), v.r. Pandalus montagui, Leach, v.r. Schistomysis spiritus ? Norm., r. Pseudocuma cervaria, Van. Ben., r. Parathylus swammerdami [(M. Edw.), f. Parathemisto oblivia (Rr.), f. Calisoma crenata (Bate), fr. Thysanoessa, sp? fr. Caligus rapax, M. Edw., f. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner), fr. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 235 ECHINODERMATA. Spvatangus purpureus (O. F. Mull), [young, r. Asterias rubens, L., young, f. Ophiura albida, L., v.r. Amphiura filiformis, (O. F, Mull), r. VERMES. Phascolasoma vulgare (Mont.), [one l. Serpula vermicularis, Ellis, v.r. 1. Trophonia glauca, Malm., v.r. 1. Pectenaria belgica (Pallas), r. 1. Sabellaria alveolata, L., f. 1. Aphrodite aculeata, (L.), one. Nephthys caca, Fab., one. Glycera alba, Blain, one. Ammotrypane awogaster, Rath., [one. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., f. Pigalion idune, v.r. Membranipora membranacea, L., r. ne pilosa, L., r. Sagitia bipunctata, Q. and G., f. r. AcTINOZOA AND Hyprozoa. Actinoloba dianthus, Ed., one 1. Virgularia mirabilis, Lamk., one 1. Aleyonium digitatum, L., v.r. 1. Sertularia argentea, L., v.r. 1. Aurila aurita, Lamk., one. Ctenophora, fr. FoRAMINIFERA. Biloculina depressa, d’Orby, one 1. * oblonga, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Miliolina seminulum, L., r. 1. te oblonga, Mont., one d. Cornuspira involvens, Rss., one d. Reophazx scorpiurus, Will., f. 1. 5 Scotti, Chaster, one l. >» Jfusiformis, Will., r. 1. Haplophragmium pseudo-spirale, [WilL, f. 1. and d. a canariensis, [d’Orby, v.r. 1. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., v.r. 1. Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., f. 1. Virgulina subsquamosa, d’Orby, [v.r. d. Bolivina plicata, d’Orby, v.r. d. :; nobilis, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Bulimina marginata, @Orby, r. 1. BS exilis, Brady, v.r. 1. 3 aculeata, d’Orby, v.r. d. Cassidulina crassa, d’Orby, v.r. d. Lagena striata, d’Orby, r. 1, », Williamson, Alcock, r. 1, Lagena sulcata, W. and J., r. 1. » vulgaris, Will, r. 1. 3, levis, Mont., v.r. d. 3» squamosa, Mont., v.r. 1. », globosa, Mont., v.r. d. » semistriata, Will., v.r. 1. » marginata, W. and B., [v.r. 1 » gracillima, Segu., v.r. 1, » quadricostulata, Rss., [v.r. d. » gracilis, Will., v.r. d. », costata, Will., one d. Nodosaria communis, d’Orby, v.r. d. F pyrula, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Cristellaria gibba, d’Orby, one 1. Polymorphina lactea,W. and J., v.r. 1. si communis, d’Orby, one. Discorbina orbicularis, Terg., v.r. os globularis, d’Orby, v.r. d. 33 rosacea, a’Orby, v.r. d. Rotalia beccarii, L., f. 1. Polystomella striato-punctata, v.r. d. i arctica, P. and J., oned. 236 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Station VI., off St. Monans.—13-16 fathoms. PISCES. Gadus morhua, L., r. Pleuronectes platessa, L., rv. » eglefinus, L., r. “5 microcephalus, Don., r. > merlangus, L., r. “s limanda, L., f. Rhombus levis, Rond., v.r. Hippoglossoides limandoides, Bloch.,r. Mo..usca. Anomia patelliformis, L., frag., Solen siliqua, L., f. d. [m.c. Thracia papyracea, Poli., r. d. » ephippium, L., d. Corbula gibba, Olivi., r. d. Pecten opercularis, L., ¢. d. Saxicava rugosa, L., frag., m. c. puso, Lasts ds Patella vulgata, L., f. m. c. » varius, L., frag., r. Heicion pellucidum, L., frag., d. » striatus, Mill, v.r. d. Trochus tumidus, Mont., frag., d, Mytilus modiolus, L., £. d. - umbilicatus, Mont., d. m. c. » edulis, L., frag., m. c. Rissoa proxima, r. 1., f. d. Nucula nitida, G.B.S., rv. d. 5, violacea, Desm., f.1., d. f. Leda minuta, Mull, v.r. d. Ceeum giabrum, Mont., f. 1., m.¢. d. Cardium edule, L., c. d., frag., ¢. Odostomia insculpta, Mont.,r.1., d. f. eC echinatum, L., f. frag., d. 7s acuta, r. 1., d. f. Oyprina islandica, L., frag., m. c. 3 albella, Lov., r. 1., d. f. Astarte compressa (Mont.), r. d. Eulima polita, L., vr. 1., d. rv. 5, sulcata, Da. C., r. a. Natica alderi, Forb., r. 1., f. d. Venus fasciata, Da. C., frag., c. Aporrhais pes-pelecani, L., frag., m. c. ;, lineta, Pult., frag., d. Buccinum undatum, L., frag., m. c. d. 5, exoleta, L., frag., c. Fusus gracilis, Da. C., v.r. d. Tellina crassa, Penn., r. d. Nassa incrassata, Str., d. r. 5, pusilla, Phill., r. d. Pleurotoma turricula, Mont., r. d. » dalthica, L., m. c. d. Utriculus mamillatus, Phil., r. d. Donax, sp., frag., d. Dentalium entale, L., f. m. ¢. Mactra solida, L., c. d. 3 tarentinum, Lmk., f. m. ec. Solen ensis, L., r. d. Chiton ruber, Mont., f. 1. CRUSTACEA. Carcinus menas, Penn., v.r. Temora longicornis, Mill., r. Paratylus, sp? fr. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), fr. Mysis, sp? r. Thysanoessa, sp? fr. Calisoma crenata (Bate), f. Oaligus rapax, M. Edw., fr. Calanus jinmarchieus (Gunner), f. VERMES. Serpula vermicularis, Ellis, frag., ce. Sagitta bipunctata, Q. and G., fr. Nereis pelagica, L., v.r. Membranipora hexagona, Bush., r. d. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., fr. os pilosa, L., r. d, Serpula triquetra, L., frag., m. c. Flustra securifrons, Pall., r. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 237 EcHINODERMATA. Echinus esculentus, L., frag., m. c. Echinocyamus pusillus, O.F.M., itis 0. ds Henricia sanguinolenta, O.F.M., r. Spatangus purpureus, Miill., frag., r. Asterias rubens, L., young, fr. Hyprozoa AND ACTINOZOA. Sertularia abietina, L., v.r. Ctenophora, fr. Alcyonium digitatum, L., v.r., [young colonies. FoRAMINIFERA. Biloculina depressa, d’Orby, v.r. d. a elongata, d’Orby, d. Miliolina circularis, Bom., f. d. 53 seminulum, L., f. d. = venusta, Kar., v.r. d. as oblonga, Mont., v.r. d. Spiroloculina limbata, d’Orby, v.r. d, Hyperammina arborescens, Norm., [v.r. Reophax jindens? P., v.r. d. Haplophragmium canariensis, [d@’Orby, f. d. Ammodiscus gordialis, Pch. J., d. Textularia gramen, d’Orby, r. da. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., f. d. Verneuilina polystropha, Rss., r. d. Bulimina marginata, d’ Orby, v.r. d. oS elegans, d’Orby, v.r. d. Bolivina decusata, d’Orby, v.r. d. Lagena vulgaris, Will., r. d. », globosa, Mont., r. d. Lagena marginata, W. and B., r. 5, trigono-marginata, Will., [v.r. d. », striata, d’Orby, m. c, 1. and d. aA Wiilliamsoni, Alcock, f. 1 [and d. Nodosaria communis, d’Orby, v.r. d. Polymorphina laetea, W. and J., v.r. es oblonga, Will., v.r. 35 communis, Will., v.r. Patellina corrugata, Will., v.r. Discorbina orbicularis, Terg., f. d. ¥ rosacea, @’Orby, m. ec. d. Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J., [v.r. d. Planorbulina mediterraniensis, [d’Orby, r.d. Rotalia beccarii, L., c. 1. and d. Polystomella striato-punctata, F. and [M., f. 1. and d. - arctica, P. and J., r. d. Station VII.—21}-80 fathoms. PISCEs. Lophius piscatorius, L., r. Callionymus lyra, L., one. Labrus maculatus, Bl., one. Centronotus gunnellus, Bl., one. Gadus morhua, L., f. 5, e@glefinus, L., f. 5, merlangus, L., r. 5, luscus, L., one. Pleuronectes platessa, L., f. A: microcephalus, Don., f. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, L., f. fa limanda, L., f. a flesus, L., one. Hippoglossoides limandoides, [Bloch., r. Clupea harangus, L., f. s» sprattus, L., f. Raia clavata, L., r. ;, radiata, Don,, r. Se URtInn Lun, WaT 238 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. TUNICATA. Ascidia mentula, O.F.M., r. 1. Styelopsis glossularia, V. Ben., r. 1. Ascidiella virginea, O.F.M., f. 1. MOoLuuscaA. Anomia ephippium, L,, valves, f. Corbula gibba, f. d., one 1. Ostrea edulis, L., valves, v.r. Saxicava rugosa, L., v.r. da. ia Pecten opercularis, L., v.r. d. 3, var. arctica, L. », usio, L., v.r. d. Pholas crispata, L., valve, v.r. Mytilus edulis, L., f. a. Trochus tumidus, Mont., v.r. d. », modiolus, L., f. 1. Turritella terebra, L., f. d., r. 1. Nucula nitida, G.B.S., v.r. d. Natica alderi, Forb., r. 1. Leda minuta, Miill., v.r. d. Velutina levigata, Penn., r. 1. Loripes lacteus, L., v.r. d. Fusus antiguus, L., r. 1. Diplodonta rotundata, Mont., r. Buccinum undatum, L., f. 1. Cardium echinatum, L., f., young, 1. Actwon tornatilis, L., v.r. d. Venus casina, L., valves, young, f. Dentaliwm entalis, L., f. d., r. 1. Mactra elliptica, Bro., rv. d. x tarentinum, Lmk., r. 1. Solen pellucidus, Penn., f. 1. Loligo vulgaris, Lmk., r. 1. Thracia papyracea, Poli., v.r.,d. Octopus vulgaris, Lmk., one 1. CRUSTACEA. Bottom living— Cancer pagurus, L., v.r. 1. Eupagurus bernhardus (L.), v.r. 1. Portunus depurator, (L.), two 1]. Pandalus montagui, Leach, r. 1. “ holsatus, Fabr., v.r. Idotea lincaris, L., r. 1. Atylus bispinosus, r. Pelagic— ; ; Eurydice pulchra (Slabb), r. Hyperoche tawriformis (Bate), r. Erythrops Goesit, f. Paratylus, sp? f. Calissoma erenata (Bate), f. Caligus rapax, M. Edw., f. Paratylus swammerdami (M. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner), fr. [Edw.), f. Balanus hameri, Ascan., r. 1. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), ¢. FA balanoides, L., f. d. VERMES. Sagitta bipunctata, Q. and G., fr. Sabella pavonia, Sav., r. 1. Pectinaria belgica, Pallas, f. 1. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., fr. EcHINODERMATA. Echinus eseulentus, L., frag. of tests. Spatangus purpureus, Mill., v.r., Echinocardium flavescens, O.F.M.., [young, l. [v.r., young, l. Asterias rubens, L., v.r. 1. Solaster endica, L., one 1. Henricia sanguinolenta, O.F.M., onel. Ophiura albida, Forb., f. 1. Amphiura filiformis, O.F.M., f. 1. ACTINOZOA. Virgularia mariabilis, Lamk., r.1. Aleyoniwm digitatum, L., r. it: NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 239 FoRAMINIFERA. Biloculina depressa, d’Orby, f. 1. Lagena gracillima, Segu., f. 1. , x oblonga, Mont., f. 1. 3, distoma, P. and J., f. 1. Miliolina seminulum, L., f. 1. >, levis, Mont., f. 1. 5% boueana, d’Orby, r. d. > marginata, W. and B., 1. Spiroloeulina limbata, d’Orby, r. 1. 35 globosa, f..1. Cornuspira foliacea, Philip, r. d. :» sqguamosa, Mont., r. 1. Astrorhiza limicola (Sandahl), f. 1. >» quadricostulata, Rss., r. 1. Reophazx scerpiurus, Montf., f. 1. Nodosaria scalaris, Bate., v.r. 1. ;, Scotti, Chaster, r. 1. = pyrula, d’Orby, v.r. 1. 3s fusiformis, Will., f. 1. re communis, d’Orby, one d. Haplophragmium canariensis, Cristellaria rotulata, Lamk., one 1. [d’Orby, v.r. 1. Ee gibba, d’Orby, r. 1. # pseudo-spirale, Polymorphina communis, d’Orby, [Will., r. 1. {vr. 1. Textularia gramen, d’Orby, r. d. “ lanceolata, Rss., v.r. d. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., f. 1. Uvigerina pygmea, d’Orby, v.r. d. Verneulina polystrophia, Rss.,r.1. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orby, v.r. d. Gaudryina jiliformis, Ber., f. 1. ne triloba, Brady, v.r. d. Bulimina marginata, mod., Patellina corrugata, Will., v.r. d. [@’Orby, c. 1. Discorbina globularis, d’Orby, r. 1. a elegans, d’Orby, r. 1. {and d. = elegantissima, d’Orby, r. 1. ss orbicularis, Terg., v.r. d. a5 aculeata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. ee rosacea, d’Orby, v.r. d. Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjz., Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J., [one 1. {r. d. mA texturata, @’Orby, v.r. d. Rotalia beccarii, L., c. 1. and d. a subsquamosa, d’Orby,r. 1. Gypsina inkerens, Schul., f. 1. and d. Bolivina punctata, d’Orby, r. d. Nonionina scapula, F. and M., v. r. 1. a. reticulata, Rss., v.r. d. Operculina ammonoides, Gron., r. d. Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady, Polystomella striato-punctata, F. and [v.r. d. [M., r. d. Lagena sulcata, W. and J., r. 1. A sub-nodosa,d’Orby, v.r. 1. 3, &striata, @Orby, r. 1. = arctica, P. and J., v.r. d. Station VIII.—213-30 fathoms. PISCEs. Cottus scorpius, L., v.r. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, L., f. Trigla gurnardus, L., f. aa limanda, L., f. Lophius piscatorius, L., v.r. Hippoglossoides limandoides, Gadus morhua, L., r. [Bloch., r. 3, @eglefinus, L., m. c. Arnoglossus megastoma, Don., one. 3» merlangus, L., f. Clupea harengus, L., r. Pleuronectes platessa, L., r. Raia clavata, L., r. Ns Jlesus, L., one. » batis, L., v.r. a microcephalus, Don.,r. ,, radiata, Don., v.r 240 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. ‘TUNICATA. Ascidia mentula, O.F.M., v.r. 1. Eugyra glutinaris? Moll., f. 1. Ascidella virginea, O.F.M., thirteen 1. Styelopsis grossularia, V. Ben., v.r. 1. Mo.3uvusca. Anomia ephippium, L., f. 1. Pecten opercularis, L., d. v.r. » striatus, Mill., v.r. d. 35> pusto, L., vr. d. Nucula nitida, G.B.S., vr. 1. Diplodonta rotundata, Mont., v.r. 2 Leda minuta, Miill., f. d. r. 1. Axinus flecuosus, Mont., f. 1. Cardium edule, L., f. d. 5 echinatum, L., young, r. 1. Cyprina islandica, L., r., young, 1, [valves, adult, f. Astarte elliptica, Bro., one 1. Venus fasciata, da C., r. d. » verrucosa, L., r., young, l. » lUincta, Pult., f. d. > casing, l., d. Loripes lacteus, L., r. 1. Tellina erassa, Penn, v.r. d. Scrobicularia alba (Wood), r. 1. 5 tenuis, Mont., r. ? 1. ar prismatica, Mont., f. 1. Solen ensis, L., v.r. d. Solen pellucidus, Penn., f. 1. 5, siliqua, L., v.r. d. Thracia pretenuis, Pult., v.r. 1. > papyracea, Poli., r. Corbula gibba, Olivi., v.r. d. Sazicava rugosa, L., f. 1. Trochus wmbilicatus, Mont., v.r. d. Turritella terebra, L., r. 1. Eulima polita, L., v.r. 1. Natica alderi, Forb., r. 1. Aporrhais pes pelicani, L., v.r. 1. Buccinum undatum, L, v.r. 1. Trophon muricatus, Mont., one 1. Fusus antiquus, L., v.r. 1. Plewrotoma turricula, Mont., v.r. d. Utriculus mamillatus, Phil., r. 1. Cylichna cylindracea, Penn, f. 1. or umbilicata, Mont., r. 1. Acteon tornaiilis, L., v.r. d. Philine scabra, Mill., r. 1. Tritonia Hombergi, Cuy., one 1. Dentalium entalis, L., f. 1. is tarentinum, Lmk., r. 1. Sepia officinalis, L., one 1. CRUSTACEA. Portunus depurator (L.), two 1. Hyas araneus (L.), one 1. 5, coarctatus, Leach, r. 1. Hbalia pennanti (Leach), one 1. Bupagurus bernhardus (L.), v- Galathea nexa, Emb., one l. Cuma scorpioides (Mont.), f. 1. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), fr. Thysanoessa, sp? fr. Altentha, sp? r. Acartia, sp? r. Calisoma crenata (Bate), f. Nephrops norvegicus (L.), f. 1. Balanus balanoides, L., f. 1. 5 hameri, Ascan., r. 1. Hyperoche tawriformis (Bate), r. Parathylus, sp? r. Calagus rapax, M. Edw., fr. Metopa, sp? r. Calanus finmarchicus, c. EcHINODERMATA. Echinus eseulentus, L., v.r. 1. Spatangus purpureus, Mill, £5 [young, l. Asterias rubens, L., f. 1. Henricia sanguinolenta, (O.F.M.), r. 1. Opvhiura albida, Forbes, r. 1. a ciliaris, L., f. 1. Ophiothri« fragilis, Abild., r. 1. Amphiura filiformis (O.F.M.), f. 1. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 241 VERMES. Sabellaria alveolata, L., few colonies. Pectinaria belgica, Pall., f. 1. Sabella pavonia, Sav., f. 1. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., fr. Nereis pelagica, L., r. 1. Membranipora membranacea, L., r. 1. » virens, Sars., v.r. 1. Gemellaria loricata, L., fr. 1. And several other Annelids not identified, 1. Pontobdella muricata, L., r. 1. Sagitta bipennata, Q. and G., c. l. Aphrodite aculeata, L., f. 1. Polynoe imbricata, L., r. 1. ACTINOZOA AND HypbRozoA. Actinoloba dianthus, Ell., f. 1. Alcyonium digitatum, L., r. 1. e Vergularia variabilis, Lamk., f. 1. Ctenophora, fr. Sertularia abietina, L., r. 1. argentea, EB. and Sol., {vr. 1. Diphasia pinaster, E. and Sol., v.r. 1. FoRAMINIFERA. Biloculina depressa, d’Orby, fr. 1. Bulimina elegans, d’Orby, v.r. d. BS ringens, Lamk., v.r., 1. “2 inflata, Sequ., v.r. d. - oblonga, Montag., f. 1. re elegantissima, d’Orby,r. d. Miliolina tricarinata, @’Orby, v.r.1. Virgulina schreibersiana, Cz., v.r. 1. = seminulum, L., ¢. 1. 5 subsquamosa, d’Orby, si oblonga, Montag., r. 1. [r. d. Spiroculina limbata, d’Orby, v.r. da. x texturata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Cornuspira foliacea, Philip, r. 1. Bolivina punctata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. AA involvens, Rss., v.r. d. » robusta, Brady, v.r. Astrorhiza limicola, Sandahl, r. 1. » reticulata, Hant., v. r. Psammosphera fusca, Schz., r. 1. Cassidulina crassa, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Reophax scorpiurus, Mont., abdt. 1. S3 subglobosa, Brady, one. a5 Scotti, Chaster, fr. 1. Lagena distoma, P. and J., f. d. » fusiformis, Will., f. 1. ; sucata, W. and J., m.c. 1. Haplophragmium canariensis, 3 striata, d’Orby, r. 1. [d’Orby, r. » gracillima, Segu., r. 1. a) ee pseudospirale, », levis, Montag., f. 1. [Will., c. > semistriata, Will., f. 1. Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P., 5, globosa, Mont., r. 1. [v.r. » Jimbriata, Brady, v.r. 1. oe charoides, J. and P., ;, alveolata, Brady, v.r. [v.r. 1. > marginata, W. and B.,r. 1. A incertus, Brady, v.r. d. » quadricostulata, Rss., v.r. Textularia gramen, d’Orby, f. 1. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., m. c. 1. Gaudryina filiformis, Ber., fr. 1. Verneuilina polystropha, Rss., fr. Bulimina marginata, d’Orby, [m. c. 1. er aculeata, d’Orby, r. 1. >, globosa, var., r. 1. >, levis var. Montag., r. 1. 3, squamosa, Mont., r. 1. 3> plumigera var., v.r. Nodosaria scalaris, Batsch, v.r. 1. » Jiliformis, v.r. 1. ” pyrula, dOrby, r. 1. 242 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Nodosaria communis, @Orby, vr. d. Discorbina orbicwaris, Terq., f. 1. Cristellaria gibba, @Orby, v.r. 1. aA tuberculata, B. and W. es articulata, one d. [veto 5 convergens, Born., one d. 45 rosacea, d’Orby, f. 1. Polymorphina augusta, Egger., v.r. 1. Planorbulina mediterraniensis, is communis, VOrby, [@’Orby, v.r. 1. [v.r. 1. Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J., 53 elegantissima, P, and [v.r. 1. [J., one 1. Rotaha beccarit, L., abdt. 1. Ae lanceolata, Rss., v.r. 1.Gypsina inherens, Schul., v.r. 1. a lactea, W. and J., Nonionina turgide, Will., f. 1. [v.r. d. 3 scapha, F. and M., r. 1. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orby, r. d. ay depressula, v.r. d. PA ““cretacea-like form, Operculina ammonoides, Gron., f. 1, [d’Orby,” * f. d. Polystomella striato-punctata, F. Patellina corrugata, Will., r. 1. [and M., r. 1. Discorbina globularis, d’Orby, r. 1. a subnodosa, v.r. 1, Station I[X.—29-38 fathoms. PIscEs. Cottus scorpius, L., v.r. Pleurenectes cynoglossus, L., f. Trigla gurnardus, L., fr. 5 limanda, L., f. Lophius piscatorius, L., rv. Hippoglossoides limandoides, Bloch., f. Anarrhichus lupus, L., rv. Arnoglossus megostoma, Don., f. Liparis vulgaris, Flem., r. Clupea harangus, L., f. Gadus morhua, L., f. a Bpratius, Le, te > eglefinus, L., f. Acanthias vulgaris, Risso, one. » merlangus, L., f. Raia radiata, Don., r. Pleuronectes platessa, L., f. By Clomata, l4., ft: fe microcephalus, Don., f. oe OGteSs Myesote TUNICATA. Acidiella virginea, O.F.M., r. 1. Styelopsis glossularia, V. Ben., m. c. 1. Ascidia mentula, O.F.M., r. 1. Bugyra glutinans, Moll, r. 1. Mo.tuvsca. Anomia ephippium, L., r. 1. Leda minuta, Miill., £. 1. Pecten opercularis, L., valves, r. Montacuta substriata, Mont., v.r. 1. a PTET Oy Wa eds Loripes lacteus, L., f. 1. » striatus, Mill.,r.1., valves, f. Axinus flexuosus, Mont., f. 1. Ay LE DEP, AD We LE Diplodonta rotundata, Mont., v.r. d. Mytilus modiolus, L., one 1. Cardium echinatum, L., f. 1. Modiolaria marmorata, Forb., f. 1. SA nodosum, Turt., v.r. 1. Nucula nitida, G.B.S., f. 1. Cyprina islandica, L., r. 1. * Dhis form is a variety of G. bulloides, resembling very closely G. cretacea described by a@fbigny, Mém. Soc. Géol., France. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 243 Venus faciata, Da. C., v.r. 1. Turritella terebra, L., f. 1. aa) CORN res Verne: ae » var. nivea, Jeff., Tellina pusilla, Phil., v.r. 1. [ral >», balthica, L., r. d. Odostomia rufa, Phil., v.r. d. Scrobicularia alba (Wood), m.c.1. Hulima polita, L., r. 1. 3 prismatica, Mont.,r.1. ,, bilineata, Ald., one 1. Ae tenuis, Mont., v.r.1. Natica montacuti, Forb., v.r. 1. Solen pellucidus, Penn., f. 1. ;, alderi, Forb., r. 1. | Thracia pretenuis, Pult., r. 1. Aporrhais pes pelicani, L., r. 1. : » papyracea, Poli., v.r. 1. Buccinum undatum, L., f. 1. Corbula gibba, Olivi., f. 1. Fusus antiquus, L., r. 1. : Saxicava rugosa, L., r. 1. ys gracias, Da. C., r. 1: | Pholas dactylus, valves, v. Yr. +» propinguus, Ald. | Mya arenaria, L., valves, v.r. Nassa reticulata, L., r. d. Neaera cuspidata, one 1. 3» ‘wmerassata, Str., v.r. d. Xylophaga dorsalis, c.,in dead wood. Velutina levigata, Penn., r. d. Dentalium entalis, L., f. 1. Pleurotoma turricula, Mont., r. d. er tarentinum, Lmk., v.r. 1. - striolata, v.r. d. Chiton marginatus, Penn., r. 1. Defrancia linearis, Mont., r. 1. %,, ruber, Lowe, f. 1. Cylichna cylindracea, Penn., f. 1. Emarginula fissura, L., one 1. 3» umbilicata, Mont., r. 1. Trochus tumidus, Mont., f. 1. Utriculus mamillatus, Phil., r. 1. ;, umbilicatus, Mont., v.r.d. Philine scabra, Miill., r. 1. » magus, L., v.r. d. », catena, Mont., r. 1. Rissoa costata, Ad., v.r. 1. Tritonia hombergi, Cuv., v.r. 1. >» punctura, Mont., v.r. 1. Loligo vulgaris, Lenz., one 1. Caecum trachea, Mont., r. 1. > media, L., one l. CRUSTACEA. Cancer pagurus, L., rv. 1. Neomysis vulgaris (Thomp.), f. 1. Portunus holsatus, Fabr,, r. 1. Thysanoesea, sp? », depurator (L.), f. 1. Parathemisto oblivia (Kr.), r. 1. Hyas coarctatus, Leach, r. 1. Calliopsis bidentata (Kr.), fr. 1. ;, araneus (L,), one 1. Nyphon gallicum, Hoek., one 7. Stenorhynchus rostratus (L.), rv. 1. Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate), r. 1. Eupagurus pubescens (Kroy), f. 1. Lrythrops Goesii, G. O. Sars., r. 1. be cuanensis (Thomp.), Cleone borealis, v.r. 1. [v.r. 1. Paratylus, sp? a bernhardus (L.), r. 1. Leucon nasicus (Kroyer), f. 1. Nephrops norvegicus (L.), £. 1. Calanus finmarchicus (Gunn), c. 1. Pandalus montagui, Leach, f. 1. Temora longicornis, Miill., fr. 1. Crangon allmani, Kin., f. 1. Pseudocalanus elongatus, Baird, r. 1. Pseudocuma cercaria, f. 1. Caligus rapax, M. Edw., f. 1. Cuma scorpioides (Mont.), f. 1. Ampelisca brevicornis, Costa, f. 1. Caprella linearis (L.), £. 1. Balanus balanoides, L., r. d. Arcturus longicornis (Low), r. 1. » porcatus, Costa, f. 1. Callisoma crenata (Bate), f. 1. Peltogaster paguri (Rathk), r. on (Zupagurus bernhardus, r, 1. E 244 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. VERMES. Sipunculus bernhardus ? r. 1. Sagitta bipunctata, Q. and G., m, ¢. Aphrodite acweata, L., r. 1. Flustra securifronds, Pall. Pectinaria belgica, Pall., f. 1. Membranipora pilosa, L., m. ec. Sabella pavonia, Sav., f. 1. 55 membranacea, L., r. 1. Serpula vermicularis, Ellis, f. 1. Gemellaria loricata, L., r. 1. » triquetra, L., f. 1. Cellaria sinuosa, Hass., r. 1. Filigrana implexa, Berk., r. 1., Crisia eburnea, L., r. 1. [colonies. Diastopora obelia, Johnt., v.r. 1. Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch., f. 1. Alcyonidium parasiticum, Flem., m., ¢c, Mucronella variolosa, Johnt., v.r. 1. ECHINODERMATA. Spatangus purpureus, Miill., r. 1. Echinocardium flavescens, O.F.M., Solaster papposus, Fabr., r. 1. [f., young, l. Ophiura ciliaris, L., v.r. 1. Asterias rubens, L., v.r. 1. Amphiura filiformis, O.F.M.,r.1. Ophiura albida, Forb., f. 1. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abild., f. 1. Henricia sanguinolenta, O.F.M., r. 1. LInidia sarsii, Dub. and Kor., one, 1. ACTINOZOA AND Hyprozoa. Actinoloba dianthus, Ellis, r. 1. Sertularia argentea, Ki. and §., r. |. Rhizastoma, sp, rv. 1. Virguaria mirabilis, Lamk., f. 1. Heiterocordyle Conybearei, f.,c. on Ctenophora, f. 1. {d. Aporrhais shells. Hudendiwm ramosum, Pallas, f. 1. Hydralimania falcata, L., v.r. 1. Antennularia antennina, L., v.r. 1. Sertularia abietina, L., v.r. 1. Diphasia pinaster, FE. and §., r. 1. Plumularia pinnata, L., rv. 1, PoRIFERA. Suberites ficus, Johnston, v.r. 1. Chalina? sp? several 1. FoRAMINIFERA. Nubecularia lucifuga, Defr., v.r.1. Miliolina tricarinata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Biloculina ringens, Lamk., m. ec. 1. 33 boueana, d’Orby, r. 1. as depressa, d’Orby, f. 1. Bs secans, d’Orby, r. 1. 35 elongata, d’Orby, r. 1. of contorta, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Spiroculina limbata, d’Orby, f. 1. % agglutinans, d’Orby, ae excavata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. [versal Miliolina seminulum, L., ¢. 1. Ophthalmidium inconstans, Brady, e circularis, Born. [fale sp oblonga, Montag., f. 1. Cornuspira involvens, Rss., f. 1. 53 trigonua, Lamk., r. 1. % foliacea, Philip, r. 1. * venusta, Karr., v.r. 1. Astrorhiza limicola (Sandahl), r. 1. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 245 Psammosphera fusca, Schz., f. 1. Hyperammina arborescens, Norm., fog t Reophax scorpiurus, Montf., c. 1. e Scotti, Chaster, f. 1. » Jusiformis, Will., f. 1. Haplophragmium canariensis, [d’Orby, ec. 1. 34 glomeratum, [Brady, c. 1. . pseudo-spirale, [Will., £. 1. Ammodiscus gordialis, P. and J., peer ps charoides, P. and J., iver ey incertus, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Trochammina inflata, Montt., r. 1. nA ochracea, Will., f. 1. Textularia gramen, d’Orby, f. 1. ss agglutinans, @’Orby, f. 1. Spiroplecta sagittula, Defr., c. 1. Gaudryina filiformis, Berth., [m. c. Ll. Verneuilina polystropha, Rss., £. 1. Bulimina elongata, d’Orby, r. 1. = marginata, d’Orby, f. 1. - aculeata, d’Orby, r. 1. = elegans, d’Orby, r. 1. aa elegantissima, d’Orby, f. 1. if inflata, Sequ., f. 1. Susiformis, Will., f. 1. Paaealte schreibersiana, Cae oo [m. c. 1. a5 squamosa, d’Orby, f. 1. Ma texturata, f. 1. Bolivina punctata, d’Orby, f. 1. 3, plicata, d’Orby, f. 1. AS robusta, Brady, v.r. 1. », reticulata, Hartken, f. 1. ‘ levigata, Will., v.r. 1. Cassidulina crassa, @’Orby, f. 1. i. levigata, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Lagena sulcata, W. and J., f. 1. » %mterrupta, Will., v.r. 1. so. costata, Wil tok 33 Gistoma, P. and J., v.r. 1. ‘ Lagena striata, d’Orby, f. 1. » gracillima, Segu., f. 1. » Jimbriata, Brady, v.r. 1. », laevis, Mont., m. c. 1. js | ewe -var., f. 1. 3, globosa, Mont., f. 1. > globosa var., v.r. 1. : marginata, W. and B., v.r. 1. ,, alveolata, Brady, r. 1. >, quadricostulata, Wr., v.r. 1. »» pulchella, Brady, v.r. 1. » squamosa, Mont., r. 1. » levigata, Rss., f. 1. » tenuistriata, Brady, r. 1. », distoma var., P. and J., [veh » orbignyana, Seg., r. 1. », trigono-marginata, P. and [Jes VeBeL Nodosaria communis, d’Orby, f. 1. iy pyrula, VOrby, f. 1. scalaris, Bate, r. 1. a Jiliformis, L., r. 1. Cristellaria rotulata, Lamk., v.r. 1. i gibba, dOrby, f. 1. if cultrata, Monttf., f. 1. 35 articulata, Reuss, 1. Polymorphina lactea, W. and J., [v.r. 1. “2 augusta, V.Y., 1. a communis, d’Orby, r. 1. . compressa, d’Orby, r. 1. ai lanceolata, Rss., r. 1. Bi elegantissima, P.and J., [v.r. Uvigerina angulosa, Will., v.r. 1. 4 pygmea, d’Orby, one d. Globigerina bulloides, d’Orby, f. d. is triloba, Rss., f. d. os cretacea-like form, d’Orby, [f. d. Spirillina limbata, Brady, r. 1. Patellina corrugata, Will., r. 1. Discorbina rosacea, d’Orby, f. 1. 5 ochracea, Will., r. 1. = globularis, d’Orby, f. 1. A orbicularis, d’Orby, f. 1. 246 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Planorbulina mediterraniensis, Nonionina turgida, Will., f. 1. [d@’Orby, f. 1. ty scapha, F. and M., f. 1. Truncatulina lobatwa, W. and J., r. 1. me depressula, W. and J., rh lobatula var., W. and : [v.r. 1. [J., £. 1. Pr stelligera, d’Orby, v.r. 1. Pulvinulina Karsteni, Rss., r. 1. Operculina ammonoides, Gron., f. 1. Rotalia beccarti, L., abdt. 1. Polystomella striato-punctata, F. » nitida, Will., f. 1. [and M., f. 1. Gypsina inherens, Schul., v.r. 1. oe subnodosa, r. 1. MARINE DEPOSITS AND THEIR BEARING ON MARINE LIFE. It is possible by careful examination of most marine deposits to determine very closely what kind and amount of marine life is likely to be found in any given area over the sea floor. It has, therefore, often occurred to me that an examination of the marine deposits round our coasts, and over the areas of our great fishing grounds and banks, would greatly assist in throwing light upon the question as to the cause of the destruction of marine life, the movements and depopulation of fish from our inshore fishing grounds, banks, and estuarian waters, which, it is well known, were at one time thickly populated with abundance of marketable fish, but are at the present time, in some localities, scarcely worth the fishing. Under ordinary natural conditions, animal life is usually found plentifully distributed all over these areas, but I have to record here that, so far as the Firth of Forth is concerned, a change of conditions has taken place which is undoubtedly detri- mental to the marine life generally. By examination of the deposits and general condition of the ground in these localities, a key to this question is, in my opinion, possible to be found. To carry this out, it is necessary to keep in mind the following chief points :— 1. The geographical features and position of the area to be considered. 2. The physical conditions; the amount, condition, and number of species of animals found living on the sea floor ; and in the deposits themselves. 3. The age of the deposits, rate of accumulation, their permanency, and in what measure they are affected by wave action and currents. NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 247 4. The amount of detrital and other matter brought to and deposited over these areas from rivers, general land drainage, and disintegration of the coast line. 3d. The amount of material deposited from steam-ships, dredgers, and sewage, or solid matter in suspension. Or one might put the question in two words—are the deposits clean or polluted? Upon the greater or less degree the grounds are affected by these agencies, will the destruction of the bottom-living and pelagic animals and movements of the fish be regulated. The Firth of Forth may, perhaps, be taken as a more or less typical example. Not many years past in this area marketable fish were to be taken in plenty, while we know at the present time comparatively few can be captured either by trawl, line, or other appliances. Continuous trawling would, doubtless, in such a restricted area, soon clear it of fish for a time, but if left undisturbed for a reasonable time, there can be little doubt that it would become repopulated were the surrounding conditions favourable, which is the case where ordinary natural conditions of the sea are not disturbed or polluted. It will not be disputed that where the water is pure and the deposits not continually disturbed or polluted, everywhere at a reasonable depth, from the tidal line downwards over the sea floor, marine life is abundant, and that the lower animals furnish the chief food of the higher forms. The examination of the deposits found in the area under consideration, and described in these notes, indicate fully that the conditions are not favourable to the attraction and necessary support of marine life, especially of any large quantity of fish whose chief food consists of invertebrate animals which live in and on the deposits over its floor. Not many years past there was to be found living, generally distributed over the floor of the Firth of Forth, patches or banks of considerable extent, covered thickly with living Pecten opercularis, L. (“clam” of the fishermen) ; Turritella terebra, L. (a long, conical, univalve Mollusc) ; Ostrea edulis, L. (oyster); Mytilus edulis, L. (the common mussel) ; Buccinum undatum, L. (buckie); and other Mollusca, with abundance of many species of invertebrate animals, as CRUSTACEA, ANNELIDS, EcHINODERMS, Hyprozoa, &e., &c., “fish food.” At 248 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. present, however, comparatively few of the latter, and nothing like the quantity of the former species are to be found living. The deposits, on the other hand, are full of their dead remains, the dredge often bringing up huge quantities at each haul. The “Clam,” “ Oyster,” “ Mussel,” and Z’wrritella beds have greatly diminished in size. They are, in some places, entirely destroyed, and are only now to be had in comparatively small quantities in a few more or less favourable localities, namely :— About the North Craig Buoy, off Cockenzie, Prestonpans, and a few here and there on and near the edges of the Middle Bank. That the marine life generally on the floor of the Firth of Forth has been gradually killed off appears evident. The greater portion of the area within 3 or 4 miles west from the May Island, as seen by the examination of the deposits, reminds one more of a huge burial-ground, so numerous are the quantity of the bones, “so to speak,” of the marine organisms one finds in them. In working over the district, the struggle for existence is strikingly illustrated by the difference in the number of living animals captured. The nearer one approaches the mouth of the Firth from Inchkeith, gradually the various forms of marine life (especially the lower forms) increase in number and species, as will be seen by reference to the lists accompanying these notes of the animals obtained at each of the special observing stations (see Chart). Taking Stations I. and IX., for example, we find at Station I., at a depth of 10 to 18 fathoms, i to 5 miles east of Inchkeith, the following result :— No. of 7 Species Nos of No. of No. of No. of ete ; found te Species Species bottom- - iving on NaMe oF GRovr. Seco obtained | obtained living pict the bottom 2 * | living. dead. Species. pe-asic |at the time of obser- vation. Fish, a 14 14 8 6 6 Tunicates, : 1 1 a 1 1 Mollusca, . 5 23 1 22 23 a3 1 Crustacea, : 18 18 on 8 10 5 Vermes, . : 19 12 i Vii 2 10 Actinozoa and 8 8 6 9 6 Hydrozoa, Foraminifera, . 32 6 26 32 6 Total, : 115 60 55 95 20 35 NOTES ON MARINE DEPOSITS OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 249 At Station IX., at a depth of 29 to 35 fathoms, 5 to 10 miles south-east of the May Island :— No. of No. of Species WOnoE No, of No. of No. of Species found Ree Species Species | bottom- 2 living on Name oF GRovr. ees obtained | obtained living eee a the bottom ‘| living, dead. Species, Aree © Jat the time 20 of obser- vation. Fish, a ‘ 20 20 rad 13 7 ¥ Tunicates, P 4 + sae + Re 4 Mollusca, . 3 69 64 5 69 aoe 64 Crustacea, ? 35 34 1 19 16 18 Vermes, . : 28 27 1 26 2 27 Actinozoa and = = = Hydrozoa, 12 12 10 2 10 Porifera, . 2 2 a z A 2 Foraminifera, . 115 112 3 112 3 112 Total, ‘ 285 275 10 255 30 244 From the above Tables it will be seen that the number of different species of animals obtained at Station I. is altogether 115. Twenty of these lead a truly pelagic life; 95 live on the bottom or in the deposit itself. Of these 55 were dead, leaving only 35 species living. At Station IX., near the mouth of the Firth, we find quite a different state of matters. Here we have in all 285 species, 30 pelagic and 255 bottom-living forms. Of these, only 10 were found dead, less than 5 per cent. ; while 244 species were found living on the bottom at the time these observations were made, against 55 species obtained at Station I.* So far as my investi- gations have extended, I have not been able to find any quantity of pelagic life that might be termed permanent local ‘“ Plank- ton,” as is to be found in other similar localities, 7.e, Clyde estuary and Loch Fyne, &c. These organisms would appear to be chiefly regulated in this case by tidal influences, shallowness of * Tt should be mentioned here that the Ostracoda have been omitted, as I have not yet been able to identify them all. They would, however, not alter the total results materially. The fish stated to be living on the bottom in Column 5 have been placed in this Column, as they are true bottom feeders, and do not lead a truly pelagic life. 250 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW, the Firth, and purity of its waters, at different seasons of the year, by the greater or less amount of detrital and solid matter in suspension. These pelagic organisms are usually, under ordinary cireum- stances, in such quantities that vast numbers of them are constantly dying off with the ever-changing physical and developmental conditions in the surface and sub-surface waters ; their remains, sinking to the bottom, carry down with them quantities of organic material, forming one of the chief factors from which many of the bottom-living animals derive their food supply. The want of this constant supply in the Firth of Forth would be disastrous to their existence. That a great destruction of many of the more important forms of marine life on the floor of the Firth of Forth has taken place there can be no doubt. In the case of the Oyster, Clam, and Jfussel it has been well known for some time. To account for this serious destruction many causes have been put forward from time to time. The most likely may be mentioned here :—(1) reckless fishing; (2) deposition of peat, &c., brought down the Forth from its upper reaches by currents ; (3) deposition of mud, &e., from harbour dredgers; (4) pollution from oil and other factories situated along its shores; (5) changes in the seasons ; (6) the throwing over of ashes and “clinker” from steamers. With the exception of the first, perhaps, all the causes above mentioned are strikingly illustrated by the examination of the deposits found all over the area between Inchkeith and May Island. Not one of the samples examined by me can be said to be free from one or other of these polluting substances. It is also true that during the winter months and early spring the waters of the Forth often become heavily laden with fine argillaceous matter in suspension. A large amount of dredged material from harbours have been and are still deposited in this area. The number of steam-ships entering and leaving the Firth have greatly increased, and are answerable for many thousands of tons of material in the form of ashes, “clinker,” &c., indiscriminately thrown overboard and distributed over its floor. An increase of sewage and other detrital matter constantly enters its waters. This, with any sudden extra large amount of argil- laceous matter brought down by the rivers and general land BATHYMETRICAL CHART OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH, SHOWING THE PRINCIPAL 3°30 $6"|- 30M vad Turritella Beds. WEST LOMOND 3°15" EAST LOMOND —F% Carron BONESS BLACKNESS SCALE OF Stature Mites on = ae i + f / CHARLESTOWN ipal Observig Stations. f Sane \ | wassese sand, Sz) LOCH ie ys oy, ee r iver leven We \ LEVEN aS _ ieee ae ; Tee = | | | | | Q SS XY eee B) Le a South Devon & YS = — | / SS ES > if aS = _—_— DAALLOA “| - WR & = KIRKCALOY ha Sa ® and % X J KING HOR 13" RIVERS AND STREAMS ENTERING THE FIRTH AND DISTRIBUTION OF DEPOSITS. s°a° LARGO LAW # LARGO 2 s4sW FG Pearcey 3 MORRISONS HAVEN ) \ a 4S ELLIE LAW| TRAPRAIN My, Dye LAW 2°30 W 2°30 Ww REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 2D drainage—which at times takes place during westerly and south- westerly gales, with heavy rain—on sinking to the bottom, forms layers of fine mud, from a } to 1 inch in thickness, over a large area of its surface, and is traceable out to the extreme limits. Many of the dead and living animals brought up by the dredge or trawl often showed distinctly a thin coating of this material, which mostly resembles river mud. Further investigation is necessary to determine the exact quantity of the solid matter in suspension, and would be of great importance in determining decisively as to whether the introduction of so much solid and detrital matter is the true cause of the destruction of the marine life. It is quite probable that it chokes off great quantities of the invertebrate animals mentioned as inhabiting the floor of the Forth, and in the deposits themselves, causing them to become, as I have said, polluted and unfit for the maintenance and existence of marine life, causing the destruction of the feeding grounds, and migration of the fish. Hence it is to the more open waters, or where the deposits are clean, that such agencies above mentioned cannot affect them to such a degree, that we may, by reasonable methods, expect a constant and plentiful supply of both vertebrate and invertebrate marine life. Further and systematic investigations on this subject in the Firth of Forth and other localities is necessary, and would be of great interest and importance in discussing these matters more fully. Reports on Excursions. Camis Eskay, Ist September, 1900.—A party of fifteen, under the guidance of Mr. D. R. Somerville, visited this old residential estate on a fine afternoon. The estate of Colgrain, together with Meikle and Little Camis Eskan, belonged to the family of Dennistouns before 1377, and continued in possession of the family for nearly 500 years. In 1836 it was sold to Mr. Colin Campbell, third son of Mr, John Campbell of Morreston, 252 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Lanarkshire. There was a chapel dedicated to St. Blane, erected on the lands by an early laird of Colgrain, but no trace of it remains. The mansion is well situated in wooded grounds. On a stone in the older part of the house are cut the letters and date 16 ID. IS. 48. These are evidently the initials of the eleventh laird, John Dennistoun, and of his wife Jean Sempill, daughter of William Sempill of Fulwood, who were married 15th February, 1648. John Dennistoun was an active Royalist, and died in 1655 of wounds received in an attempted rising in the Highlands in the previous year. The only plant of special interest observed was the Twayblade, Listera ovata, R. Br. Attention was directed principally to the trees, among which were some very fine specimens of silver fir, walnut, elm, and sycamore. Mr. Renwick and Mr. M‘Kay made the following measurements of trees :— Silver Fir, below house, on side of avenue— 11 ft. 24ins, at 5 ft. side next avenue. Sycamore, to south east of house— 14 ft. 23 ins. at 5 ft. next avenue, bole 14 ft. Elm, to south west of house— 14 ft. 10 ins. at 4 ft. 10 ins.; bole 84 ft.; height 81 ft. svread, N.E. to 8.W., 90 feet. Walnut, to south of house— 9 ft. 34 ins. at 5 ft.; bole 11 ft. Silver Fir, on side of burn above house— 13 ft. 1 im. at 5 ft. Silver Fir, farther up burn— 13 ft. 7 ins. at 5 ft.=7 ft. 1 in. above walk. Silver Fir, still farther up— 12 ft. 11} ins, at 5 ft. next avenue. Mr. Wm. Stewart has drawn up the following list of 27 Fungi and 8 Ferns obtained at Camis Eskan :— REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 200 Fungi. Fungi. Ag. phalloides, Fr. Hygrophorus calyptreformis, B. ;; rubescens, Pers. & Br. » vaginatus, Bull. Ss virgineus, Fr. » cristatus, A. & S. i" chlorophanus, Fr. » papilionaceus, Fr. Marasmius peronatus, Fr. » radicatus, Rehl. . porreus, Fr. », laccatus, Scop. Cantharellus cibarius, Fr. » virgatus, Fr. Boletus flavus, With. » geophylius, Sow. Lycoperdon pyriforme, Scheff. », calolepis, Fr. Lactarius blennius, Fr. Ferns. - quietus, Fr. Athyrium Filixfemina Bernh. 3 vellereus, Fr. Lastrea Filix-mas, Rich. 5 hysginus, Fr. » @ilatata, Desv. Russula fellea, Fr. # Oreopteris, Desv. zt emetica, Fr. Polystichum aculeatum, Sw. ks nigricans, Fr. ee form lobatum, Sw. = cyanoxantha, Fr. Polypodium vulgare, L. Hygrophorus psittacinus, Fr. Pteris aquilina, L. Dovetas Support, 15th September, 1900.—Mr. William Stewart, the conductor of this excursion, reports that the fungi were remarkably scarce even in very suitable ground, but that the following species were obtained :— Ag. (Amanita) rubescens, Pers. Lactarius blennius, Fr. », (Clitocybe) laccatus, Scop. » seriflwus, Fr. », (Collybia) radicatus, Rehl. Russula nigricans, Fr. 5 (Znocybe) rimosus, Bull. » Jfellea, Fr. », (Hypholoma) velutinus, Pers. » ochroleuca, Fr. Coprinus micaceus, Fr. Clavaria cinerea, Bull. Mr. Renwick and Mr. M‘Kay measured the following trees :— Hornbeam, 8 ft. 14 ins. at 5 ft. SW; bole, 17 ft; spread, 60 ft; height, 78 ft. Hornbeam, 7 ft. 6} ins. at 5 ft.; bole 18 ft. 254 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Beech, KH. of four, 12 ft. 9 ins. at 5 ft. next bridge. Beech, N. of four, 13 ft 10 ins. at 5 ft. next river; bole, 35 ft. ; height, 89 ft. Beech, W. of four, 14 ft. 04 in. at 5 ft. N. Beech, 8. of four (near stone bridge), 12 ft. 64 ims. at 5 ft. next bridge; bole, 32 ft. Beech, to 8. of suspension bridge, 14 ft. 9 ins. at 5 ft.; bole, 40 ft. Beech, one of a pair on haugh between house and river, 12 ft. 2 inches at,5 ft. ; bole, 30 ft. Beech, the other of pair, 11 ft. 74 ins. at 5 ft.; bole, 18 ft. ; height, 88 ft. Bucuanan Caste, 24th September, 1900 (Glasgow Autumn Holiday).—Mr. John Renwick reported on this excursion, as follows :— “The party went by rail via Balloch to Drymen Station, walking thence to the village of Drymen, fully a mile and a-half distant. The first part of the road, from the station to near the River Endrick, was a turnpike road leading to Glasgow by Easter Kilpatrick, made towards the close of last century. In the Statistical Account of Kilmaronock Parish, written about 1792, it is stated to be ‘now nearly completed.’ Near Catter House, it joins the military road from Dumbarton to Stirling, which crosses the Endrick ‘by an excellent modern bridge,’ and passes from the Parish of Kilmaronock, in Dumbartonshire, to that of Drymen, in Stirlingshire. From the townhead of Drymen, a road leads past the Parish Church of Buchanan to Balmaha, and onward, near the shores of Loch Lomond, to Rowardennan. It was completed about 1790, after about thirty years’ slow work. The policies of Buchanan lie on the sloping ground between this road and the River Endrick, which winds in many a link among the Laughs laid down by itself when the land lay at a lower level than now. The writer of the Statistical Account of Buchanan Parish says ‘This river, in the winter season, when the loch is full, covers a REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 255 great part of the lower grounds on both sides of the parishes of Buchanan and Kilmaronock, and when the water lies dead and goes off gradually, it enriches the ground; but the floods have often proved hurtful in the spring, after the seed was sown, and oftener in harvest, both before the corns were cut down, and afterwards, carrying some away, and greatly damaging the rest. In harvest, 1782, in a flood, the haughs of Endric in this parish were covered with water, and immediately after there came snow and ice, so that in some places people walked on the ice above the standing corn.’ “Buchanan belongs to the Duke of Montrose, but for seven centuries it was the property of the Buchanans of that ilk, The direct line of the old family became extinct in 1682, when John Buchanan, the 22nd laird, died. The estate was then purchased by the third Marquis, who afterwards became the first Duke, of Montrose. “The policies are of considerable extent, about two and a-half miles in length by fully a mile in breadth, and are well wooded. Mr. Crosbie, the gardener, stated that, from the sheltered situa- tion, Buchanan is more moist than are other localities farther north, on the side of Loch Lomond, and the trees are thus more covered with lichens and moss. “Under this gentleman’s guidance the party visited the hot- houses, the flower and fruit gardens, and the policies. In the gardens they were shown the original plant of the Buchanan Fern (Athyrium Filia-feemina, var. Victorie, Moore). This fern was discovered by Mr. James Cosh in 1861 by the side of a wood on this estate, and was removed to the garden in 1863. Mr. Wn. Stewart states that it grows freely from spores, retaining perfectly its unique character, and is now in all the fern nurseries. “Between the gardens and the castle are a number of very fine conifers. Nowhere in our excursions have we seen any specimen of the Menzies Spruce Fir (Abies menziesii, Loudoun), at all approaching one here, which rises to a height of 81 feet, has a spread of 49 feet, and a girth of 9 feet 1 inch at 5 feet up. A fine Noble Silver Fir (Picea nobilis, Loudoun), also attains a height of 81 feet, with a girth of 7 feet 94 inches at 5 feet. A Wellingtonia (Sequoia gigantea, Lindley), has a height of 71 feet, and a girth of 9 feet 34 inches at 5 feet, 10 feet 9 256 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. inches at 3 feet, and 13 feet 7? inches at 1 foot, thus exceeding in height the one seen on the Spring Holiday at Dalquharran, Ayrshire, and nearly rivalling it in girth, A Cedar of Mount Atlas (Cedrus atiantica, Manetti), girths 4 feet 11 inches at 5 feet. To the west of the castle is a very fine Yew (Zaxus baccata, L.), a female tree. It has a girth of 11 feet 94 inches at 2 feet 9 inches on south side, a bole of 74 feet, and a spread in one direction of 58% feet and in another of 554 feet. But the most abundant conifer is the Douglas Spruce Fir (Abies douglasit, Lindl.), which forms quite a feature in the grounds. A planta- tion of 6 acres, planted about 1858, was pointed out. Two fine specimens near the old house were measured. One had a girth of 11 feet 8} inches at 5 feet. The other was even a more splendid tree, girthing 13 feet 2 inches at 5 feet, and attaining a height of 844 feet. . From inquiries which Mr. Crosbie has made, this grand tree appears to be about 72 years old. “In former times the Oak (Quercus robur, L.), would seem to have been a feature of the woodlands of Buchanan Parish, which extends from the Endrick up Loch Lomond to opposite Ben Voirlich, thence to near the head of Glengyle, and includes part of Loch Katrine, Loch Arklet, and Ben Lomond. The writer of the (Old) Statistical Account, 1792, says ‘Near the house of Buchanan there is an old Oak Wood, great additions have been made to which within these forty years past. The present Duke of Montrose is planting a great deal of different kinds of trees in the bottom of Buchanan. In the Island of Inchcailloch there is a large Oak Wood. From the Grampian Hills to the north end of the parish, along the side of the loch, is one continued wood, consisting of some Ashes, Alders, Hazels, but mostly Oaks.’ - In the New Statistical Account, drawn up February, 1838, and revised March, 1841, it is stated that ‘in the parish there are many Oaks from 10 to 13 feet in circumference. One near Buchanan House, at the height of 5 feet from the ground, is 14 feet in circumference, and contains 200 feet of timber. Another Oak is 18 feet in girth near the surface, but immediately branches out into five stems called ‘the Five Sisters of Buchanan.’ These trees are supposed to be 500 years old.’ . The former tree had grown from 14 feet, about 1840, to 16 feet 84 inches, in May, 1889, and to 17 feet 43 inches, in September, 1900. The rate of REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 257 increase in the two terms of years is almost identical, ‘67 of an inch yearly in the first, and ‘69 of an inch in the second. The bole is short, dividing into two large stems at 7 feet up, but the tree is a tall one, rising to a height of 87 feet. The ‘Five Sisters’ tree, which was 18 feet near the surface about 1840, was 19 feet 34 inches at 2 feet 4 inches from the ground in May, 1889, and 19 feet 6 inches at 2 feet 4 inches in September, 1900. The tree is decaying, and part of the stem has been broken off, otherwise the increase would have been greater than 2} inches in twelve seasons. Another Oak measured 13 feet 6 inches in girth at 4 feet, with a bole of 8 feet. “In the park west of the castle is a Spanish Chestnut (Castanea sativa, Mill.), girthing 18 feet 6 inches at 2 feet 6 inches. It divides at 8 feet from the ground into three large stems, and the bole is evidently breaking asunder into three. The trunk is covered with patches of lead. In May, 1889, the girth was 15 feet 9 inches at 2 feet 6 inches, and part of the apparent increase is evidently due to the trunk being forced asunder by the weight of the three divisions. Near the castle is a Spanish Chestnut planted by Charles Kean in 1865. It has a tapering bole of nearly 35 feet in length. In May, 1889, it had a girth at 2 feet 6 inches up of 2 feet 74 inches, now it is 5 feet 5} inches, an increase of 2 feet 9} inches in 12 seasons, or at the rate of fully 2} inches yearly. “A Birch (Betula verrucosa, Ehrh.), measured 7 feet 12 inches at 5 feet, with a bole of 12 feet. “In the policies are the ruins of Our Lady Chapel, or the Chapel of St. Mary of Buchanan, which, wrote the late Mr. J. Guthrie Smith, ‘are rapidly disappearing, being hid from view by shrubs and undergrowth. It was surrounded by a churchyard, and stands among very fine old trees, notably a magnificent Plane, a little to the north-west of the old house of Buchanan, not far from the present stable-yard. It lay east and west, and its site is still marked by stones, and still standing in the middle is what remains of a large stone font. There are several tomb- stones lying in and near the old church, but upon none of them is any inscription left.’ The present minister of the parish has, we were told, had the font and some of the tombstones removed to the church. We measured the Plane (Acer Pseudo-platanus, L.), 258 TRANSACTIONS. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. mentioned by Mr. Smith, and found it to girth 12 feet 7 inches at 7 feet 3 inches from the ground, with a good bole of 20 feet. The stem is curiously irregular, and a measurement at 5 feet would have given a much greater circumference. At an average of 1 foot from the ground it girths 18 feet 1 inch. Above 1 foot up it projects considerably on one side. * According to the Statistical Account, the Parish of Buchanan was formerly called Incheailloch, from the island of that name, where the church was until 1621, when a considerable part of the Parish of Luss, situated on the east side of Loch Lomond, was annexed to the Parish of Incheailloch. Luss, however, had some lands added to it that formerly belonged to Inchcailloch. The church in the island having become dilapidated, and the people not finding it convenient to cross, especially in stormy weather, worship was performed in this chapel, which was formerly a chapel of ease belonging to the Parish of Luss. From this chapel of Buchanan the whole united parish came by degrees to be called the Parish of Buchanan. “Mr. Anderson Fergusson found the following species of Coleoptera :—Oxypoda alternans, Grav.; Autalia impressa, Ol. ; Bolitobius trinotatus, Er.; Gyrophena pulchella, Heer., about twelve examples, all in decaying fungi. “The last-named proved to be new to Scotland.” Capzow, 27th April, 1901.—A party of about twenty, with Mr. James Murray as conductor, left Glasgow by the 2.21 p.m. train to Hamilton, and proceeded to Cadzow High Parks. On the way the maple trees at the entrance to Barncluith were noted to be in a healthy condition, Entering Cadzow, the whole party at first walked to the Old Castle, and thereafter dividing into companies, some went through the parks to get a better view of the famous white cattle, others, devoted rather to entomology, kept to the bed of the Avon, and a third party strolled down the glen. The weather was beautiful, and the excursion was much enjoyed. The following Diptera were collected by Mr. Alex. Ross: — Dixa maculata, Mg.; Dicranomyia chorea, Mg. ; Dactylolabis, sp. (?); Trichocera regelationis, L.; 7. hiemals, Deg.; Rhyphus fenestralis, Mg.; Scatophagus stercorarius, L. REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 259 The following trees were measured by Mr. Renwick and Mr. M‘Kay :— Sycamore at Barncluith gate—girth, 15 ft. 8? ins. at 4 ft. 8 ins., showing an increase in girth of 1# ins. in 3 years, or an average of ‘D8 in. yearly. Sycamore, at Chatelherault—girth, 13 ft. 9} ins. at 4 ft. 9 ins. ; bole, 8 ft. Oak, near Green Walk—girth, 21 ft. 9 ins. at 5 ft.; bole, 26 ft. This tree is decaying at the extremities of the branches, the increase in girth in three years is only half-an-inch. Oak, in High Parks—21 ft. 3 ins. at 3 ft. 6 ins. ; bole, 7 ft. Oak, at sheds in High Parks—girth, 15 ft. 53 ins. at 4 ft. 6 ins., showing an increase in girth of 2} ins. in three years, or an average of *75 in. yearly. Evergreen Holly Oak, at Chatelherault—girth, 3 ft, 3 ins. at 3 ft. 8 ins.; bole, 4 ft. CaSTLEMILK, RUTHERGLEN, 16th May, 1901.—Only six members joined in this evening excursion, the conductor being Mr. Thomas Boyle. The bedroom in the Castle, where it is reported that Mary Queen of Scots passed the night before the battle of Lang- side, was inspected, and thereafter the pond, garden, and green- houses were visited. CULZEAN CASTLE AND CRrOssSRAGUEL ABBEY, 23rd May, 1901 (Victoria Day).—This excursion, which was undertaken jointly with the Andersonian Naturalists’ Society, was attended by fifty-two, the conductor being Mr. Hugh Boyd Watt, who contributed the following report :— The route followed was from Maybole by road, and through the policies and gardens of Culzean, and back to Maybole by the Kirkoswald road. Cameras were much in evidence, and a large number of photo- graphs were taken. F 260 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The policies were entered at the Pennyglen Gate, and the shade of the trees afforded welcome cover from the hot sun of one of the warmest days of this very fine month of May. So far as was observed, there were no woodland trees of remarkable size, but there is a great variety of introduced trees, shrubs, and herbs. Mr. Dale, the forester, who acted as guide, said that he understood that the grounds had been planted about 120 years ago by a Mr. Robertson—about the same year (1777) as that in which the present castle was built. The trees are numerous and flourishing in spite of proximity to the sea. North of the castle, a thickly-wooded bank extends right down to the sandy sea-shore, the trees extending nearly to high-water mark. Throughout the policies there was a fine show of flourish on different species of trees. After visiting the beautiful flower garden and the castle ter- race, which commands a noble sea prospect, a descent was made to the shore at the base of the cliff on which the castle stands. Some time was spent here, and the well-known “Coves of Culzean,” which are old sea caves, were visited. Some of the party proceeded along the rough shore, but the majority pre- ferred to return to the grounds and woodlands. The picturesque pond, with its water-fowl, was also visited. Shrubs and flower- ing plants are being planted in considerable numbers on its banks at present. Either to assist in this work, or for some other object, the water had been partially drawn off, and the pond did not appear at its best. A short visit was paid to the gardens; and the Rhododendron, said to be the largest in the © country, and the great Fig tree were seen. Leaving the policies at Sunnyside, the bulk of the party proceeded to Crossraguel Abbey, but time only allowed a brief stay to be made here. The abbey is one of the most complete of the ruined ecclesiasti- cal buildings of Scotland, and seems to be carefully preserved. Maybole was reached again about 5 o’clock, and a welcome “ high tea” partaken of at the Commercial Hotel. The following specific observations were made :— Mammalia.—A herd of Fallow Deer (Cervus dama, L.) used to be kept in a park, but they now run wild in the Culzean woods and do so much damage to the trees that the deer are being shot down. There are also a considerable number of Roe Deer (Capreolus caprea, Gray) known to be in the policies. REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 261 Aves.—Chifichafis (Phylloscopus rufus, Bechs.) brought them- selves to notice at Culzean by calling frequently in the tree-tops. They were heard in some ten different places. The Wood Wren (P. sibilatriz, Bechs.) was also heard several times. Cross- raguel Abbey and the adjacent Baltersan Castle are great haunts of the Swift (Cypselus apus, L.), many dozens of which were fly- ing around. Mr. John Paterson called on the head gamekeeper, and saw in his collection stuffed locally-taken examples of the Rough-legged Buzzard (Archibuteo lagopus, Gmel.), a species not otherwise recorded for Ayrshire so far as is known; also a Hen Harrier (Circus cyaneus, L.) and Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus, Tunst.) This is how our grander birds of prey are accounted for! Insecta.—Mr. A. Ross collected the following Tipulidae, but reports that “ daddies ” were scarce, probably because no “ wild” ground was gone over :— . Limnobia nebeculosa, Mg. . Dicranomyia chorea, Mg. Rhipidia maculata, Mg. . Empeda nubila, Schum. . Molophilus appendiculatus, Staeg. . Rhypholophus nodulosus, Mcq. Amalopis immaculata, Mg. . T. vittata, Mg. . Tvpula oleracea, L. HIANT PR WD io) Some other Diptera were also collected which have not yet been identified. Phaenogamia et Filices.—Mr. J. R. Lee reports the following as the most noteworthy plants :— Cheiranthus Cheiri, L. On shore at Culzean ; also at Crossraguel. Chelidonium majus, L. At Crossraguel Abbey. Ligusticum scoticum, L. On shore at Culzean. Smyrnium olusatrum, L. Do. Asperula odorata, L. In Culzean Castle Grounds, Orchis mascula, L. Do. Neotiia Nidus-avis, Rich. Do. 262 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. * Ornithogalum umbellatum, L. In Culzean Castle Grounds. Scilla verna, Huds. On shore at Culzean. Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum, L. Do. A, marinum, L. Do. Scolopendrium vulgare, Sm. Do. Fungus.—The curious fungus Hirneola awricula-Judae, Berk., the Jew’s Ear, was gathered by Mr. John Paterson, on an old Elder tree. AIKENHEAD, CatTucart, 30th May, 1901.—Five members of the Society, with Mr. J. J. Robertson as conductor, joined this evening excursion, and were met at the gate of the policies by Mr. Boucher, the gardener, who led the party over the grounds. The Chestnut trees in front of the house were particularly admired, the new rockery was inspected, and the garden and greenhouses were visited. In some of the latter, the British Maidenhair Fern (Adiantum capzillus veneris, L.) was growing very luxuriantly, and propagating itself in every nook and crevice. GarscusE, 13th June, 1901—Only three members of the Society made up the excursion party on this evening. The wide extent of the estate, with its beautiful situation and exquisite views of the Kelvin, was much admired. There was an extra- ordinary wealth and variety of Rhododendrons, which specially attracted attention. CorzHouss, Lanark, 15th June, 1901—A party of about twenty visited Corehouse Estate and Corra Linn, on the Clyde, in pleasant weather. Interest was particularly taken in the introduced shrubs and trees. It was observed that, while in the various estates of the West of Scotland it is quite usual to come across individual examples of the Common Maple, Norway Maple, and Turkey Oak, at Corehouse the introduced species were not in solitary isolation amongst native trees, but occurred in such abundance and rich profusion as to give quite a charac- teristic appearance to the various avenues and shrubberies. * Evidently an introduction, but apparently now naturalised. REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS, 263 Creac-na-Camuicu, Kini, 22nd June, 1901.—A joint excur- sion of the Natural History and Geological Societies of Glas- gow was made to this locality under the leadership of Mr. Peter Macnair. The mountain is situated at the western end of Loch Tay, and rises to an elevation of 2,990 feet above sea level, immediately to the north of the village of Killin. It has long been famous in the annals of Scottish botany, being often men- tioned in Lightfoot’s Flora Scotica as most probably the locality where Stuart, the minister of Killin, first gathered the Alpine plants of Scotland. Geologically, it has also been known for a considerable period, a short account of its mineral wealth having been published in 1814 in the Z'ransactions of the Geological Society of London by that pioneer in Scottish geology, Maccul- loch. In this paper he refers to the occurrence of that com- paratively rare British mineral—rutile—among the schists capping the summit of this mountain, and from that period we always find it given in English text-books. On the party arriving at Loch Tay pier, the conductor first explained the geological structure seen at the base of the moun- tain. Fine sections were seen of the Loch Tay limestone and its accompanying altered basic rocks. The party also examined the old yew trees at Finlarig, whilst a number of interesting plants were noted amongst the thick undergrowth which covers this part of the Loch side. Ascending from the loch to the Kenmore Road, a number of interesting sections in the lime stone at Drum-na-Larig were noted. Mr. Macnair pointed out that at this point the limestones had been extremely folded, the axes of the folds hading towards the N.W., and the overtolding being consequently towards the S.E. The under limbs of the folds are distinctly thinned, and the whole evidence goes to show that the thrust has been from the N.W. After a slight refreshment, the actual ascent of the mountain began, the route being by the stream which enters the Lochay near the inn. At first the track leads across the limestones, the mountain stream having at this point cut a deep gorge in these rocks. The botany of this gorge has been well worked out by Mr. D. Haggard. Proceeding up the mountain side, a halt was made to examine some fine sections of the garnetiferous mica schists which overlie the Loch Tay limestone. At certain points the 264 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. garnets can be gathered in handfuls, weathered out of the schists, but still retaining their crystalline form. Further up the ridge, a series of banded hornblende schists were seen. These, the con- ductor explained, had at one time been injected into the clastic schists as sills of basic igneous material, and had subsequently undergone the same deforming operations as had affected the clastic rocks, On reaching the 2,000 feet contour line, an altogether different group of schists was seen to take the place of the garnetiferous schists observed in the lower ground. This apparently over- lying group of schists is of the nature of a true phyllite, being finely foliated, and the foliation planes themselves being often folded and crossed by later divisional planes. It is upon these schists that the Alpine plants have established themselves, and they are found growing luxuriantly all along the outcrop of the phyllites from Creag-na-Caillich eastwards towards Ben Lawers. [Regarding the probable influence that these rocks have had in the distribution of this Alpine flora of Scotland, see a paper by Mr Macnair published in the 7ransactions of the Perthshire Society of Natural Science.| The return journey was made by Meal Dhuin Croisg, where a somewhat extensive landslip has recently taken place. The cup-and-ring markings in Glen Lochay were also examined. During the day, a number of the well- known Alpine plants were gathered on the summit of Creag-na- Caillich. Catucart Nurseries, 5th July 1901.—The Society this even- ing visited the Nurseries of Messrs. Austin & M‘Aslan, at Cath- cart. The large collection of young coniferous trees attracted attention, many species and varieties of Alves, Pinus, Cupressus, Retinospora, &c., being cultivated. Not many shrubs were in bloom, but Hedysarum multijugum, Maxim, with its deep violet red flowers, as well as several varieties of Weigelia and Spirea attracted notice. At this time of the year, many thousands of Roses were being “ budded,” and the operation was performed and explained by one of the foremen. The fruit trees and glass-houses were thereafter inspected. The conductor was Mr. John Cairns, Jun. a PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 265 Proceedings of the Society. SESSION 1900-1901. 247TH SEPTEMBER, 1900. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. D. R. Somerville read a report of the Society’s excursion to Camis Eskan (see page 251). Mr. Wm. Stewart reported on an excursion to Douglas Support, and recorded having found twelve species of fungi (see page 253). Mr. Thos. Beath Henderson, M.D., 55 Bath Street, was elected an Ordinary Member. Mr. John Cairns, Jun., exhibited a fertile cone of Araucaria imbricata, Pav., from Buchanan Castle, Drymen. On behalf of Mr. R. D. O’Brien, Limerick, the President exhibited fresh specimens of Scirpus triqueter, L., a rare bulrush, new to the Irish flora, which Mr. O’Brien, in company with Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger, M.R.I.A., had discovered last month on the muddy banks of the Shannon, near Limerick. The peculiarities of the plant were referred to, and comparisons instituted between the lake and the sea Scirpus dried specimens of which were also shown. Mr. Johnstone Shearer exhibited a large and interesting collection of plants from Tor Bay, Devonshire. Mr. Wm. Stewart reported on the Conference at Boat of Garten, from the 17th to the 21st September, of the British Mycological and the Scottish Cryptogamic Societies. He recorded the discovery of Gyrodon sistotrema, Fr., a species new to the British flora. Heremarked that the special feature of the Rothiemurchus locality was the abundance and variety of the genera Hydnum and Cortinarius. Of the former, eleven species were found— four being rare, viz. H. imbricatum, L., H. fragile, Fr., H. compactum, Pers., and H. zonatum, Batsch. Of the latter, 25 species were identified, many of them unrecorded for the Clyde area, and several of them uncommon in the Rothiemurchus district, such as C’. cyanopus, Fr., C. multiformis, Fr., C. varius, 266 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Fr., and C. argentatus, Fr. Of the Polypori, 9 species were found, 2 being rare—P. schweinizii, Fr., and P. vallantii, Fr., and 2 uncommon—P. fragilis, Fr., and P. amorphus, Fr. A rare Yrametes—Ff. pini, Fr., was found on the same trees from which specimens were taken when the Cryptogamic Society visited the woods in 1890. Boletus furnished 14 species, Hygro- phorus, 13; Russula, 9; Lactarius, 11; among them Z. scrobi- culatus, Fr., a very rare yellow species, with abundant white milk, soon turning sulphur yellow when exposed to the air. Of the Agarics, TZricholoma supplied 20 species, including 7. equestris, L.; 7’. portentosus, Fr. ; 7’. pesswndatus, Fr. ; 7. acerbus, Bull.; 7. imbricatus, Fr.; 7. sulphwreus, Bull.; 7. vaccinus, Pers., and 7’. melalencus, Pers., uncommon here. Amongst the other rare fungi gathered were Strobilomyces strobilaceus, Berk., Sistotrema confluens, Pers., Nematelia encephala, Fr., Meruliu pallens, Berk., and Leotia circinans, Pers. On the way home by the Caledonian Canal, a large and fine specimen of Sparassis crispa, Fr., was gathered in a pine wood in Glen Urquhart. Mr. Stewart exhibited a large number of the fungi thus obtained. 50TH OcroBER, 1900. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. This being the 49th Annual General Meeting of the Society, the Hon. Secretary read the Report oF THE Councit (1899-1900). Meetings.—Hleven were held, at all of which business was transacted. The attendance was satisfactory, the large hall having on two occasions to be requisitioned. Eacursions.—A programme of excursions was drawn up for four whole day, eight afternoon, and three evening excursions, but some of the latter had to be abandoned owing to the inclemency of the weather. Three of the excursions were held jointly with the Geological Society, two with the Andersonian Naturalists’ Society, two with the Edinburgh Field Naturalists’ and Microscopical Society, and one with the Airdrie Natural History Society. In no case, however, was there a large attendance. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 267 Obituary.—During the Session, the deaths of five members were brought under the notice of the Society. British Association.—Mr. James F. Gemmill, M.A., M.D., represented the Society as its delegate at the meeting held at Bradford. Membership. — During the session twenty new Ordinary Members (one of whom was a Life Member) were added to the roll, and also five Corresponding Members. The number on the register is as follows :— Honorary Members, - - - 2 See |! Corresponding Members, - - : 2 41 Ordinary Members (Life), - - - 28 (Annual Subscriptions), - - 273 301 Total, - - - - 354 Associates.—The number on the roll stands at eighteen. Finance.—The Hon. Treasurer (Mr. John Renwick) submitted his Annual Statement of Accounts, duly audited. This was found to show a balance at the credit of the Ordinary Fund of £121 10s. 4}d., and of the Life Members’ Fund of £147. It was pointed out that from the Ordinary Fund there should have been deducted the cost of Transactions ‘for 1898-99 and 1899-1900, but this could not be done, as the printer’s account for the same had not been rendered when the books were audited. Lnbrary.—Mr. Mitchell, the Hon. Librarian, reported as follows :—‘ The interest of the members in the Library of the Society is being maintained. In addition to the large number of works consulted in the rooms, 300 volumes and journals have been issued to the members during the session, a number that is about equal to last year, which was the largest on record since the Library was formed. “During the month of March last Part III. of Vol. V. of the Society’s Z'’ransactions was issued to the members. This Part has also been sent to the various British Societies and Institutions with which we exchange publications. The usual number of exchanges have been received during the year. These now 268 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. include nearly all the Scottish Societies of importance which issue Transactions. Several volumes have been gifted to the Library from various members and friends, and to these we owe our thanks. “The usual number of additions, by purchase, have been made during the session. ‘During the summer months one of our Life Members presented to the Library sufficient funds to procure the reproduction of a book-plate for our books. The original of this was artistically drawn by one of our members, Mr. John Fleming. This has now been placed in most of our volumes. We owe our grateful thanks to both of these gentlemen for their kindness in so benefiting the Library. “The attention of members is again called to the stock of Foreign and Colonial Transactions housed in the Mitchell Library, which may be consulted or borrowed at any time during the open hours of the Library. Members are also reminded that books may be consulted or borrowed from our own Library, at any time during the day, on application to Mr. Martin, the Curator. The books in the Library are all in good condition. The Transactions and Magazines are all bound up to date.” Transactions.—The Hon. Editor (Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A.) reported that Part III. of Vol. V. (N.S.) of the Transactions, covering Session 1898-99, was issued to members in March. He also intimated that the Part dealing with Session 1899-1900 was now being dealt with. The Reports were all unanimously approved of and adopted. The following Office-Bearers were appointed to fill vacancies in the Council:—Mr. James F. Gemmill, M.A., M.D., as Vice- President ; Mr. Andrew A. Dalglish, F.E.8., Mr. John Fleming, Mr. John Paterson, and Mr. Robert Henderson, as Members of Council. Mr, William Leighton and Mr. James Jack were reappointed Auditors. The following were elected Ordinary Members of the Society :— Rev. William Trotter, M.A., Free Church Manse, Bannockburn ; Mr. W. J. Gibson, M.A., Nicolson Schoolhouse, Stornoway ; Mr. William W. Fullarton, M.D., Ballantrae; Mr. David Nimmo, Jun., 17 Duke Street, Hamilton; Mr. James Short, M.A., 40 Blantyre Street. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 269 Dr. J. F. Gemmill drew the attention of the meeting to the fact that their President had been unanimously appointed President of the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland for the meeting to be held in Glasgow in 1901, and suggested that the Society should convey to him their con- gratulations. This was heartily agreed to. Dr. Gemmill then read his report as the Society’s delegate to the British Association Meeting in Bradford. The following work was recommended to be undertaken by local societies. Section C (Geology)—Photo- graphs of erratic blocks and boulders; Section D (Zoology) —(a) Migration of birds, (b) Number of days in which birds hatch out, (c) Records of the captures of injured specimens of insects, chiefly Lepidoptera, showing attacks by birds or lizards ; Section H (Anthropology)—Photographs of prehistoric monuments, weapons, pottery, &c. Mr. James Whitton read a report of an excursion to Tollcross Park (referred to in Part II., page 163). A very interesting collection of trees and shrubs is there being accumulated for experimental purposes. Much satisfaction was expressed that a property so naturally interesting had fallen into the hands of the Corporation, and the hope will be echoed that the natural features will be retained and extended. Mr. Thos. Wilson, Ayr, exhibited the Larva and Pupa of Acherontia atropos, L., the Death’s Head Moth, from Lendalfoot, Ayrshire, which are seldom met with. Mr. Wilson showed also the Imago of Sphinx convolvuli, L., the Convolvulus Hawk-moth, from Ayr, and in addition, a very fine specimen of Pectolite from Lendalfoot. Dr. Jas. F. Gemmill showed a set of lantern slides from photographs and micro-photographs, illustrating the anatomy and external appearances of some young one-eyed trout, -in which the very rare and interesting phenomenon known as Cyclopia was present. 27TH November, 1900. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr, John Renwick reported on the Society’s excursion to Buchanan Castle, on 24th September (see page 254), 270 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Mr. David Bruce exhibited a stuffed specimen of an Albino Common Cormorant, Phalacrocorax carbo, L., shot on Loch Roag. He detailed a former hunt he had had for a specimen of this bird, in the course of which he observed that the wings were not used for propulsion when swimming, and when expanded serve only for purposes of balance. Mr. John Lindsay, M.A., M.B., C.M., showed specimens of Supernumerary Digits, to illustrate the 12th chapter of Darwin’s * Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication.” Of special interest was the foot of a Horse, which, by the presence of an extra toe, revealed reversion to the type of Hipparion, a long extinct ancestor of the Horse. With regard to the explanation generally of extra fingers and toes, Dr. Lindsay demurred to Dar- win’s suggestion that these were due to reversion to a lower type. On behalf of Mr. M‘Culloch, taxidermist, there was exhibited a Grey-hen from Islay, assuming the plumage of the Blackcock. The neck and shoulders of the bird were blue; the back several shades darker than is usual in the Grey-hen; the tail almost black ; under tail coverts white; and it had also white shoulder spots. Such birds are generally known to be barren, but the owner of this specimen believed it to be the same as one frequently observed at the same place with a young brood. Mr. Alex. Patience exhibited about twenty-four specimens of the Higher Crustacea from the Firth of Clyde, and a few other marine forms. In his remarks he dealt with the phenomenon known as commensalism, illustrated by the dwelling together of the Hermit-crab, Hupagurus prideauxi (Leach), with the Sea anemone, Adamsia palliata (Bohad.); and of the Hermit-crab, Eupagurus pubescens (Kr.), with the Sponge (Suberites suberea, Gray), and which receives as a boarder a small segmented worm, which acts the part of a scavenger. Mr. Patience also gave some notable instances of Parasitism, e.g., Sacculina carcini (Thomp.), on the abdomen of the Shore-Crab, Carcinws menas (Penn.) ; Chondracanthus lophii, Johnst., from the gill-pouches of the Angler-fish (Lophius piscatorius, L.); Lernea branchialis, L., from the gills of whiting; and the Isopods, Pseudione affinis, G. O. Sars, and Phryxus abdominalis (Kr.), the former from the gill chambers, and the latter from the abdominal cavity of the shrimp, Pandalus montagui, Leach. The phenomenon of “masking” PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 271 was illustrated by specimens of Jnachus dorsettensis (Penn.), and Hyas coarctatus, Leach, completely covered with algae. Other organisms exhibited were Stenorhynchus tenuirostris (Fabr.) ; S. rostratus, L.; Munida rugosa (Fabr.); Galathea squamifera, Leach; Porcellana platycheles (Penn.); Leander squilla, L. ; Crangon vulgaris (L.) ; Hippolyte pandaliformis, Portunus puber, L.; Hoalia cranchii, Leach; £. tuberosa, Penn.; £. tumifacta (Mont.) ; Pinnotheres pisum (L.) ; Eurynome aspera, Penn. Dr. Robert Brown read a paper entitled “‘ The Upper Engadine : Botanical Work amongst its Higher Peaks,” and exhibited many of the specimens he had collected there. He described the formation of the Engadine Valley, with its upper portion so greatly frequented by British tourists. The various peaks, the glaciers, the deep valleys, and the wonderful rock and cliff scenery were passed in review, with a brief account of those mountains whose summits he had reached. Near the top of Pizot, 10,660 feet, many examples of Lutrichiwm terglonense, Kern., were growing, a beautiful plant of the family Boraginaceae, which seems really a Myosotis. It is very woolly, the hairs having a silky appearance, and, seen growing in large broad cushions, with its intensely blue flowers open to the sun, it is indeedafair spectacle. Here also were found Gnaphaliumsupinum, L., and Phytewma pauciflorum, L. Near the base were many plants of Senecio nicanus, var. carexolicus Willd., rather a rare species, and purely alpine. Besides the common Gentiana bavarica, L., with its var. imbricata, Schleich, and Juncus jaeginus, L., with its bright crimson stamens projecting above its blackish head, was Arenaria biflora, L., a rather rare, and certainly very local high alpine species. Another mountain, Piz Padella, 9,460 feet, is noted for its varied flora. Here were found Lychnis flos jovis, L., Senecio abrotanifolius, L., with orange flowers and leaves of narrow linear segments; Ranunculus parnassifolius, L., a very rare and local plant; Gentiana acaulis, L, and Anemone alpina, L., in great abundance, and the striking flowers of Arnica montana, L. At the base of the over- hanging cliffs forming the summit were great colonies of Carex nigra, All., and C. atrata, L., intermixed with large flowering masses of Hedysarum obscurum, L., and Oxytropis montana, Dec., both very beautiful members of the Leguminose. There were 272 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. many species of Saxifrage, but the most striking was S. cesia, L., its blue-grey leaves beautifully recurved, firmly massed together, and practically covered with white and yellowish flowers. On descending to the green slopes, Dianthus superbus, var. grandt- florus, L., was seen in great profusion, from one to two feet in height, the large fringed flowers having almost a dazzling appearance in the sunshine. JBotrychiwm lunaria, Sw., was observed remarkably fine, and Serratula rhapontica, Dec., was very striking in its aspect. The latter, a rare plant, grows about 2 feet high, and the long flower stem is leafless for about a foot at the top. The flower is light purple. On the slope of a mountain near Pontresina, there were large plants of Semper- vivum tectorum, L., with light red, and 8S. wulfenr, Hoppe, with greenish-yellow flowers, and as the colours were in profusion and well mixed, the effect on the hillside was remarkable. 21st DecemBeER, 1900. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. ‘It was intimated that Dr. Robert Brown, Vice-President, had accepted the office of Senior Honorary Joint-Secretary, and that Mr. H. B. Watt had agreed to act as the Society’s representative on the Committee of Management of the Millport Marine Biological Station. The donors of further contributions to the fund for the purchase of a limelight lantern were thanked, and it was intimated that the fund had reached £22. Mr. Anderson Fergusson exhibited two species of Coleoptera, collected many years ago by Rev. J. E. Somerville, B.D., F.S.A.Scot., viz., Pterostichus lepidus, F., found at Tollcross, Lanarkshire (where Mr. Thos. G. Bishop also met with it 30 years ago), and Dytiscws lapponicus, Gyll., a large water beetle, taken in hill tarns in the Island of Mull, and in County Donegal. The former is a local species, distributed over the British Isles. D. lapponicus was discovered in Scotland in 1854 by Rev. H. Clark, who obtained specimens in Mull, where Mr. Somerville met with it between Loch Spelve and Loch Buy. It is a truly hyperborean species, and occurs in lakes in Norway and Sweden, and also in Northern Germany. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 273 The President exhibited dried specimens of Glaucium flavum, Crantz. (G. lutewm, Scop.), the Horned Poppy, from English, Trish, and Scottish coast localities, the Irish specimen having been lent for the occasion by Mr. Nathaniel Colgan, M.R.I.A., joint- editor with Dr. R. W. Scully, F.L.S., of the “‘ Cybele Hibernica.” This large and handsome yellow poppy was referred to as “a vanishing quantity” in Scotland, partly owing to the action of the thoughtless in rooting it up. When Hewett C. Watson issued the “ New Botanist’s Guide,” in 1837, the plant was still “plentiful on the shore at Helensburgh,” and “abundant in Arran.” From both of these quarters it has long since disappeared, and now only occurs, very sparingly, at two spots on islands in our estuary. The six species of Glawciwm known to science, including the British one, belong to the Mediterranean region. All occur in Syria and Palestine—one (G. aleppicum, Boiss.) being of a rich crimson, and all, excepting G. flavum, being inland plants. On behalf of Mr. Thos. G. Bishop and of Mr. John Henderson there were shown a number of specimens of the fruit of the Almond Tree (Amygdalus commumis, L.) grown in the open air at Helensburgh. Mr. Bishop’s trees, at Dalmore, 25 feet above the sea-level, have fruited for the first time this year. Mr. Henderson’s trees, at Towerville, about 75 feet above the sea, are older, and have fruited several times previously. On behalf of Dr. T. F. Gilmour there were exhibited fresh specimens of Potentilla fragariastrum, Ehrh., the Barren Straw- berry, found blossoming in abundance at Ardbeg, Islay, on 10th instant, quite two months before the usual time of flowering, and indicating the mildness of the season. The President made a statement with regard to the three prospective European Expeditions to the Antarctic Regions— viz., the British, German, and Scottish—and referred specially to the last named, which is to be under the leadership of Mr. William 8. Bruce, F.R.S.G.S. The results of the intended Scottish Expedition are likely to be of special interest to biologists, as deep-sea work, dredging at great depths, and tow netting are to be extensively engaged in. The meeting adopted a motion of sympathy with Mr. Bruce in his arduous work of obtaining the £35,000 required for a three years’ absence, and of which about £11,000 have now been subscribed. 274 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 297TH JANUARY, 1901. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. The President referred to the great loss sustained by the British Empire, and by the world, through the lamented death of our revered Sovereign, Queen Victoria. In fitting terms, he passed a eulogy on the late Queen’s deep interest in everything calculated to promote her people’s welfare, on her marvellous attention to the exacting duties of her exalted station, on the largeness of her heart for the distressed and the suffering, on the pathetic manner in which she bore her own great sorrows, and on her obedience to the dictates of highest Christian principle. He pointed out, as a reminder of the great length of Her late Majesty’s reign, that although the Society this year attained its Jubilee, Queen Victoria had already been fourteen years on the throne before the Society was instituted. He concluded by the expression of the hope that her son, King Edward, would have a reign equally glorious in every respect. Mr. J. R. Thomson, 6 Vinicombe Street, Hillhead, was elected an Ordinary Member. A mounted specimen of the Slavonian Grebe, Podicipes auritus, L., shot on Black Loch, Slamannan, was exhibited by Mr. James Jack, by favour of Mr. Reston, Mr. John Smith, Monkredding, Kilwinning, exhibited a specimen of a minute, white, worm-like animal, supposed by Mr. Thos. Scott, F.L.S., to be Mermis albicans. Mr. Smith procured it in the earth about 600 feet above sea-level. When taken out of the earth, it was pure white. Mr. Smith also showed some eggs of the Earth-worm. Mr. Smith made the following correction on a paper he had contributed to the Zransactions, on the ‘‘Conodonts from the Carboniferous Limestone of the West of Scotland.” He had therein stated that the dental apparatus of existing mollusca are silicious. This he believed to be the common opinion of PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 275 naturalists, founded on the fact that the radula of recent gastropods is not affected by acid, but Dr. G. J. Hinde (who described the specimens) had since informed him that it consists almost entirely of chitinous material, as ascertained by chemical investigation. On behalf of Mr. James Groves, F.L.S., Corresponding Member, the President exhibited Statice lychnidifolia, de Girard, a Sea Lavender, new to the Channel Islands, and not previously recorded from within the limits of the British flora. It was discovered in Alderney, in August last, by Mr. Cecil R. P. Andrew, M.A., First Principal of the new Government Training College, Perth, Western Australia. Mr. Somerville also exhibited examples of the four already known British species of the genus Statice, viz., S. limonium, L., and its var. pyramidalis, Syme ; S. rariflora, Drejer; S. auriculaefolia, Vahl., and its three sub- species (a) occidentalis (Lloyd) ; (b) intermedia, Syme; and (c) dodartii (de Girard); and S. reticulata, L. (=S. bellidifolia, Gonan). Mr. James C. Christie read a paper on “ Bird Life in Northern Norway.” It was illustrated with lantern views from specimens and from drawings by Thorolf Holmboe, artist-naturalist. 26TH Fepsruary, 1901. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. John George Wight, British Linen Company’s Bank, 110 Queen Street, was elected an Ordinary Member, and Miss M. M. Buchanan, 63 West Cumberland Street, was admitted as an Associate. Mr. R. 8. Wishart, M.A., exhibited the following specimens— Linaria minor, Desf., from Stepps ; Leontodon autumnalis, L., var. pratensis, Koch., from Robroyston; Buplewrum rotundi- folium, L., a casual, from Chryston. On behalf of Mr. D, Dewar, Mr. Christopher Sherry exhibited and read short notes descriptive of— (1) Aspleniwm ceterach, L., var. awrewm, Link., a plant found plentifully on the moist rocks of the lower regions of the islands of Teneriffe. G 276 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. (2) Aspleniwm obtusatum, Forst., var. difforme, a fern resembling the A. marinum of Britain, and found on the rocks of the south coast of Norfolk Island. (3) Aspidium (Polystichum) triangulum, Swartz, var. ilicifolium, a form with elongated fronds rooting at the points. (4) The fruit and leaves of the Shaddock, Citrus decumana, L. Mr. Wm. Stewart read a part of a paper entitled “Some Notes on the Ferns and Macrofungi of the Clyde Area,” in which he described the methods adopted in defining certain districts of the Clyde Area, with their distinctive species and varieties. He showed also a map in which the districts were defined by boundary lines. The President laid on the table a copy of the Revised List of the British Marine Mollusca and Brachiopoda, and read a paper prepared by Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., one of the Vice- Presidents of the Society. Mr. Knight explained how this new list came to be published. Fifteen years ago, there had been issued by Mr. Somerville, the President, a Handlist of the British Marine Mollusca and Brachiopoda, which embraced all the species and varieties mentioned in Jeffrey’s “ British Conchology,” as well as all others up to the date of publication (1886). But in the interval much more had been learned. To Mr. Knight had been entrusted the task of drawing up the list of the Marine Mollusca of the Clyde for the Handbook of the Fauna and Flora of Clydeside, in view of the coming of the British Association to Glasgow in 1901, and he naturally desired to use the best classification and nomenclature. After considerable negotiation, a Committee of the Conchological Society of Great Britain was appointed to draw up a new list. The committee consisted of Dr. George W. Chaster, M.R.C.S., Southport ; Mr. James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S., Manchester; Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., M.S8c., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E., Director of the Manchester Museum, Owens’ College; and Mr. Knight. They were assisted in their deliberations by suggestions from the following :—Mr. W. H. Dall, Smithsonian Institution, Washington ; Mr. J. T. Marshall, Torquay ; Mr. Richard B. Newton, F.G.S., London; Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.8., Keeper of the Conchological Department, Natural History Museum, South Kensington; Mr. Robert PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 277 Standen, Manchester; Mr. Ernest R. Sykes, B.A., Gray’s Inn, London ; Mr. Bernard B. Woodward, F.G.S., F. R.M.S., British Museum, London ; and the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, D.C.L., E.R.S., F.LS. Many knotty problems presented themselves for solution. I. Area.—This question was thoroughly discussed, and the final decision was to accept Canon Norman’s definition of the British Area, as laid down in his paper in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History (6), Vol. V., pp. 345, 454, (1890), but with the addition of the Channel Isles. The area embraces the Dogger Bank, but excludes the “Cold Area” between the Shetlands and the Faroes. The area being defined, the com- mittee were at liberty to include in their list all the mollusca obtained by different expeditions within the British limit, and of these the following are the more important :— (1) The “Lightning,” in 1868, under Drs. Carpenter and Wyville Thomson ; (2) The “ Porcupine,” in 1869, under the same scientists, with the addition of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys. Only the mollusca obtained by these expeditions within the defined British area could be used in the compilation of the list (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878-85) ; (3) The “ Knight-Errant,” in 1880, under Sir John Murray (Proc. Royal Soc. Edin., Vol. xi.) ; (4) The * Triton,” in 1882, under Sir John Murray (Proce. Zool. Soc., 1883) ; (5) The Royal Irish Academy’s Expedition in the “Lord Bandon,” in 1885-86 ; and in (6) The “ Flying Falcon,” in 1888 (Proc. R.I.A., 1886, 1898), (7) The “Flying Fox,” in 1889, under the Rev. W. Spots- wood Green (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. IV., 1889, p. 409). (8) H.M.S. “Research,” in 1889, by Mr. G. C. Bourne (Journal of the Marine Biological Assoc. of the United Kingdom, N.S., Vol. I., 1889-90, p. 306). II. Classification—The Committee found that while J effreys’ classification was admittedly very defective, there was no other scheme in the field at present which it would be advisable to 278 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. adopt in toto. They resolved, therefore, to make the anatomical system of Pelseneer their general basis, but in all groups to adopt the classification of individual workers who had specialized in their particular departments. The new classification thus established led to many transpositions of genera and species from the old standard of Jeffreys. III. Vomenclature.—All previous workers in the compilation of lists, and all writers on the Mollusca of Britain, had taken the 12th Edition of the Systema Nature of Linné (issued in 1767) as the terminus a quo of the binomial nomenclature. The Com- mittee felt bound to follow the recent trend of science, and to go back to the 10th Edition, which was published in 1758. Following the law of priority of nomenclature, they had to relinquish many time-honoured names, and to substitute titles which had claims to precedence. But wherever a change of this sort was necessary, the former familiar name had been enclosed within square brackets. IV. Insufficiently attested species.—The Committee felt bound to be somewhat’ severe towards many doubtful claimants for recognition, and in many cases a number of varietal names, apparently based on monstrous, stunted, aborted, or young specimens, had been omitted. Exotic migrants, and recent- looking post-tertiary shells had also to be carefully distinguished from the legitimate ones. The following is a comparison between Mr. Somerville’s List of 1886 and the new Revised List of the Conchological Society in 1901, showing the progress made during the intervening years :— The total number of Ete of mollusca in 1886 was 551, Bi : ae ... | Increase, The total number of species of ollnees in 1901 169. is 720, 3 oo iss te “ae The total number of read and varieties in 1886 was 957, sie a es Increase, The total number of species and ear in 1901 j 201. is 1,158, - ae si ace The total number of species of Brachiopoda in 1886 was 7, Fes ~ ... ( Increase, OD) The total rater “Of species of Brann in 4. 1901 is 9, ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 279 The total number of species and varieties of Brachiopoda in 1886 was 9, kts .. { Increase, The total number of species and varieties of Brachiopoda in 1901 was 12, Grand total of Mollusca and Eats cc ee and var.) in 1886, ... 966 Grand total of Mollusca and Brachiopoda (spec and var.) in 1901, ... 1,170 An increase of 210 over all. 26TH Marcu, 1901. Mr, Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. The Secretary reported that the President had been appointed to represent the Society at the Ninth Jubilee Celebrations of the University of Glasgow, to be held in June of the present year. Mr. Thos. Beath Henderson, M.D., exhibited a fresh specimen of Ophisawrus apus (Boul.), the Glass Snake, so called, but which is in reality a lizard closely resembling a snake, the fore limbs being entirely absent, while the hind limbs are extremely rudimentary. He also showed the head and rattle of Crotalus terrificus (Cope), the Rattlesnake, from Brazil, and vividly described the structure of the poison glands and fangs. Mr. Frank M‘Culloch brought forward for exhibition the following specimens :— (1) Acanthis linaria (L.), the Mealy Redpoll, from Barra. (2) Sylvia nisoria (Bech.), the Barred Warbler, from Barra. (3) Spatula clypeata (L.), the Shoveler, from Loch Lomond. (4) Laurus glaucus, O. Fabr., the Glaucous Gull, from Barra. Mr. John Paterson gave a careful description of these birds, with information on their habitats, and their frequency in different districts of this country. Mr. Paterson also read extracts from a Manuscript, written by the late Dr. John Grieve, dated 1847, and descriptive of the birds seen by him about that period in the North-eastern district of Glasgow. (See page 181.) 280 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 30TH Apriz, 1901. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.8., President, in the chair. The meeting was devoted to a lecture on “ Ants,” given by Mr. J. G. Goodchild, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of H.M. Geological Survey. The lecturer began with a general description of the anatomy of ants, and then in considerable detail gave a series of facts, verified by observation, illustrative of their social life and domestic habits. With the aid of a number of beautiful lantern slides, Mr. Good- child showed the origin and development of new ant communities under a queen, and described the many ways in which the activities of an ant colony are exercised, the various duties of the males, females, and neutrals or workers being all explained at length. He then touched on the subject of ant parasites and commensals ; on the attack made by Aphides on honey-secreting plants; and on how these attacked plants protect themselves against injury. The lecture was highly appreciated by a large audience, and the lecturer awarded a hearty vote of thanks. 28TH May, 1901. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. J. J. Robertson reported on the excursion to Cadzow, on 27th April (see page 258), and Mr. Thos. Boyle contributed a similar statement on that to Castlemilk, on 16th May (see page 259). It was intimated that the Council of the Society had voted a contribution of a guinea towards the maintenance of the Millport Marine Biological Station. On behalf of Mr. Andrew Gilchrist, there was exhibited a specimen of the alien leguminous plant, Z'rigonella foenum- grecum, L., the Fenugreek, found growing in 1898, as a ‘casual, at Doonfoot, Ayr, and identified by Mr. S. T. Dunn, B.A., F.L.8., of the Royal Gardens, Kew. The plant is interesting as having been known to, and cultivated by, the ancient Greeks, who grew it for spring forage, and for the properties of its seeds, which, according to Loudon, were “useful PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 281 in fomentations, and in dispersing tumours, &c.” It is native in Northern Italy, Persia, and Mesopotamia; doubtfully so further west. On behalf of Mr. W. J. Gibson, M.A., there was shown, from the neighbourhood of Stornoway, a luxuriant fresh specimen of Ajuga pyramidalis, L., the Pyramidal Bugle, a plant of the Labiate order, rare, though native in Britain. It occurs in Westmoreland, and very sparingly northwards through Argyle- shire, West Inverness, and the outer Hebrides, to Orkney ; also in County Clare and the Arran Isles. With this plant were shown by the President, for comparison, dried examples of the other two British species of Ajuga, viz., A. chamaepitys, Schreb., confined to the south coast of England, and A. reptans, L., the Bugle, common throughout our islands. Mr. Hugh Boyd Watt read a paper on “The Seals, Whales, and Dolphins of the Clyde Sea-area.” (See page 191.) Mr. Andrew Gilchrist contributed a paper “Note on the occurrence in Ayrshire of Z'’rigonella fanum-grecum, L.” A paper by Mr. James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, entitled ‘ Meteorological Notes and Remarks upon the Weather during the year 1900, with its general effects upon Vegetation,” was, after remarks from Mr. J. J. Robertson on its leading features, held as read. (See page 198.) 25TH June, 1901. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. H. B. Watt gave in a report of the excursion, on May 23rd, to Culzean Castle. (See page 259.) Mr. J. J. Robertson reported on the excursion to Aikenhead on May 30th. (See page 262.) The Society’s excursion to Garscube, on June 13th, was com- mented on (see page 262); and lastly, Mr. John Paterson referred to the excursion, on June 15th, to the Falls of Clyde and Corehouse (see page 262). Mr. Robert M. Hogg, B.A., Georgefield, Irvine, was elected an Ordinary Member. On the motion of the President, a vote of thanks was accorded to ex-Lord Provost Sir James Bell, Bart., a Life Member, for a 282 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. donation of £5 received from him to cover the cost of engraving and printing a book-plate for the Society’s library which had been designed by Mr. John Fleming. On behalf of Mr. Andrew Gilchrist, there was exhibited a fresh specimen of the ‘“ Coral-root” orchis, Corallorhiza innata, R. Br., from the Kilmarnock district, a leafless saprophyte, or feeder on dead organic matter, whose discovery in this locality re-establishes it as an Ayrshire plant, a circumstance which since 1874 had been doubted. The President read letters received from Professor Traill, F.R.S., and from Mr. Arthur Bennett, F.L.8., correspond- ing members of the Society, expressing much interest in the rediscovery of this plant in the south-west of Scotland. Mr. Anderson Fergusson read a paper entitled ‘‘ Additions to the list of Scottish Coleoptera” (see page 214), and exhibited at the same time some beautifully preserved specimens of some of those named, including Leistus spinibarbis, F.; Badister sodalis, Dutt. ; Bembidium affine, Steph.; Gyrophena pulchella, Heer.; and Tachyporus formosus, Matth. The President referred to his experiences as the representative of the Society at the Ninth Jubilee Celebrations at the University, and spoke in high terms of the completeness of the equipment of the new Botanical Laboratory, which was opened during that time with a striking and memorable oration from the veteran botanist, Sir Joseph Hooker, followed by an address from Lord Lister. 27TH Avaust, 1901. Mr. James F.Gemmill, M.A., M.D., Vice-President, in the chair. Mr. Peter Macnair contributed a report of the Society’s excursion to Killin on 22nd June (see page 263), and also exhibited the following Alpine plants, Salix lanata, L. ; Phlewm alpinum, L. ; Saxifraga nivalis, L.; S. cernua, L.; Gentiana nivalis, L. ; Trientalis europea, L.; Sausswrea alpina, D.C., mostly from Ben Lawers. A report on the excursion to Cathcart Nurseries by Mr. John Cairns was read by Mr. Renwick. (See page 264.) A specimen of the Long-Eared Bat, Plecotws awritus (L.), from Islay, was exhibited on behalf of Dr. T. F. Gilmour, who oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 283 remarked that Mr. Harvie-Brown seems not to have been able to obtain specimens of any bat from that island, though he states that they are “said to occur.” Dr. Gilmour had previously recorded the presence both of the Pipistrelle and Long-Eared Bat in the Annals of Scott. Nat. Hist., July, 1897, p. 191. The Pipistrelle is not uncommon in Islay, and has been secured in various parts of the island. The long-eared species is rarer, and Dr. Gilmour had only seen it twice, once in June, 1897, and now on this occasion, when a specimen had been brought to him by the gardener at Kildalton, who remarked that they were to be seen frequently. As the Gaelic names for the two species are not alike, the latter being called by a name signifying “ horned,” there is in this a proof that both have been known long enough to have acquired distinctive names. Colonel Harington-Stuart, of Torrance, East Kilbride, exhibited eleven different species of Parasitic Fungi from Natal. Among these were Aecidium ocimi, P. Henn.; A. royenae, Cke. ; A. ornamentale, Kalch.; Puccinia ipomea, Cke.; P. phyllocladia, Cke., on Asparagus falcatus, L.; Physalospora chienostoma ; Cephaleuros virescens, Kunz., on leaves of Ficus indica, L. ; Asternia mac-owaniana, Kalch., on Celastrus buaifolia, L. ; Uredo celastrine, Cke., on Salacia Kraussii, Harv. The Colonel also presented to the Society several books, forming part of a series, on “The Plants of South Africa,” and received the thanks of the meeting. A communication was read from the President, Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., on the cases of poisoning which had recently taken place on the Island of Cumbrae, several lads having received poison from eating the berries of an unknown plant by the wayside. The plant, the President had discovered, was Oenanthe crocata, L., the Hemlock Water Dropwort. The Chairman read extracts from a paper contributed by Mr. F. G. Pearcey, Naturalist on the s.s. “Garland,” of the Fishery Board for Scotland, on the “Firth of Forth Deposits.” (See page 217.) 284 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. "s.Lopupn | ‘NOLHOIGT “TWA ‘TOVE SHNVE (peusig) *yoo1109 Tey Puy pue ‘sorqlimoeg puv sioyono A SATZe]ed ATM oures porvduroo ‘syuNODDW aAoqe poyIpur savy 9 \\—"TOGI “290790 Y2LT ‘MODSVTY) 0 0 LIF 0 0 LF 0 0 OOLF ‘ou - - - - - - “quao rod $ 4B UBOT UD Inoqayq ‘{Jo1O0g JUIMIYSAAUT puB Surpling yuouvur -19q WIapoT PY, JO sainquoqag “yueo sod £¢ ur paysaauy puny staqmayy asrT "9079 ABMTIBY podjUBIBNYH jo AITIMIIG UO EL ¢ 980% T nda ro oo Cone FL OST I 89 61 8I ST 6 6F Aristo na IT FI S01 I FL @9 ‘pueys.tormsvory, ur pue ‘yurgq ssurarg AAINIaG [VUOT}e NY UT ‘pung Areurpig ‘eourpeg 0 0 OFF, ‘SF @ uroy uo ‘puny Areurpag Seourypeg 0 0 LIF ee ae Oe uo ‘puny Sdeqmoeyy ery ‘oourleq - toryeyg TwoISoporg yaod][rp 09 woryeuog 8 OL a fa “PO "83 GF ‘TOGI-O06I * PG ‘SFI SF 0061," 6681 — Surpurg “or ‘rau01yRyg ‘edv4sog > - ‘goueinsuy ‘aye “yoo “pure ‘syooq MaN—Aavaqry - - - ‘sosuodxg uslequeT pure aanqoa'yT - - - - ‘suoromsup.], uo aseruey ‘66ST: QG8I ‘suoulnsun.7 SUIQUIIT 5 “SCT C1F ‘TLO6L-0061 : 9 | “ai, oF ‘006T-G6SI—SIvTMomIg Suryurag mi one ‘OR ‘Krau014r4g ‘oneqsog 4 aon | 2 ' = = > ‘sourpucyyy pur quoy Aq “Ig “Sny—"L06T ee ce ee “ce ce “ce “e “W19}UL'T JO PUB ‘TOGT-006T 1OF PUB ‘ONGT-GEST 10} $02,90SUDLT, JO 4SOD payonpap Oq OF [[VJ ‘PL ‘SFL GOLF JO oouvlvg woiq ET wmoooemroso na s G 986F Ae i, - ‘u1eqyuery Jo osetoand spreMoy4 ss bs Zz - - - ‘puny pepe D ea 04 ff oz nit 2 - - : - - ‘Arvaiqiy 07 suoreuog ** OL T 2 = » = ‘pies a).) ‘suotoneunt 7 ee 81 9 = 2 3 S - - ‘qsoxequy ** cT 0 5 = = 2 ‘gavel ss Gi c ¢ : = i ® ‘suondtiosqng seyemossy eT ‘* z OL - - ‘grvolry Ssioqmopy 9% “* SL LL “pg "SJ, © ‘saondrosqng [enuiry siequleyy L0G OL Ig Sny—TO6T OLSOS Sessa fer AO ie let fp OLIS- ‘puey §,1aInsvad], wad payer) “qweg ur “oq 0 0 OFF ‘weOT TO ‘puny Areutpio 0 0 LFF ‘pung Stoqumoeyy of1[—eourleg oy, “L “ydos—"006T FOC RAG Ob NOISSHS-IJTNQODOF HO INAWALYLS LOVULSIP bo io 4) or Natural Gistory Society of Glasgow. SESSION LI.—1901-1902. OFFICE-BEARERS. President. ALEX. SOMERVILLE, B.Sc, F.LS., 4 Bute Mansions, Hillhead. Vice-Presidents. ROBERT BROWN, M.D., 1 Leslie Road, Pollokshields. JAMES F. GEMMILL, M.A., M.D., 3 Albion Terrace, Hillhead. JOHN PATERSON, 82 Cumming Drive, Mount Florida. Hon. Secretaries. JOHN JAS. ROBERTSON, 9 Queen Mary Avenue. ROBERT BROWN, M.D., 1 Leslie Road, Pollokshields. Fion. Treasurer. JOHN RENWICK, 49 Jamaica Street. Hon. Librarian. JAMES MITCHELL, 222 Darnley Street, Pollokshields. Hon. Editor of Transactions. Rey. G. A. FRANK KNIGHT, M.A., F.R.S.E., St. Andrew’s Manse, Auchterarder. Members of Council. Joun Carrns, Jr. Ropert HENDERSON. Rost. Kinstox, F.R.S.L.&E., F.G.S. Joy R. Lee. JounstoneE Macriz, M.D. Perer Ewine, F.LS. WILLIAM STEWART. WILLIAM LEIGHTON. A. A. DaueusH, F.E.S. JOHN RoBERTSON. JOHN FLEMING. JAMES WHITTON. Auditors. JAMES JACK and JOSEPH SOMMERVILLE. 1887. 1887. 1888. 1890. 1895. 1901. 1901. 1901. 1901. 1901. 1901. 1901. LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE LIST OF MEMBERS. HONORARY. William Ferguson of Kinmundy, LL.D., F.L.S8., F.G.8., F.S.A.Scot., Kinmundy, near Mintlaw, Aberdeenshire. Professor Gustav Mayr, Haupt Strasse 75, Vienna. Rev. John Stevenson, LL.D., F.R.S.E., The Manse, Glamis, Forfarshire. James Murie, M.D., LL.D., F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.8., Canvey Cottage, Leigh, Essex. David Sharp, M.B., C.M., Hon. MA, F.BS., F.LS., F.Z.8., F.E.S., Hawthorndene, Hills Road, Cambridge. Robert M‘Lachlan, F.R.S., F.LS., F.ZS., F.R.ELS., F.E.S., West View, Clarendon Road, Lewisham, London, S.E. Sir John Murray, K.C.B., LL.D., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.B.S., E.R.S.E., F.LS., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., F.S.A.Scot., Chal- lenger Lodge, Wardie, Edinburgh. William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., F.G.8., 14 Vermont Road, Norwood, London, §.E. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, M.D., R.N., G.C.S.1L, CB, D.C.L., LLD., FB.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., FUB.GS,, ‘ete; The Camp, Sunningdale, Berks. Rev. Canon A, M. Norman, M.A.,{D.C.L, F.R.S., F.LS., The Red House, Berkhamstead, Herts. M. C. Cooke, M.A., LL.D., A.L.S. Professor John G. M‘Kendrick, M.D., F.R.C.P.E., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., The University, Glasgow. Samuel Chisholm, LL.D., The Hon the Lord Provost of Glasgow, 20 Belhaven Terrace. Professor John Cleland, M.D., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., The University, Glasgow. Professor J. W. H. Trail, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.LS., The University of Aberdeen. J. A. Harvie-Brown, F.R.S.E., F.Z.8., M,B.0.U., Duni- pace House, Larbert. Mrs. David Robertson, Fernbank, Millport. Mrs. Robert Gray, 59 George Street, Edinburgh. Andrew Carnegie, LL.D., Skibo Castle, Sutherlandshire. 1866. 1868. 1869. 1869. 1869. 1869. 1871. 1873. 1877. 1879. 1879. 1884. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1887. 1887. 1887. 1888. 1888. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 287 CORRESPONDING. The Earl of Haddington, F.S.A.Scot., Tyninghame, Prestonkirk. Rev. Paton J. Gloag, D.D., 28 Regent Terrace, Edinburgh. George Stewardson Brady, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Mowbray Villa, Sunderland. Rey. James Keith, LL.D., The Manse, Forres. Col. H. W. Feilden, R.A., C.M.Z.S., West House, Wells, Norfolk. Rey. John Fergusson, LL.D., The Manse, Fern, Brechin. Peter Cameron, F.E.S., Union Road, New Miils, Derby- shire. Sir George Hector Leith-Buchanan, Bart., Ross Priory, Dumbartonshire. Robert Etheridge, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., Geological Department, British Museum (Natural History), Crom- well Road, London, 8. W. John Smith, Monkredding, Kilwinning. Thomas Scott, F.L.8., F.R.Ph.S.E., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, 3 Menzies Road, Torry, Aberdeen. W. Anderson Smith. J. T. Cunningham, B.A., Lecturer on Fishery Subjects, Penzance. John Rattray, M.A., B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Dunkeld. John R. Henderson, M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, The Christian College, Madras, Frederick G. Pearcey, 43 Balcarres Street, Morningside, Edinburgh. James M‘Andrew, 21 Gillespie Crescent, Edinburgh. Arthur Bennett, F.L.S., 143 High Street, Croydon, Surrey. D’Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Pro- fessor of Natural History in University College, Dundee. Rev. David Landsborough, LL.D., Kilmarnock. William Abbott Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.LS., Professor of Natural History in University College, Liverpool. Rev. Hugh Macmillan, D.D., LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.S.A.Scot., 70 Union Street, Greenock. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1888. 1889. 1891. 1895. 1895. 1895. 1895. 1896. 1900. 1900. 1900. 1900. 1900. LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8. W. James W. H. Trail, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.LS., Professor of Botany in the University of Aberdeen. William Carmichael M‘Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., L.R.C.S.E., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews. George R. M. Murray, F.R.S., F.RS.E, F.LS., Keeper of the Botanical Collection, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 8.W. Edward Morell Holmes, F.LS., F.R.H.S., Ruthven, Sevenoaks, Kent. William Phillips, F.L.S., Canonbury, Shrewsbury. Sir Thomas D. Gibson-Carmichael, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S., Castlecraig, Dolphinton, James Edmund Harting, F.LS8., F.Z.8., M.B.0.U., Librarian and Assistant Secretary of the Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W. R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.LS., Professor of Botany in University College, Liverpool. Robert Broom, M.D., B.Sc., South Africa. John T. Marshall, M.C.S., Sevenoaks, Torquay. Frederick J. Hanbury, F.L8., F.ES., 37 Lombard Street, London, EC. Edward E. Prince, B.A., F.L.S., 206 O’Connor Street, Ottawa, Canada. Robert H. Read,7 South Parade, Bedford Park, London, W. James Groves, F.L.S., 58 Jeffrey’s Road, Clapham Rise, London, 8.W. William P. Hiern, M.A., F.L.S., Castle House, Barn- staple, Devonshire. Rev. Edward F. Linton, M.A., Crymlyn, Bournemouth. Rev. Edward S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S8., Lavington Rectory, Petworth, Sussex. Robert Lloyd Praeger, B.A., B.E., M.R.I.A., National Library of Ireland, Dublin. 1900 1884. 1895. 1863. 1882. 1893. 1888. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 289 ORDINARY. * Life Members. . *Allan, Claud A., 121 St. Vincent Street. 1883. 1896. 1880. 1888. 1887. Arbuckle, Andrew, 4 Farme Loan Road, Rutherglen. Arthur, E., 11 Battlefield Gardens, Langside. Bain, Andrew, 17 Athole Gardens. Baird, J. G. A., M.P., 168 West George Street. Balfour, D. D., Sheriff-Substitute of Lanarkshire, 6 High Windsor Terrace, Kelvinside. Ballantine, Matthew, 101 Buchanan Street. Ballantyne, J., Corporation Gasworks, Hamilton. Balloch, Robert, 17 Robertson Street. Baxter, William R., 64 Great George Street, Hillhead. Beard, Miss M. 8. M., 14 Ruthven Street, Hillhead. Beith, Gilbert, 15 Belhaven Terrace, Kelvinside. 1893. *Bell, Sir James, of Montgreenan, Bart., 7 Marlborough 1869. 1896. 1883. 1879. 1900. 1888. 1885. 1896. 1882. 1879. 1895. 1895. 1894. 1900. 1899. 1901. 1901. Terrace. Bennett, Robert J., 50 Gordon Street. Bennett, William, Struan Cottage, Airdrie. Bishop, Thomas G., Dalmore, Helensburgh. Black, Malcolm, M.B., C.M., 5 Canning Place. Blackie, Walter W., B.Sc., 17 Stanhope Street. Borland, John, Navara, London Road, Kilmarnock. Bower, Frederick O., M.A., D.Sc. F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Regius Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow, 1 St. John’s Terrace, Hillhead. Bowie, William, 188 Comelypark Street. Boyd, D. A., Seamill, West Kilbride. Boyle, Thomas, care of D. Bell, 339 London Road. Briggs, Arthur, Royal Bank, Springburn. Brown, Hugh, 9 Clairmont Gardens. Brown, Robert, M.D., 1 Leslie Road, Pollokshields. Bruce, David, 18 Carrington Street, Bryce, Thos. H., M.B., C.M., F.R.S.E., Queen Margaret College, University of Glasgow. Buchanan, Keith, Fairholm, Giffnock. Buchanan, Robt. M., Fairholm, Giffnock. LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE « *Buckley, T. E. BA, F.Z.8., M.B.0.U., Castlehill, Castleton, by Thurso. Burnett, George, 65 Camperdown Road, Scotstoun. Butler, George, 189 Pitt Street. Cadell, George Allan, C.A., 116 St. Vincent Street. Cairns, John, jun., 151 Renfrew Street. Campbell, James, 85 Gibson Street, Hillhead. Campbell, J. M., F.Z.S., F.R.S.G.S., 5 Franklin Terrace. Campbell, Thos. S., 85 Gibson Street, Hillhead. Campbell, William, 1 Seafield Cottages, Jordanhill. Clavering, John M., 32 Lynedoch Street. . *Coates, Henry, F.R.8.E., Pitcullen House, Perth. Colquhoun, Sir James, of Luss and Colquhoun, Bart., Dunclutha, Ore, Hastings. Cooke, T. Alexandre, 10 Grafton Square. Coulson, Frank, Finnartmore, Kilmun, . *Craig, William, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., F.R.S.E., 71 Bruntsfield Place, Edinburgh. Crichton, Mrs. George, 8 Montgomerie Crescent, Kelvin- side. . *Cuthbertson, Sir John Neilson, LL.D., 25 Blythswood Square. Cuthbertson, Michael, F.R.H.S., Sunnypark Nurseries, Rothesay. . *Dalgleish, John J., F.S.A.Scot., M.B.0.U., Brankston Grange, Bogside Station, Stirling. Dalglish, Andrew Adie, F.E.S8., 21 Prince’s Street, Pollok- shields. Dalziel, Prof. T. Kennedy, M.B., C.M., F.F.P.8.G., 196 Bath Street. Dixon, Walter, 59 Bath Street. Dobie, W, A., Clarendon Place, Stirling, Donnelly, W. A., Milton of Colquhoun, Bowling. Dove, Hector, B.Sc., 33 Afton Street, Langside. Drew, Alexander, Holm Lodge, near Burnley, Lancashire, Duncan, Robert, Whitefield, Govan. Duncanson, David B., 149 North Street. Dunlop, Robert, Orepuki, Southland, New Zealand. Kadie, Charles, Municipal Buildings, George Square. 1891. 1896. 1888, 1879. 1895. 1878. 1883. 1896. 1872. 1897. 1887 1900. 1895. 1899. 1895. 1898. 1900. 1888. 1900. 1896, 1885. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 291 Edgar, Samuel C. B., 7 Ibrox Place, Ibrox. Elliot, Professor G. F. Scott, M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., Ainslee, Scotstounhill. Ewart, J. Cossar, M.D., F.R.CS.E., F.RS., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Regius Professor of Natural History in the University of Edinburgh. Ewing, Peter, F.L.S., The Frond, Uddingston. Ewing, Mrs. E. R., The Frond, Uddingston. Fergus, Freeland, M.D., F.F.P.S.G., 22 Blythswood Square. Fergus, Oswald, D.D.S., L.D.S., 12 Clairmont Gardens. Fergusson, Anderson, c/o Neilson, 155 North Street. Fleming, John, 15 York Street. Forsyth, James, 21 Castle Street. . *Fowler, John, 5 Derby Street, Sandyford. 1897. Frew, Alexander, M.B., C.M., 12 St. James’ Terrace, Hillhead. Fullarton, Wm. W., M.D., Ballantrae. Gardner, Daniel R., 4 Montague Terrace, Kelvinside. Garry, Robert, 9 Overdale Avenue, Battlefield Road, Langside. Gemmell, Mathew, 160 Bath Street. Gemmill, James F., M.A., M.D., 3 Albion Terrace, Byres Road, Hillhead. Gemmill, J. Leiper, Parklea, Dumbreck. Gentles, Thomas, 338 Sauchiehall Street. Gibson, W. J., M.A., Nicolson Schoolhouse, Stornoway. Gilchrist, Andrew, Darvel. Gill, Robert, 63 West Regent Street. 1885. *Gilmour, Thomas F., L.R.C.P.Ed., Port Ellen, Islay. 1895. 1881. 1898. 1892. 1900. 1899. 1889. 1899. Goldie, James, 52 St. Enoch Square. Goodwin, William, 3 Lynedoch Street. Graham, Mark Thomas, 14 Lorne Terrace, Maryhill. Grant, Frank L., M.A., 58 Kelvingrove Street. Grant, James, Molendinar Cottage, Cathedral Square. Gray, Alexander, Marine Biological Station, Millport. Grierson, Robert, 102 Bath Street. Gwynne-Vaughan, D. T., M.A, 16 Lawrence Street, Hillhead. H LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Harington-Stuart, Col. R. E. §., Torrance, East Kilbride. Henderson, Miss C., 17 Belhaven Terrace, Kelvinside. Henderson, John, Towerville, Helensburgh. Henderson, Miss M., 17 Belhaven Terrace, Kelvinside. Henderson, Robert, 12 Armadale Street, Dennistoun. Henderson, Thomas Beath, M.D., 55 Bath Street. Herriot, George, 1 Prince’s Street, Pollokshields. Higgins, William, Douglas Place, Bearsden. Hill, Alexander, 3028 St. Vincent Street. Hindle, Stephen, 12 Sutherland Avenue, Maxwell Park. Hogg, Charles, 44 West George Street. Hogg, R. M., Georgetield, Irvine. Houston, Robert S., Eversdale, Hawkhead Road, Paisley. Hunt, John, Fingarry, Milton of Campsie. Hunter, James, Braehead House, Catheart. Hunter, J. Bruce, 103 St. Vincent Street. Inverclyde, The Right Hon. Lord, Castle Wemyss, Wemyss Bay. Jack, James, 24 Chapelside Place, Airdrie. Jack, James, National Bank, 47 St. Vincent Street. Jamieson, Andrew, Hopetoun, Bearsden. Johnston, James G., Crag Lodge, Carmunnock. Kelvin, The Right Hon. Lord, G.C.V.O., LL.D., D.C.L., D.Sc, F.R.S., P.R.S.E., Netherhall, Largs. Kidston, Adrian M. M. G., Clydesdale Bank House, Helensburgh. Kidston, Miss A. C. A. M., 24 Victoria Place, Stirling. Kidston, Robert, F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.8., 12 Clarendon Place, Stirling. King, Sir James, of Campsie and Carstairs, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.S.A.Scot., 115 Wellington Street. Kirk, Charles, 156 Sauchiehall Street. Knight, Rev. G. A. Frank, M.A., F.R.S.E., St. Andrew’s Manse, Auchterarder. Hon. Epitor or TRANSACTIONS. Lang, Robert, Quarry Park, Johnstone. Lang, William, F.C.S., 73 Queen Street. Lang, Wm. H., M.B., C.M., B.Sc., 10 Jedburgh Gardens, Kelvinside, N. Laurie, Malcolm, B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., Professor of Zoology, St. Mungo’s College, Castle Street. | Ye 1896. 1896... 1879. 1961. 1899. 1898. 1888. 1888. 1887. 1897. 1895. 1888. 1879. 1884. 1897. . *Mackinnon, Duncan, 23 Great Winchester Street, London, 1887 1889 1901. 1893. 1888. 1895. 1889. 1884. 1889. 1900. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 293 Lee, John R., 111 John Knox Street. Leighton, William, 120 Hope Street. Ligat, David, Hillside, Barrhead. Lindsay, James H., M.A., 37 Westbourne Gardens, Kelvinside. Lindsay, John, M.A., M.B., C.M., 44 Grant Street. Lockie, James, 25 Iona Place, Mount Florida. MacBrayne, David, Cardross Park, Dumbartonshire. M‘Crae, John, 7 Kirklee Gardens, Kelvinside. M‘Culloch, Henry, 166 Sauchiehall Street. M‘Donald, M. H., 58 Durward Avenue, Shawlands. Macfie, Johnstone, M.D., Langhouse, Inverkip. M‘Ilwrick, William J., 98 High Street, Paisley. M‘Kay, Richard, 41 M‘Aslin Street. MacKenzie, Duncan, 12 James Watt Street. Mackie, John, Crofthead, Neilston. E.C. . *Mackinnon, Peter, Ronachan, Clachan, Argyllshire. 1901. 1885. 1895. 1897. 1879. 1898. 1900. 1886. 1895. Maclachlan, Mrs. D., 5 Grosvenor Place, Kelvinside. M‘Laren, Duncan, 27 Jamaica Street. M‘Laren, J. D., M.D., 1 Newton Place. Maclaren, Norman H. W., 5 Belhaven Terrace. Maclay, William, Thornwood, Langside. MacLean, Alex. Scott, M.I.M.E., Bank Street, Greenock. M‘Lean, Robert, M.A., 289 New City Road. Maconechy, Robert, Regent Park, Prestwick. Macvicar, Symers M., Invermoidart, Acharacle, Argyll- shire. Marshall, John A. F., 5 West Regent Street. Martin, Francis, F.8.A.Scot., 207 Bath Street. Marwick, Sir James David, LL.D., F.R.S.E., F.S.A.Scot., 19 Woodside Terrace. Mirrlees, J. B., Redlands, Kelvinside. Mitchell, James, 222 Darnley Street, Pollokshields, Hon. LIBRARIAN. Moore, James Thomas, M.D., 144 Bath Street, Morton, Robert M., Braidwood, Carluke. Motherwell, A, B., Rosemount, Airdrie. LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Muir, Sir John, of Deanston, Bart., 6 Park Gardens. Murdoch, George, B.A., B.Sc., 6 Ruthven Street, Kelvin- side. Napier, Alex., M.D., F.F.P.S.G., 15 Queen Mary Avenue, Crosshill. . *Neilson, John A. Nimmo, David, jun., 17 Duke Street, Hamilton. Orr, John, 12 Newhall Terrace. *Overtoun, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.G.S., 7 West George Street. Pairman, Thomas, 54 Gordon Street. Paterson, John, 82 Cumming Drive, Mount Florida. VICE-PRESIDENT. Paterson, John, L.R.C.P. &S.,Ed., 27 Berkeley Terrace. Patience, A., c/o Metcalfe & Sons, 140 London Street. Paton, James, F.L.S., Corporation Galleries, 270 Sauchie- hall Street. Paxton, George, Richardland House, Kilmarnock. Pearson, David, 9 Roxburgh Street, Kelvinside *Pollock, Charles Frederick, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., F.R.S.E., 1 Buckingham .Terrace, Hillhead. Pollok, Robert, M, B., C.M., F.F.P.S.G., Laurieston House, Pollokshields, Pulsford, Chas. A., 41 Ashton Terrace, Hillhead. Purves, Captain Wm, 66 St. Vincent Crescent. Rankin, James, M.B., C.M., B.Sc., Zoological Laboratory, The University. Reoch, James Watson, 22 Montgomerie Street, Kelvin- side, N. Reid, Nicholas G., Holly Bank, Partiek. Renwick, John, 49 Jamaica Street. Hon. TREASURER. Riddell, Andrew, 172 Saracen Street. Robbie, Sophia B., c/o Mrs. Towers, 52 Albert Drive, Crosshill. Robertson, C. G., Ravenscroft, Bearsden. Robertson, James, 108 West Nile Street. Robertson, John, Eastwood, Thornliebank. Robertson, John, Endcliffe, Langside. Robertson, J. J., 9 Queen Mary Avenue 1898. 1894. 1895. 1897. 1896. 1899. 1901. 1888. 1880. 1888. 1897. 1886. 1899. 1897. 1879. 1900. 1884. 1895. 1895. 1881. 1895. 1866. 1876. 1889. 1895. 1899. 1879. 1888. 1895. 1896. 1900. 1888. 1889. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 295 Robertson, Thos. W., 5 Whitehill Gardens, Dennistoun. Ross, Alex., 2 Kennyhill Gardens, Claremont Drive, Dennistoun. Ross, Richard G., Ravensleigh, Dowanhill Gardens. *Rottenburg, Paul, LL.D., Holmhurst, Dowanhill Gardens. Rough, John, 105 Buccleuch Street. Roxburgh, John A., 15 Lynedoch Crescent. Russell, D. M., 73 Abbotsford Place. Russell, George, The Gardens, Redlands, Kelvinside. Scott, John, 247 Sauchiehall Street. Service, Thomas, 79 Morrison Street. Sharp, Andrew, jun., 9 Clarence Drive, Kelvinside. Shearer, Johnston, 6 Camphill Drive, Crosshill. Shepherd, Arthur, U.F.C. Manse, Cambuslang. Sheriff, Robert, 75 Buchanan Street. Sherry, Christopher, Botanic Gardens. Short, James, M.A., 7 Craigmore Terrace, Partick. Skirving, Alexander, I.A., 121 West Regent Street. Smith, J. Parker, M.P., Jordanhill, Partick. *Smith, W. Macadam, A bbotsfield, Wiveliscombe, Somerset. *Somerville, Alex., B.Sc., F.L.8.,4 Bute Mansions, Hillhead. PRESIDENT. Somerville, David R., 13 Windsor Terrace. *Somerville, Rev. James E., B.D., F.S.A.Scot., Mentone, France, and Castellar, Crieff. > Sommerville, Joseph, 40 Montgomerie Street, Kelvin- side, N. Steel, John, 239 St. Vincent Street. *Stephen, John, Domira, Partickhill. Steven, Alfred J., 54 Albert Drive, Pollokshields. Stewart, William, Violetgrove House, St. George’s Road. Sturrock, David, 95 Bath Street. Sweet, Alexander, Braehead, Cathcart. Taylor, R., 50 Lime Street, Oatlands. Teacher, John H., M.A., M.B., C.M., 32 Huntly Gardens. *Tennant, Sir Charles, Bart., F.S.A.Scot., The Glen, Inner- leithen, Peeblesshire. *Tennant, Edward, M.A., F.Z.S., The Glen, Innerleithen, Peeblesshire, LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE *Tennant, H. J., M.P., Ninewells, Chirnside, Berwickshire. Thom, R. Wilson, 9 Woodside Terrace. Thomson, Geo. H., 27 Union Street. Thomson, J. R., 6 Vinicombe Street, Hillhead. *Thomson, James, J.A., 88 Bath Street. Todd, G. Bell, M.B., C.M., Professor of Zoology in Anderson’s College, 39 Burnbank Gardens. Torrance, John, c/o Baird, 97 Carmichael Place, Langside. Trotter, John, 28 Gordon Street. Trotter, Rev. William, U.F.C. Manse, Bannockburn. Turnbull, John A., M.A., LL.B., 11 India Street. Walker, Miss R., 17 Wilton Mansions, Kelvinside, N. Wallace, R. Hedger, Glencara, Tennyson Road, Harpen- den, Herts. Walters, Rev. Edward, 31 St. Vincent Crescent. . *Watson, William, Newfield House, Johnstone. Watson, William, 245 Main Street, Rutherglen. Watt, Hugh Boyd, 3 Victoria Drive, Mount Florida. Waitt, L., 27 Kilbowie Gardens, Clydebank. Wellwood, 8. M., c/o Mrs. Sinclair, 37 Prince Edward Street, Queen’s Park. Whitton, James, Superintendent of Parks, Bellahouston Park, Ibrox. Whyte, Andrew C., L.D.S., 42 Dundas Street. iv ight, John George, 110 Queen Street. Wilkie, Robert D., 302 Langside Road. Wilson, Rev. Alex. S., M.A., B.Sc., U.E.C. Manse, North Queensferry. Wilson, Thomas, 77 New Road, Ayr. Williamson, James, ¢/o Kinnaird, 56 Dundas Street. Wishart, R. S., M.A., Meigle Cottage, Stepps. ~ 1894. 1901. 1897. 1895. 1895. 1895. 1897. 1888. 1888. 1895. 1894. 1894. 1894. ~J NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 29 LIST OF ASSOCIATES. Arthur, Miss Annie, 11 Bowmont Gardens, Kelvinside. Buchanan, Miss M. M., 63 West Cumberland Street. Goodfellow, Peter, 2 Alexandra Park Gardens. Gray, Allan, 95 Morrison Street. Henderson, Miss Annie, 38 Berkeley Street. M‘Culloch, Frank, 166 Sauchiehall Street. Rogerson, John Stewart, 48 Windsor Terrace. Scott, Andrew, Marine Laboratory, Piel, Barrow. Smith, Robert C., 2 Golfhill Terrace. Todd, Alex. C., 206 Darnley Street, Pollokshields. Zamorska, Miss Alberta, 32 Rupert Street. Zamorska, Miss Elma, 32 Rupert Street. Zamorska, Miss Wanda, 32 Rupert Street. PRESENTED ea Nee ee eh eet AL & Pn ; os; is : 7 La aes | | « “ee 4A NATURAL HISTORY § SoorETY OF GLA PROCEEDINGS— Sam 228 pp. 3 Plates. 1859-68. (ou Bi prat) 7 Vol. i Part 1. » ” 9s 156 pp. 4 ” 1868-68. (Ou of print.) — Vols i i Part 1. 164 pp. OR 1869-71. Price 3/6. OF ae 2 192 pp. 2 1871:75, 4, (4/6. This Part contains Titles and Contents for Vols. I. and II. VOLE, >aEKE. Part 1. 100 pp. - 1875-76. - . Za A) ay Cat 128 pp. 2 Plates. 1876-770 as ‘st, bas We Seno oan 187-78.) 3/6, This Part contains Title and ed 8 for Vol, Ill. Vol. IV. Part 1. 114 pp. 4 Plates. 1878-79. (Out of print.) bs ie 2. 218 pp. 4 1879-80. Price 4/6. — This Part contains Title and gee for Vol. IV. Moly) Va Part 1. 154 pp. - 2 Plates. 1880-8]. ae as és 35 ers 100 pp. 5 a Pay 1881-82. se 3/. 3 ‘: 3. 71 3 1882-83," |, 26m This Part contains Title and Contents ros Vol. V. Inprx to Procerptines, Vols. I. to V. - - 1851-83. 7 ee PROCEEDINGS AND Transactions (New Series)— Vol. I. Part 1. 136 pp. - - 1883-84. j3 ee 33 _ Fe: 169 pp. 3 Plates. 1884-85. ., 4/6. fs a fee 220 pp. 3 1885-86, A 5/6. This Part contains Title and Index for Vol. I, Molec kL, Part 1. 182 pp. 2 Plates. 1886-87. - 4/6. > ” 2. 272 pp. Le es 1887-88. aire Oe This Part contains Title and Index for Vol. II. Vol. III. Part 1. 112 pp. 1 Plate. 1888-89. ,, 3/. ets Se By 3a 108 pp. Bere 1889-90. ,, 3h | an ms paris 190 pp. - 1889-92. 9 ALGe This Part contuins Title and iiog for Vol. IIT. ; Vol. IV. Part 1. 158 pp. 1 Plate. 1892-94, 3 ae se “ nat oes 148 pp. 2 Plates. 1894-95. 33 ee BGS fied cae Y 140 pp. en 1895-96. ,, 4/. This Part contains Title and Index for Vol. IV. : Vol. V. Part 1. 151 pp. 1 Plate. . 1896-97... 5; 4/60am A £ es 165 pp. 7 Plates. 1897-98. ,, 5/. uy - Pari eke 194 pp. ¢ ree 1898-99. 35) ene This Part contains Title and Index for Vol, V. Vol. VI. Part 1. 180 pp. - . 1899-1900. ,, 4/6. * 5 Be Obes 116 pp. - - 1900-1901. THe Fauna oF ScorTLanp, with special reference to Clydesdale and the ~ Western District: Mammalia. By E. R. Alston, F.Z.S., F.L.8., - - - Price 1/6. Crustacea—Part I. Ostracoda. By David Robertson, F.L,.S., F.G.8., Price 1/6, Hymenoptera—Part I. By Peter Cameron, F.E.S., - - Brae Ly . yee 1/6. 2? ” ° bE) 2? ” THE Dicapod AND SCHIZOPOD CRUSTACEA OF THE Piers or Crypr. By J. R. Henderson, M.B., F.L.S., - - - - - ‘Price:2/.a A GONTRIBUTION TOWARDS A Camere OF THE AMPHIPODA AND © IsOpODA OF THE shoe or Crypr. By ek Robertson, F.L.S., GIS 0 a : - - . - | price 3/6. A FURTHER ae TOWARDS A Ciiutodie OF THE AMPHIPODA — AND Isopoba OF THE Firti oF CLypE AND WEstT or ScoTLAND. By David Robertson, F.L.8., F.G.8., — - - - - Price 1/6. A CONTRIBUTION TOWARDS A Apiaceae, FAUNA OF Tae: By | James J. F. X. King, F.E.S., - : : - . - Price 1/6. A CaraLocue or THE Brirish Tenrareninip®. By Peter Cameron, © HOSES guen se ies capers ie [or Rs I, Mies aoa -- \ Price. jam Printed on one side of the paper, for the use of Collectors. ; ‘ Tae Fauna AND Ftora or tHe CiypE ArzEA, with Lists. Compiled for the Meeting of the British Association, Glasgow, September, 1901. Copies of any of the alipye may be had from the Hon, Librarian, Mr. James Mircur.i, 222 Darnley Street, Pollokshields, Glasgow. _ TRANSACTIONS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCLETY). \ ' > VOL. VI. (New Serizs.) PART ML. ALES x THE soCIBTY 2 ger ITs ROOMS, 207. BATH STREET, ; | DECEMBEK, i903. TRANSACTIONS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW (INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY). VOL. VI. (New Seriszs,) PART IT. 1901-1902, Wirs Four PLares. GLASGOW: PRINTED BY ROBERT ANDERSON, 142 WEST NILE STREET, CONTENTS. TRANSACTIONS— PAGE Ichthyonema grayt (Gemmill and v. Linstow), a new genus and species of Nematode, from a By Dr. James F. Gemmill, - . - - - - - 299 Mistletoe. By George ees - - : =e toOl Occurrence of Sivex gigas, L., and S. juvencus, L. Appia Bute and Arran. By John Ballantyne, - - - - - 305 Arctic Plants from the Dome as Norway. By es Peter Ewing, he oe ir 5s ey Meteorological Notes, and Ronis upon the Weather during the Year 1901, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow, - - $813 Report on the State of the Alpine Flora in Breadalbane during the last week of July, 1902. By Peter Ewing, F.L.S., : - 330 REPORTS ON ExcuRsIONS— Toward, - - - - - - - - - - Nanitece Arniston and Temple, - - - - - - - - Sass! Lennox Castle and Campsie Glen, - . - - - - 338 Cadder Wilderness, - - - - - - - - - 338 Craigends, - - - - - - - - - 338 Murroch and ie Glens, : - : - - - 340 Neilston Pad and Harelaw Dam, - - - : - - 841 Bishop Loch, &c., - - - - : - : : - 842 Cambusnethan House and Dalziel House, - : - = - 343 Ben Lomond and Luss, - - - - - - - - 344 Dungoyne, - - : - - - - ° - - 346 Milton Lockhart and Casaee - - - - - - - 347 Tollcross Park, - - - - - - - - . - 348 Galston, - - - - - ol Marine Biological ‘Station, Kael Pier, Millport, - - - 354 PROCEEDINGS— North American Land and Fresh-water Mollusca. By Rev. G. A. Frank Knight, M.A., F.R.S.E., - - - - - - 356 Senecio eructfolius, L., from Kilwinning. By Archibald Shanks, 356 Report of the Council on the Business of Session 1900-1901, - - 3857 CONTENTS. Nasturtium sylvestre, R.Br., from near Johnstone. By Robert S. Houston, - - - . : . - - : Double-headed Monsters. By Dr. John Lindsay, M.A.,~ - : Rhipidopteris peltata, Schott, a Mexican Fern. By George Russell, A New Zealand Hefialus attacked by a oa a ihe robertstz. By George Russell, = - - - - Mantis religiosa, L., the Praying Insect. a Rev. J. E. Soi ville, B.D., - - - - - - - - : Boa constrictor, L., Dendrophis pee see, Krefft, and Dzpsado- morphus fuscus, Gray. By Dr. T. B. Henderson, - - Botanising on the Swiss Alps in Spring. By Dr. Robert Brown, Special Meeting to celebrate the Jubilee of the Society, - . Gallinago major (Gmel.), the Great Snipe, and Stercorarius crept- datus, Gmel., Richardson’s Skua. By Charles Kirk, - - Humming Birds from Ecuador. By Henry Coates, F.R.S.E.,_ - Three species of Difiugia. By John Smith, - - - - Photographs of Localities round Glasgow, By D. R. Somerville, Bonnemaisonia, a naturalised Japanese Seaweed. By E. M. Holmes, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., - - - - - - - Ampelis garrulor (L.), the Waxwing; Accentor modularts (L.), an Albino Hedge-Sparrow; and Zofanus canescens Agee ). By Charles Kirk, - - - - - : - Hyalonema sieboldt iy) t the Glass- are Sponge of Japan By John Paterson, - - - - - Metacrinus rotundus, P. H. Carp., we isles rosacea, Link, By Peter Macnair, - - - - - - Glyciphagus spinipes, Koch, a Farniture- ee Mite. By Dr. James Rankin, B.Sc., - - = : Scolopax rusticula, L., the Cream- coleniad Woodcock. By Charles Kirk, - - - - - - - - Lacerta vivipara (Dum. and Bib.), and Kesh tlio: barbatus (Wiegm), two species of Lizards. By Dr. T. B. eke ee Chicken with Four Legs. By James Ballantyne, - - Notes on Forest Trees. By George Paxton, - - - - Sylvia curruca, L., the Lesser White-Throat. By John Paterson, Falco candicans, Gmel., the Greenland Falcon, and Mustela putorius, L., the Pole-cat. By Henry M‘Culloch, - - Skeleton of a Parasitic Foetus. By Dr. John Lindsay, - - A Simple Method of Preserving Birds as Specimens. By Dr. T. B, Henderson, - : - - - 2 2 - Lithothamnion glaciale (Kjellm.), a Calcareous Alga, new to Britain. By Mrs. David Robertson, - . - » - - % Lithophyllum lenormandi, Rosenv., and Lithothamnion Sonderi, Hauck. By Mrs. David Robertson, - - - - - Mummified Birds from Basutoland. By James Mitchell, - . iii PAGE 359 359 359 380 381 381 381 381 382 382 382 383 383 384 384 iv CONTENTS. PAGE Different Modes of Movement among Echinoderms. By Dr. James F. Gemmill, M.A.,_ - - - - : - 384 Recent Changes of Animal Life in Britain. By J. G. Goodchild, BG.Sis - - - - - - - - - - 385 Volcanic Dust from Barbadoes. By Mr. Baxter, - - - - 385 Hydrochelidon nigra, L., the Black Tern. By Charles Kirk, - 386 Xylophaga dorsalis, Turt. By Alex. Gray and A. Somerville, LenS Gp! dal shy a - - - - - - - - 386 Carex disticha, (Huds.), the Soft Brown Sedge. By A. Somerville, B.Se., F.L.S., - . - - - - - - - 386 Loch Fyne Crustacea, &c. By James Patience, - - - - 386 Eggs of the Manx Shearwater, Pufinus anglorum (Temminck), aby, Johnikobertson,> (k= Se =<) Ui-4 ht = Sojaet Wet 1 ee On Young Specimens of Boa constrictor (L.), By Dr. T. B. Henderson, 387 Alpine Plants. By Peter Ewing, F.L.S., - - - - - 387 Bromus giganteus, L., the Giant Brome Grass. By A. Somerville, Bise.s¢hlaos sean c - : : _ z : : - 388 TRANSACTIONS OF THE Aatural Pistory Society of Glasgotv. Ichthyonema grayi* (Gemmill and V. Linstow). By James F. Gemmityt, M.A., M.D. [Read 24th September, 1901.] Larce nematode worms from specimens of the common sea- urchin taken from different localities in the Firth of Clyde. The worms were unattached, and lay coiled up within the perivisceral cavity of their hosts, exhibiting during life con- tinual gentle sinuous movements. FEeMA.es. The females, when mature, measure from 600 to 1,500 mm. in length, and from 2 to 4 mm. in breadth. Not more than four occurred in any one sea-urchin, and in one case only a single large specimen was present, which measured quite five feet in length. (This specimen I succeeded in preserving and mounting entire.) The body is covered by a delicate cuticle, and tapers at both extremities, each of which carries a very small hook-like cuticular process. The tail is slightly blunter than the head, and is usually curved ventrally in a half circle. The body is semi- transparent, with an opaque white strand—the ovary—running along the ventral wall. The body is sharply constricted for about half-an-inch near its middle part. Running along the *A fuller account of this species is given in Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 1902. 300 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. body wall on either side, but nearer to the ventral than the dorsal aspect, is a close-set series of transversely placed shallow depressions, which give the body wall a crenated appearance along two lateral lines. The depth and distinctness of these depressions vary considerably in different conditions of contrac- tion of the body wall. Mouth and anus are absent. Under the cuticle is a thin hypodermis, with nuclei at regular intervals. The muscular system is poorly developed, but exists as a single layer of cells in close connection with the hypodermis. These cells show a loose arrangement into longitudinal rows along the ventral side, and less markedly into transverse rows on the dorsal side of the body wall. There are two well-marked lateral absorptive lines. The greater part of the space internal to the muscular layer is occupied by a coarsely vacuolated or reticular tissue, which has large nuclei, surrounded by protoplasm here and there in its substance. This tissue is continuous from near the anterior to near the posterior extremity, is moderately tough, and can be shelled out from the other structures. It contains an irregular central cavity, which ends blindly at either extremity. The ovary is single, ventrally placed, and forms a strand of opaque white tissue almost as long as the worm itself. The ova all ripen at the same time, and, increasing in size, com- press the other structures, particularly the muscular layer and the reticular tissue. The early development of the ova takes place inside the body of the female. The segmentation is total and unequal, and is followed by a modified gastrulation. © Meantime the ova or young embryos separate from one another, thus taking up more space, and still further compressing the other structures, so that the body of the parent becomes ex- tremely fragile—being, indeed, little more than an elongated sac filled with eggs or embryos. I estimated that my largest specimen contained upwards of 20,000,000 embryos. Excretory canals are entirely absent. The nervous system seems to be represented by a thickening of the hypodermis at the head end, which is not continued backwards into definite longitudinal cords, except, perhaps, for a short distance on the ventral aspect. MISTLETOE. 301 MALEs. Besides the large specimens just described, some smaller ones were always present in the sea-urchin hosts. They measured 50-200 mm. in length, and they resemble the large ones so closely in essential points of structure that they must be re- garded as belonging to the same species—of which, indeed, they seem to me to be the males. The tail end is almost always curved in a spiral with two or three turns, and it carries near its tip two equal spicula. ‘Transverse sections of the body show, in place of the ovary, two tubes of tissue, with many nuclei. These tubes are no doubt testes, but I have not yet examined any that happened to be mature. Mistletoe. By Grorce Paxton, [Read 19th December, 1901.] **On Christmas eve the bells were rung, On Christmas eve the mass was sung, That only night in all the year, Saw the stoled priest the chalice rear ; The damsel donned her kirtle sheen, The hall was dressed with holly green, Forth to the wood did merry men go To gather in the Mistletoe.” —Scorr. Waar is the connection between Christmas and mistletoe? We must look back as far as the days of the Druids to find out the beginning of this. When the winter solstice, or shortest day, arrived, the Druidical priests led the people to the.woodlands, and with great pomp and ceremony cut down the sacred mistletoe. Two white bulls were tied to the tree, the chief Druid, in robes of white, ascended its trunk, and with a golden sickle cut the sacred parasite. The bulls were then sacrificed, and festivities 302 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. engaged in. The mistletoe was broken up and distributed among the people to be taken home and hung up above the entrance to their dwellings as a protection against all evil. Only the mistletoe that grew on an oak tree was considered sacred, probably this was because it so seldom grew on the oak. A plant on England’s national tree ought to be noted, as it is yet a very rare occurrence. When our Christian fathers found these customs too strongly incorporated to eradicate, they did a wise thing. They depleted them of their pagan meaning, and gave them a Christian con- nection and significance, and thus the idol worship of the Druids became connected’ with our Christmas time. The mistletoe is a tree parasite, deriving most of its nourish- ment from its host. It is an evergreen, but will grow on almost any soft-wooded tree, whether evergreen or not. A small shrub with lanceolate leaves, small yellowish flowers without stalks, and often covered with beautiful pearllike berries in winter and spring. It is not difficult to propagate from seed. All one requires is berries fully ripened, the proper trees, a little knowledge how to proceed, and a great deal of patience. Take the ripe berries in April or May, and on a smooth- barked branch squeeze the seed gently out of its skin, which discard; the glutenous substance surrounding the germ causes it to stick to the branch, and when it gets a little dry it adheres firmly. The bark must not be cut or “grafted” in any way. Choose a tree in good health, and a branch from one to three inches in diameter, preferably on the south side of the tree, with few or no overhanging branches to cause drip or shade. It is a good plan to put several berries together, as they do not all come to maturity. In a short time the germ of the berry begins to grow, and puts out a small green shoot or radicle, which turns towards the branch and attaches itself to the bark by means of a regular attachment disc. From the centre of this disc a small growth penetrates the bark and gets as far as the wood, but no further. This is called the “sinker,” and is a specially modified root, Trans. Nat- Hist. Soc. GLAscow, Vou. Vi. (N S.) : Pirate |. From Photograph by George Paxton. MISTLETOE (Viscum album, L.), Showing where old plants have died off leaving sinker holes, and young plants growing from cortical roots. rowing on a Siberian Crab-apple Tree in front of Richardland House, Kilmarnock. (See page 301.) MISTLETOE. 303 Some berries produce two, and a few three, of these shoots, which is rather singular, as nature provides very few seeds with more than one growing germ. Little more progress is visible till the winter is past and spring sends the sap along the branches to form its yearly layer of new wood or annual ring. The sinker now produces rootlets, which grow at right angles to itself, running up and down the branch in the inner (or bast) layer of the bark. ; These cortical rootlets in their turn produce sinkers similar to the parent one. The sinkers do not pierce the wood, but the young wood, when forming, surrounds the fixed point of the sinker, and gradually year by year grows round it and banks it up with wood, thus making it appear in a year or two as if the sinker had penetrated the hard wood. While the roots are developing the plant has been growing very slowly, and about the second year will have only pro- duced two small leaves. After that it gets on much quicker, and when the branch of the tree begins to swell it may be con- sidered established. When an old mistletoe dies, the sinkers survive for a time, but ultimately moulder and fall to pieces, leaving the wood in which they were embedded exposed and full of holes, looking like holes in a wooden target. The cortical roots, however, generally survive, and grow through the bark into new plants. Thus a tree, once infected with this parasite can seldom get rid of it, as, in a few years after the old plant has gone, probably two or three young ones will be found to have taken its place. The male and female flowers grow on separate plants, so unless there is a male and female plant flowering within pollen- carrying distance of each other there will be no berries produced. There are a good many different kinds of trees on which the mistletoe can be grown, and it is strange that, although it likes the apple, a sour one best, it will rarely grow upon the pear. The thorn, rowan, willow, poplar, lime, fir, and Siberian crab 304 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. are all trees on which it does well. The last is perhaps the best to try, as it is very ornamental both in spring and autumn. The way the mistletoe is disseminated by its seed has been frequently mis-stated. It is quite right to suppose that the missel-thrush feeds on and is very fond of the berries, but when it is said that the undigested seed from their excrement is deposited on a branch and grows, that, surely, must be taken with a grain of salt. The germinating power left in a small, soft seed after coming through the gizzard of a bird must be very poor indeed. When the thrush feeds ravenously on the berries, a few some- times stick to the outside of its bill. It flies to a neighbouring tree, wipes its bill on a branch, and there you have natural, simple, and true innoculation and dissemination. The mistletoe has been blamed for damaging apple trees, and this may be the case to a small extent in the South of England and France, but that need not frighten anyone who wishes to grow this curious and interesting plant, the growing and study of which will afford more pleasure and instruction, and at less expense, than any other plant we know. Long ago the mistletoe was held in high esteem for its supposed medicinal virtues—a kind of cure-all—but now no one believes in its power, excepting perhaps for one malady, that of a broken heart! This, under certain circumstances, it com- pletely cures, for which statement we have classical authority, for was not the mistletoe plant originally dedicated to the goddess “Frigga,” the Venus of the Saxons! — SIREX GIGAS AND SIREX JUVENCUS IN BUTE AND ARRAN. 305 eo Qccurrence of S/rex gigas, Linn., and Sirex juvencus, Linn., in Bute and Arran. By JounN BatuantyNne, Hamilton. [Read 28th January, 1902.] Some four years ago I brought under your notice the occurrence of Sirex gigas in Bute and Arran, a number of the females of which had been obtained. At that time the specimens had all been secured from Scotch fir, but since then I have collected a large number from silver fir, and also males of a very small size from larch. Specimens of the latter were submitted to Mr. H. P. Grimshaw, Edinburgh, who states they are the smallest form of the insect he has seen, some of them measur- ing about half-an-inch in length, and others a little more. One female and one pupa of average size were also obtained from the larch, but all the larvae were considerably smaller than those from Scotch and silver fir. I am not able to give any explanation as to the smaller size of the insects—especially the males—from larch, unless there is something in the nature of the wood to account for it. Specimens of larve, pupz, and perfect insects are here for inspection, and also pupa sheaths. With regard to the latter, they must be looked for amongst the borings left in the passage through the wood where the larvee underwent the pupal state. When the larva is ready to enter this state, through some natural instinct it makes for the outside of the wood, and generally ceases boring about three-eighths of an inch from the surface, or immediately under- neath the bark, where it enters into the pupal stage of its existence. When ready to emerge, the sheath is thrown off, and the perfect insect cuts through the remaining part of the wood, and emerges through a slightly smaller hole than that occupied by the larva, as will be observed from the pieces of wood exhibited. 306 ‘TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Sirex juvencus has been obtained in large numbers from the same localities as those I mentioned for S. gigas. It has been found in both Scotch and silver fir. The female is of a violet bluish colour, as described and figured in Mr. Cameron’s mono- graph on the “British Phytophagous Hymenoptera.” The males of S. gigas and S. juvencus are somewhat different in colour from the descriptions and figures given in Mr. Cameron’s work. The head of the male of S. gigas has two yellow spots— one behind each eye—as in the female. The antennz are reddish yellow, the thorax black, and also the first two seg- ments of the abdomen, except the sides of the second, which are reddish yellow. The next five segments are reddish yellow on the back, and more or less black underneath, although in some these segments are all reddish yellow. The last segment is black, and provided with a small, sharp, triangular projection. The legs are usually black, with the joints and tarsus yellow. In some, however, the femora only is black, and all the rest of the legs reddish yellow. In the male of S. jwvencus the antenne are black; the head and thorax, very dark blue; the first two segments of abdomen, violet blue; and the third one, violet blue on the upper side, but reddish yellow underneath. The other five segments are reddish yellow all over. The triangular projection on last seg- ment is black and sharp at the point. The femora and tarsus are reddish yellow, and all the rest of the legs black. One very small male insect of half-an-inch in length has the last five seements of abdomen yellow. It is evident that the males of both species are variable in colour. I indicated in 1897 that the fly would probably be found in many more of our woods, and I now find that this is the case, as, so far as I have been able to ascertain, it has been recorded from eight different counties in Scotland in addition to Bute, although, so far, in very small numbers. In most cases it has been obtained in twos and threes only, or, as in the case of Inverkip, eight specimens. But from Bute and Arran of both species more than one hundred specimens were obtained during three seasons. ARCTIC PLANTS FROM THE DOVREFJELD, NORWAY. 307 The following are the counties from which specimens have been reported :— ; Bute. Renfrewshire. Midlothian. Perthshire. Fifeshire. Peebleshire. Aberdeenshire. Ayrshire. Kirkeudbrightshire. Arctic Plants from the Dovrefjeld, Norway. By Mrs. Peter Ewine. [Read 29th April, 1902.] Tue specimens before the meeting to-night are only a few out of the many interesting plants gathered in different parts of the Dovrefjeld last summer. Most of them are to be met with, and indeed I may say that by far the greater number were actually collected, at the Kongsvold, where the greater part of our time during our sojourn in Norway was spent. The district, which takes its name from the farm or posting station of the Kongsvold —now a large hotel to all intents and purposes—lies in the valley of the Driva, almost in the centre of the Dovrefjeld, and is considered by experts one of the richest in Norway in respect of the number of rare plants found within its limits. Indeed Professor Axel Blytt, author of the most important Norwegian flora, who has classified the various parts of the country cele- brated for botanical interest, gives this region second place as a botanical centre—the Lapmark of Lulea coming first. But as there is only a difference of four plants in the number of approximately rare forms, it will be allowed that the Kongsyold 308 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. makes a very satisfactory second indeed, especially in the eyes of the stranger, to whom most of these plants have hitherto been known only by name. The valley, as I have already said, occupies a central position in the great mountainous tract known as the Dovrefjeld; it is furthermore extremely favourably situated for all forms of arctic and alpine vegetation, as it lies about 3,600 feet above sea level, and is protected, especially on its western or seaward side, by high, and in many cases glacier- clad mountains, the highest in the immediate vicinity being Snaehattan, 7,400 feet above sea level. On its eastern side it is also flanked by great mountains, the mighty three-ridged barrier of Knudsho, on the slopes of which the Kongsvold stands, rising to a height of 5,540 feet. This mountain, with its bare rocky summits, its long grassy slopes, its patches of perpetual snow, steep fosses or waterfalls, and deeply sunk rocky de- clivities, may be said to represent all the chief botanical features of the district. On the slopes of this mountain, and on the Vaarstein or Spring Path, which, indeed, may be considered a continuation of it, we found, with the exception of one or two forms of. apparently local occurrence, everything of floral interest which the district boasted and the season of our visit permitted. Even in this latter respect we were unusually fortunate, for, on account of the early melting of the snows, many of the later flowering plants were already blooming in as luxuriant pro- fusion as those we had a right to expect. Pulsatilla vernalis, Mill., is one of the plants which occur in the Alps, but at a much higher elevation, naturally, than in boreal regions. This plant we found first at Krokhaugan, about thirty miles further south, in the Foldalen district. It was just over there, and we were afraid we should not find it again in flower. However, we were fortunate enough to discover an entire hill face covered with it at the Kongsvold, on the western side of the Driva, about ten minutes’ walk from the hotel. The plants were in every condition from bud to ripe fruit, and the flowers most delicately tinted, the outer sepals being variously pale pink or veined with violet or reddish-purple stripes. The whole plant is covered with gleaming yellowish-brown hairs of silky texture. This is one of the plants which develops true war SCS. C LUC ee ARCTIC PLANTS FROM THE DOVREFJELD, NORWAY. 309 hermaphrodite flowers on some individuals and pseudo-herma- phrodite flowers on others. Ranunculus glacialis, L., also occurs in the Alps as well as the arctic regions, but that it is a true arctic plant there can be no doubt. It was a most wonderful sight to see great carpets of this covering the ground wherever the snow had melted or was melting, for often it would be seen actually pushing itself through the rough broken edges of icy shelves. It also varied from pure white to a sort of dusky brown, passing through all the stages of pink and crimson. Ranunculus nivalis, L., occurred in similar situations in many instances, but it might also be found on drier ground some- what further away from the melting snow. It is of intensely Arctic habit, its southern limit being the Hardanger tract. Ranunculus pygmeus, L., has much the same habit as the foregoing, but, as its name indicates, it is very much smaller in size. There is a hybrid, however, found growing along with _ them, which links the two. Ranunculus hyperboreus, L., is another truly arctic species, found creeping about in muddy places where the glacial water has not found an outlet. Papaver nudicaule, L.—When in Kristiania a very terrible tale was told to us by a lady there, who said that this plant was almost extirpated from the country by the rapacity of collectors. Tt was only to be found in the Dovrefjeld, she said, and even there it would soon be a thing of the past. She told how she had been at the Kongsvold when a Swedish botanist (the Swedes stand in about the same relation to the Norwegians as the English do to the Irish) came and ravished the place of all its rarest treasures. In some out-of-the-way corner he managed to discover a single plant of this yellow poppy, and, as my friend remarked, he was very happy, and carried it off as the last of its race and another evidence of the submergence of Norway. We naturally felt a righteous indignation against this vandal, especially as this was one of the plants we very much wanted to see. We found, however, when we got to the Kongsyold that our wrath was just a little premature, as the last plant had not been removed by many a hundred, though, like others which we found there in tremendous profusion, it is no doubt a plant of comparatively rare and local occurrence. 310 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Cardamine bellidifolia, L—This curious-looking little mem- ber of the Cruciferz is also a rare plant which grows on gravelly water-margins or broken clefts of weathered rocks. In its flowering state it was rather a puzzle, but in fruit it is very characteristic. Draba alpina, L., is another interesting and very handsome member of the same family. It has its southern limits in the Dovrefjeld. Polygala amara, L.—This we only found in one station on our way to Kongsvold, and not in the Drivsdalen at all. Its hue when growing was, indeed, “deeply, darkly, beautifully blue,” its flowers set in denser clusters, and its habit altogether more compact than our Polygala vulgaris. As you see, however, it does not make at all a satisfactory specimen, though that may be owing to its not being properly dried, in which respect, I am sorry to say, most of the plants we collected suffered. Salene rupestris, L., we found everywhere from south to north, and from the sea level to the height of about 5,000 feet. Alsine stricta, Wahlen., and Alsine hirta, Hartm., are not found further south than 60°. Myricaria germanica, Desv., is a member of the Tamaricaceze —a group consisting of only two genera. These really give no adequate idea of this handsome shrub, being only small bits broken from the tops of branches. We were told that it was rather rare in the country, but we did not find it so. It flanked the margins of rivers in some places, and covered the surfaces of small river islands with its closely set, fastigiate branches and dense spikes of reddish-purple flowers. Lychnis alpina, L., I have included, though it is one of our own Clova plants. Its interest lies in the fact that, while with us it only grows in one district, and then in very small and very few patches, in the Dovrefjeld it was on every road- way, reddening the ground for many a mile, while Astragalus alpinus, L., was quite as common. Aundiae oroboides, Hornem., was scarcely so prolific, but Oxytropis lapponica ran it very closely. It was rather difficult to tell the difference between these two when growing even side by side, and both in good condition; but as soon as Ozytropis lapponica was off its first bloom, the livid hue it assumed proclaimed it without further examination. ARCTIC PLANTS FROM THE DOVREFJELD, NORWAY. 311 Phaca frigida, L., another member of the Leguminose, made a very striking appearance all along the roadways as soon as the higher levels were reached, with its handsome yellow flowers in axillary racemes. All these three leguminous plants occur in the Alps as well as the arctic regions, but they are true arctic species nevertheless. The saxifrages were, of course, in luxuriant profusion every- where, Sazifraga cotyledon, L., being the handsomest, and a very decorative object as it stood out from the grey rock clefts, above its rosette of shining dark-green leaves. The next most conspicuous member of this order was, curiously enough, Sazifraga cernua, L. These specimens, fully twelve inches in height, speak for themselves as far as size is concerned, and as far as quantity was concerned they were everywhere, starring the grey rock faces, the river banks, and the grassy road margins indifferently. To those who know this plant as it grows in its one British station near the summit of Ben Lawers, this may well seem incredible, since even in Kerner it is figured about six inches in height as normal size. Artemisia norvegica, Vahl.—This plant is not found elsewhere in the Old World than in the tract of the Dovrefjeld. Petasites frigida, Fr—A very handsome species of one of our own well-known genera. Vahlbergella apetala, Fr.— This strangelooking member of the Caryophyllacee we met with first at Krokhaugan, in the Foldalen, and found it pretty widely distributed all over the Dovrefjeld. Campanula uniflora, L., we found cnly on one mountain, Hogsnyta, on the western side of the Driva, but it is said to occur on Knudsho also. This was cne of the few plants we did not find in great quantities, but we really were fortunate in getting it at all, as its flowering months are July and August, and these specimens are probably the firstlings of the season as far as it is concerned. . Andromeda polifolia, L., 1 have only brought to give an idea of the size and strength it attains in the far north. Andromeda hypnoides, L.—This is another plant which has its southern limit just south of the Kongsvold. It is generally to be found on dry, much-weathered rock in the region of the B 312 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. grey willows, above what is known as the Birch-belt. It is quite impossible to convey from the dried specimens any idea of the elegance of this little plant as it hung in richly flowered masses over the glistening grey rocks, its tiny, pale pink, waxen bells resting against trailing foliage of the most delicate green. What I have here shows the luxuriance of its floral character, but the dense tufts of both verdure and blossom which were its chief charm in life rather militate against its success as a dried specimen. These examples also show it to be of rather robust habit—which, in truth, it was, as far as our observation went—but occasionally we found it very much liker its specific name, with the most exquisitely delicate, moss-like foliage and much smaller flowers. Diapensia lapponica, L.—The same difficulty besets one in the case of the next plant—as, indeed, it does with most of the Ericas. This little plant seemed to be rather local in its distribution. Its flowers are large in comparison with its size, and of a rich, creamy white, while its foliage is pure shining green. Its preference also is for dry shaly rocks, and it is only to be found in lofty situations. Primula scotica, Hook., is, of course, interesting to us. It occurred in immense quantities in every part of the district, a very different-looking plant from its Caithness-shire relative —larger in size and darker in colour. Primula stricta, Hornem., which was almost as luxuriant, has its southern limit in the Dovrefjeld, as has also my next and last specimen— Koenigia islandica, L., an extremely tiny inhabitant of marshy places, as will be at once apparent from its appearance. “It is a hardy and intensely arctic little plant, occupying bare and quite unsheltered situations on the slopes of the loftiest mountains. As you will have observed, I have included several species which occur in alpine as well as arctic regions, also some which occur in our own country. This was intended, of course, prin- cipally for purposes of comparison, to afford those who might be interested in the subject, and who had as yet been unable to do so, the opportunity of comparing these denizens of the far north with their knowledge or remembrance of the charac- | METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 313 teristics of the same species under other circumstances. For instance, the specimens of Sazifraga cernua, L., over twelve inches in length, with its large, well-opened white flowers, with the tiny, almost non-flowering cernua of Ben Lawers; and the large, showy spikes of Lychnis alpina, L., with the small, insignificant Clova form. In size these plants speak for themselves, and the dried specimens give some idea, however inadequate, of the appearance they presented as individuals; but they are quite powerless—and any effort of mine would be as fruitless—to bring before you the glorious profusion in which we found almost all the species we collected — and, indeed, I may say all we saw, which numbered nearly seven hundred species of flowering plants alone. Nothing short of a visit to the Dovrefjeld itself would make our experience in this respect credible. Meteorological Notes and Remarks upon the Weather during the Year 1901, with its General Effects upon Vegetation. By James Wuirton, Superintendent of Parks, Glasgow. [Read 29th April, 1902.] In order to preserve the continuity of this series, these notes have been compiled, as in former years, from the records kept at Queen’s Park, Glasgow. January.—tThe weather conditions during the opening days of 1901 were similar to those of the past two or three New-Year days—mild and moist—but with occasional gleams of sunshine. Up till this time we had, during the winter, experienced no seasonable weather, but, instead, had incessant rains and high temperatures. A change, however, took place about the 9th, when a sharp attack of cold, frosty weather set in, and con- tinued, with the thermometer registering a few degrees of frost every other morning, throughout the rest of the month. Snow 314 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. fell in the City on the 25th, and again on the 26th, and the atmosphere became keener and more seasonable. The atmospheric pressure for the first part of the month was moderate, but during the second part there were some sharp changes. The highest reading of the month occurred during the latter part—30°20 inches on the 23rd—and the lowest, 28°80 inches, on the 27th. Frost was registered on nine days, and amounted to 25° in all. The lowest reading was taken on the 29th, when 7° of frost were recorded. The average maximum temperature for the month was 42°, and the average minimum 34°, as compared with 43° and 35° respectively for the same month of 1900, when 12° of frost for five mornings were recorded. The month’s rainfall was moderate, and amounted to 2°68 inches, which included a good proportion of melted snow. The greatest daily rainfall was 0°46 inches, on the 19th. The comparatively dry nature of the weather was much in favour of vegetation generally, which had already become sur- charged with moisture with the heavy rains of the preceding months, and the colder weather checked the flow of sap in trees and shrubs. Snowdrops and narcissi in the open borders were well above the ground at the close of the month. February.—tThe cold and seasonable weather of the latter part of January continued into this month, the atmospheric conditions being keen and bracing. On the 4th, snow fell to the depth of two inches. As is usual in the City during frost, fog was more or less prevalent, and on the 14th was particularly dense and disagreeable. The keenest frost of the month was recorded on the 15th, when the thermometer fell to 21°, showing 11° of frost. The severe weather somewhat relaxed towards the end of the month, and on the 23rd the minimum thermometer stood at 34°. The pressure of the atmosphere at the beginning of the month was low and irregular, but from the 8th to the 22nd the readings were all above 30°00 inches. During the closing days of the month the barometer fell rapidly, and on the 28th was at 29°20 inches. Frost totalling 97° was registered on twenty days, while the _—. —-;,- METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 315 average maximum temperature was 42° and the average mini- mum 30°, which is 4° higher in each case than in the previous February. The rainfall of the month was somewhat under the average, and measured 1°40 inches. There were 21 dry days. The cold weather of the month kept the growth of vegetation well in check. Narcissi, &c., were all showing well above the ground, and winter aconite were profusely in flower, and dis- played a fine contrast on lawns with the snowdrop. March.—-This month opened with milder weather, but for the first week was stormy, which culminated, on the 6th, in a gale of wind and rain. During the following two weeks the atmospheric conditions were bright and pleasant, but with a slight rainfall. On the 23rd a change set in, and the weather became much colder. Snow fell slightly during the night of the 25th, covering the ground with a coating of white. The cold increased till the 29th, when the thermometer showed 12° of frost at Queen’s Park, being the lowest reading since the year commenced. A heavy fall of snow occurred on the 29th and 30th, and lay to a depth of three inches. The barometric readings show a wide range of pressure. On the 1st the barometer was at 28°60 inches, rising to 30°00 inches on the 9th. From then till the 26th the pressure was more steady, but from that date the tendency was downwards, falling sharply from 29°46 on the 29th to 28°40 inches—one of the lowest readings of the year—on the 30th, during the prevalence of the snowstorm mentioned above. For the month the rainfall amounted to 2°06 inches, and there were 21 dry days. The amount of frost recorded was 60° for 10 days, the lowest reading being 20°, on the 29th—12° of frost. The natural seasonable activity of vegetation was kept in check by the cold and comparatively dry weather which pre- vailed. Early spring flowers, however, made rapid progress, and Crocuses bloomed profusely. : April.—During the first two weeks of April the weather con- tinued cold and of a rather wintry nature. A few degrees of 516 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. frost were registered on several mornings up to the 17th. The 8th—the Spring Holiday—was a day of heavy rain and cold wind. On the 17th, however, a change took place in the weather, and it became much warmer, with much bright sunshine. These conditions prevailed till the close of the month, except that on one or two days the wind was cold and from the east. The barometer during the first fortnight was unsteady, and there were some sudden changes. For the latter part of the month the pressure was much more regular and the readings fairly high. The lowest reading (28°70 inches) was taken on the 8th, and the highest (29°96 inches) occurred on the 26th. Rain to the depth of 3°30 inches fell during the month, the greatest daily total being 1°25 inches on the 3rd. There were 13 dry days. The total frost was 11°, and was registered on 6 days, and the coldest day was the 11th, when the thermometer showed 4° of frost. The average maximum and minimum temperatures were 54° and 37° respectively. For April of 1900 there were 14° of frost for 6 days, and the average maximum and minimum temperatures were 55° and 38° respectively. The warm and genial nature of the weather during the latter part of the month gave a strong impetus to the growth of vegetation. Trees generally showed well in leaf, whilst the earlier varieties of rhododendrons, ribes, geans, and bird cherry were in full bloom. Narcissi were also in full flower, and tulips were rapidly opening. May.—This proved to be one of the finest months of the year, there being ample sunshine, with just sufficient coolness in the wind to make the atmospheric conditions the best for outdoor recreation. On the second of the month the Glasgow Exhibition was opened with the proverbial “Queen’s weather,’ and the pleasant nature of the weather during the opening weeks went far to ensure the success of the undertaking. The 7th—the date which was originally fixed for the opening of the Exhibition— was one of the few disagreeable days of the month, being wet and cold. The rainfall was 1°91 inches, and there were 21 dry days. No frost was registered at Queen’s Park during the month, METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 317 though at some of the City Parks a few degrees were recorded. The average maximum temperature was 62°, and the average minimum 42°, while for the preceding May these figures were 58° and 42° respectively. Notwithstanding the dry weather, vegetation made satisfactory progress during the month, and there was an excellent display of bloom on most trees and shrubs. In some cases—notably apples, hawthorns, chestnuts, azaleas, and rhododendrons—the bloom was not only finer, but, owing to the absence of frost, lasted longer than usual. The show of hyacinths, tulips, and other bulbous plants in the City Parks and Squares was also particu- larly brilliant. The oak and ash began to leaf earlier than usual —the former on the 4th and the latter on the 6th—in both cases nearly three weeks earlier than in 1900, when, however, they were somewhat behind the usual period. June.—The fine weather which prevailed throughout the pre- vious month still held good during the opening weeks of June. Towards the 12th, with a falling barometer and a change of wind to the north, the weather became colder and showers of hail fell. For several days thereafter, though the days were bright and warm, the wind in the evenings was sharp. The closing days of the month were warmer, and there were occa- sional showers of much-needed rain. Throughout the month the barometer was fairly steady; on no occasion did it fall below 29°00 inches, and on 8 days the readings were over 30°00 inches. The amount of rain for the month was moderate, and measured 2°81 inches, rain being recorded on 11 days. Only on two occasions did the thermometer rise to 70°, the highest reading being that of the 9th, when it rose to 74°, and the average maximum temperature was 63° and the average minimum 47°. For June of 1900 the maximum and minimum temperatures were 65° and 49°. The prevailing bright sunshine and occasional refreshing showers of rain greatly favoured vegetation, and, having escaped the blighting effects of spring frosts, the development of the growth of trees and shrubs was unchecked, while the vigour and density of foliage was better than we have had for many years past. 318 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. July.—With the advent of this month the weather, which had up till now been temperate, became much warmer, and quite a heat wave was experienced, which lasted more or less throughout the entire month. For once the period covered by the Glasgow Fair Holidays was a time of brilliant sunshine, being, in fact, one of the finest weeks of the season. On the 20th and 21st there was a slight thunderstorm in the evening, and on the latter day the rainfall for the 24 hours was 1°03 inches. The atmospheric pressure was regular and high, the lowest reading being 29°45 inches, on the 24th, and the highest 30°10 inches, on the 8th. The thermometer was at or above 70° on sixteen occasions during the month, and the highest reading was 77° on the 5th, and again on the 19th, which is also the highest reading of the year. The average maximum temperature was 69°, and the average minimum 55°. This average maximum has only been once reached during the last eight years—namely, in June of 1899—when the average maximum was also 69°. The month’s rainfall was 2°39 inches, and there were 22 dry days. The dry weather in the early part of the month was somewhat trying on vegetation, especially on subjects recently transplanted, or those which had suffered exhaustion through a prodigality of bloom. After the rainfall on the 20th and 21st these rapidly recovered, whilst the general growth of plants was extremely satisfactory. August. — There was a continuation of the bright weather throughout this month which had characterised the opening months of the summer. During the former part of the month, however, there were frequent showers, and on the afternoon of the 13th a slight thunderstorm occurred, accompanied by heavy rain. Thereafter the weather was of a more settled nature, the days being warm and sunny and the evenings cool. The pressure of the atmosphere for the first week was moderate and steady. On the 19th there was a sudden rise to 30°20 inches, and for the succeeding five days the readings were all above 30°00 inches. During the 25th and 26th the barometer fell rapidly, and on the latter date the pressure was indicated at 29°20 inches. METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 319 With the frequent showers and cool breezes during the month the temperature was more equable than in the preceding month, and only on four occasions was the thermometer in the shade at or above 70°, and on one occasion was the maximum ther- mometer below 60°. The average maximum temperature was 65°, and the average minimum 51°, while these figures for August of 1900 were 62° and 50° respectively. The rainfall for the month amounted to 3°59 inches, and there were 14 dry days. The moist, warm weather helped to freshen the foliage of trees and shrubs, which had been somewhat scorched by the heat of the previous month. The season was specially favourable for flowering plants. The flower-beds in the various Parks were, in consequence, better filled and brighter bloomed than usually obtains in our City. The defoliation of the lime and elm began about the middle of the month, but in a much less marked degree than usual. September. — Throughout this month the weather was of a pleasant and enjoyable character. Though there was a con- siderable rainfall, the showers were light and usually fell during the night, the days being generally bright and sunny. The prevailing wind of the month was from the east, and this tended to keep the temperature somewhat low, the thermometer never reaching 70°, and the highest reading in the shade was 66°, occurring on the 9th and 10th. The average maximum temperature was 61° and the average minimum 49°, the former being the same and the latter 2° higher than in September, 1900. The chart of the barometer shows some sudden changes. Until the 16th the atmospheric pressure was comparatively regular, but on that date the barometer dropped sharply from 29°65 inches to 29°20 inches on the 17th, rising again to 29°65 inches on the 18th, from which it fell to 29°00 inches on the 20th. Thereafter there was a gradual rise to 30°00 inches on the 30th. The rainfall amounted to 2°85 inches, while there were 14 dry days. Owing to the fine weather and absence of early autumn frosts, vegetation had no check, consequently there was a vigour and 320 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. brightness in the autumn flowering plants which made an excellent display. The autumnal coloration in the foliage of many deciduous trees was also more pronounced than usual, whilst the defoliation was not very apparent until towards the end of month. October. — The weather of October was on the whole dull, changeable, and showery. During the former part of the month, though the days opened fine and bright, the afternoons were often dull and wet. Towards the 10th the first touch of winter was experienced, and though no frost was registered during the month the thermometer was frequently hovering about freezing- point. The morning of the 23rd was foggy and damp, but as the day advanced the fog cleared off and the sun broke through. The closing days of the month were dull and wet, and there was a chill easterly wind. The pressure of the atmosphere, as shown by the barometer, was very irregular, and shows some marked contrasts. Begin- ning at 29°80 inches, it commenced to fall on the 4th, and on the 6th touched 29°00 inches. On the 11th the pressure had risen to 30°00 inches. Thereafter the tendency was downwards, and on the 17th and 18th the readings were 28°95 inches and 28°90 respectively. During the rest of the month the pressure was steadier, and towards the close rose to 30°30 inches. Rain fell to the amount of 3°96 inches, and there were 10 dry days. No frost was registered this month at Queen’s Park, and the average maximum temperature was 53° and the average mini- mum 41°, as compared with 51° and 40° respectively for the same month of 1900. The open weather of the month and the immunity from frost gave a longer lease of existence to outdoor flowering plants, and dahlias, chrysanthemums, &c., were still in bloom at the end of the month, while grass was fresh and green. Deciduous trees defoliated naturally, and the bulk were leafless before the month closed. November.—This was a month during which the weather con- ditions were very changeable, embracing by turn some bright METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 321 days, fogs, frosts, and storms of wind. The opening days were bright and pleasant, but on the 4th a thick fog hung as a pall over the City all day. Succeeding this were a few days of brighter weather. The 9th, the closing day of the Glasgow Exhibition, was dull and wet, and on the 12th there was ex- perienced what was, perhaps, the most severe gale of the season, from the N.E., causing much damage throughout the country, and completely dislocating the telegraph system. Fog was again experienced on the 16th, accompanied by a keen attack of frost, and on the 17th the thermometer recorded the lowest reading of the year, 15° of frost being registered at Queen’s Park. For the following few days the weather conditions were less severe, but on the 22nd there was a return of the frost, which held till the 25th. The closing days were milder and pleasant. The barometric readings show a much higher range than usual. On sixteen occasions these were above 30°00 inches, and on no occasion did the barometer fall below 29°20 inches. The rainfall for the month was 3°20 inches, and there were 17 dry days. Frost to the extent of 58° was registered on 9 days, while for the corresponding month of 1900 there were 21° for 5 days. The average maximum temperature was 46° and the average mini- mum 36°, as compared with 46° and 38° respectively for the preceding November. The sharp frost on the 2nd quickly ended the prolonged blooming of outdoor plants, and vegetation rapidly thereafter assumed its usual winter aspect. December.—The frosty and foggy weather experienced during November gave place at the opening of this month to milder weather. On the 9th, however, these conditions changed, and boisterous and cold weather set in. Snow and sleet fell heavily till the morning of the 10th, and the frost increased till, on the 11th, the minimum thermometer showed 11° of frost. The following two days were milder, but on the 17th the frost again returned, and continued more or less severe until the 28th. On several days there was a slight thawing on the surface of the snow, which, freezing again, caused the roads in many places to be almost impassable. On the closing days of the year the weather was milder and pleasant. 322 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. The range of the barometer during the month was wide and erratic. From 29°90 inches on the Ist it fell to 29°30 inches on the 2nd, rising to 30°10 inches on the 4th; from that date until the 23rd the pressure was steadier, but low. On the 24th the barometer fell sharply to 28°25 inches, which is the lowest reading of the year. The month’s rainfall is the largest monthly total of the year, and measured 4°50 inches, which includes a considerable quantity of melted snow. There were 14 dry days. Frost was registered on 16 mornings, and amounted to 76°, the greatest amount of frost being recorded on the 12th and the 22nd, which had each 11°. For December of 1900 no frost was recorded at Queen’s Park. The average maximum temperature was 40° and the average minimum 33°; these figures for the previous December were 47° and 40° respectively. In comparing the total rainfall of 1901, which amounted to 34°65 inches, with that of previous years, it will be seen that it is the lowest record since 1896, when the year’s total was 33°90 inches, and that it is below the average for the last twelve years, which average is 37°12 inches. In marked contrast, too, is the rainfall of this year as compared with that of the previous year, which was the highest for a number of years, and measured 46°46 inches. The number of dry days during 1901 is 201, while for 1900 this total is 164, and the highest for the last twelve years is 212, in 1898. Another point of note is that for the last three months of 1901 the rainfall measured 11°66 inches, while for the same period of 1900 the rainfall totalled 18°96 inches. The heaviest rainfall for one day in 1901 was 1°15 inches, on the 3rd of April, and in 1900 the wettest day was 1°42 inches, on the 25th June. The greatest total for one month was that of December, with 4°50 inches, and in 1900 the greatest monthly total was also in December, with 7°71 inches. ; The driest month of 1901 was February, with a rainfall of 1°40 inches. For 1900 the driest month was March, when the rain measured only 0°28 of an inch. in 323 tion i 1a METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. The following table of rainfalls recorded in the various Public Parks of the City is interesting as showing the var (eli cl eae DE eR ee Se TL i on ae ee . comparison :-— ‘SHUVd OlTdOd AHL NI 1061 ODNIUNG TIVANIVY SD. he z S 2 fo} 2 3 =) n Leal o A os-ee | gece | st-ze| cece | #188 | FOE | GLEE | 68-LE | 69-FE | - ‘s/@q 0, E — Leremre serie ner | Gita Racal ea a SS Dm oy sip | Lop | Ir | PLP | OLF | 866 | 668 | 6OF | OFF | - ‘aoquieseq, ses 3 4 16z | s02 | #93 | 86% | 886 | OF | 98S | 90-8 | O68 | - T9ROHON 3 = as see | ocr | ogee | 966 | See | 268 | 188 | 9T-F | OBE | -, 7040920 o ©. ese | sec | Leo | 996 | 886 | 806 | £86 | SBE | G86 | - qaquuieydes a 2 ¢ 16 | 80-F | 80-€ 198 | eee | 988 | we | see | 698 |- * ‘Jendny mS SS GPS | (OLT Geo | SLT ILI wt | spe | ses | eee |- - ‘Ame 3 aa 998 | 2E | 88-6 ie | S68 | Bee | 2e6.) 686 |} 18s)" mee | | €81 | #61 | 906 | SLT 28-1 09:1 | 79-1 | 00-6 }~16T |- > ‘88 © eo 192 | 608 | #96 | TLS | 8&6 19o | 093 | 998 | OS6>|- - TeV 5 Bes 09-3 | 986 | OLS | 2OF | 326 ILS. |) THB | ORF 3) 80:6. |. ~ x MOR 2 As” 6-1 | eh 19-1 38-1 6&-T 06-1 | GFT | 6I-T | OFT | - ‘Sreaaqeq bs = one | 9¢2 | 686 | 686 | FL6 | 893 | L8G | 62-6 | 89-6 | - Srenme tr 24 -_ oOo *soyouy “soyouy “solouy *‘sayouy *satqoul *saqouy “soyouy “saouy *soyouy g bo | ® goes te ~ a) - 3 ‘3 se : ‘3 OF | “3598 | “93091 | “37 LFS |'9F F-IFT) “IF LOE | 95 E-8F | 1-69 | “95 SPT ebuee go auviedl = 3 3 Reroes ene E 2 8 bp ei ‘auvadg | ‘ssOuO | ‘NOLSQOH| ‘NAAN | “VHANY *Nuod ‘AOUD |-qqgaxvy_ ‘SNam0O 7 iw @ aDu0ay -T10L, -vitag |MOODSYIN | -XaTy -ONIYdg | -NIATHY RD fm ° mo & a ~~ oO Get B's g m = SI 3 8 being different in each case 324 1901. Quren’'s PARK. THERMOMETER (in shade 4 feet above ground level). Highest reading of year, as Lowest do. do., - Number of days on which thermometer fell to freezing point (329) seen cE Number of days on which thermometer did not rise above freezing point (32°), Degrees of Frost regis- tered— January, ... February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, ... November, December, Total frost registered, 77°, 5th and 19th July 17°, 16th Nov. 78 days 2 days 25° on 9 days MAXWELL Park. 83°, 20th July 13°, 16th Nov. and 23rd Dec. 154 days 12 days 108° on 21 days 97 un 20 ww (204 » 24 60 » 10 w {120 » 18 u Ue Oe in 72 u 12 un Bt i 3 w l°on 1 day 50 1 13days 58° on 9 days 154 1 18 w 76 116 wn» (200 n 25 un 327° on 70 days)920°on 135days TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. KELVINGROVE yet SPRINGBURN Park. 86°, 4th July | 82°, 19th July 21°, 16th Nov. | 17°, 16th Nov. || 76 days 95 days 3 days — days 16° on 5 days| 14° on 7 days 73 017 » | 93 0 19 49 0 8 Ww ol 7 Ise 16 ne) wo S26 ea 3. 1 day 2° on 2 days) 48° on Qdays|) 70 un ll w 55 0 12 0 [126 » 21 257° on 58 days 405° on 82 days 13°, 16th Nov. 131 days 8 days 79° on 20 days | 157 u 22 u un 16 4 aed » 20 " 21 u ALEXANDRA PARE. Giascow GREEN. |79°, 18th and 2lst) 87°, 8th July July 14°, 16th Noy. 134 days 21 days 88° on 21 days 170 22 u 119 » 18 55 u 12 5 un 2 un 1l°on 6 days 123 «16 uw 172, Sele W BELLAHOUSTON Pakk. 83°, 21st July 17°, 16th Nov. 94 days 1 day 40° on 10 days 106 1 19 vice ae 0 lee, oF Ss. x 80° on 13 days 104 " 20 " |673° on 113 days | 743° on 118 days} 428° on 81 days METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. ToLicross Park, 84°, Sth July 16°, 16th Noy. 113 days 3 days 46° on 13 days 144 » 21 un 76» 13 ou (eg. By ile od ey tk 16° on 8 days 90 n 15 in 109 1 20 un 325 GEORGE SQUARE. 80°, 9th June and 5th July 25°, 12th Dec. 30 days 13° on 5 days 14, 6 10° on 3 days ou 5 un 511° on 99 days | 52° on 19 days 326 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. With regard to the temperature, there are some interesting points of comparison with that of the preceding year. Six months of the year—viz., February, March, May, July, August, and October—had a higher average temperature than in 1900, while the average maximum temperature for July, 1901 (69°) is greater by 2° than the average maximum of any month of 1900, and has only been equalled once during the last eight years—namely, in June of 1899. Frost was registered on 70 occasions to the extent of 327°, although the thermometer was at or below freezing-point (32° Fahr.) 78 times. In 1900 the amount of frost recorded was 326° for 57 days, and the freezing- point was touched in all 64 times. The lowest reading of the thermometer in 1901 was 17° (15° of frost), on 16th November, while the lowest reading of 1900 was 9° (23° of frost), on 11th February. There were only two occasions on which the ther- mometer did not rise above freezing-point during 24 hours. In the previous year this happened on five occasions. The coldest month of the year was February, when the frost totalled 97° for 20 days. July was the warmest month, with a mean temperature of 62°; in 1900 July was likewise the warmest month, but the mean temperature was 60°. The highest reading of the thermometer in the shade was 77°, occur- ring on two occasions, both in July —the 5th and 19th. In 1900 the warmest day was on the 15th August, when the ther- mometer rose to 75°. The maximum thermometer was at or above 70° on 2 days in May, 2 days in June, 16 days in July, and 4 days in August—24 times in all—whereas in 1900 this point was touched 21 times, and occurred in June, July, and August. During the year there was an unusual prevalence of easterly winds, as shown by the following records :—From the south-west, 218; west, 43; north-east, 4; east, 65; north-west, 6; south, 1; and south-east, 28 days, respectively. Thus, excluding the direct north and south, the western group shows 267 and the eastern group 97 times, against 290 for the western and 72 for the eastern in 1900. From the barometric records it is seen that the range is higher than in the previous year. The highest reading of the year, 30°40 inches, was taken on the 25th, and again on the 26th, METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. 327 both in November, and the lowest reading, 28°25 inches, was taken on the 24th of December. In 1900 the highest reading was 30°38 inches, on the 14th of March, and the lowest, 28°40 inches, on the 19th of February. During 1901 the atmospheric pressure was 93 times above 30°00 inches and 16 times below 29:00 inches, whereas in 1900 it was only 50 times above 30°00 inches and 8 times below 29°00 inches. In summing up these records, it may be noted that in many points the weather of 1901 showed marked contrasts to the weather of 1900. January was a dry and cold month, with a rainfall of only half that of the preceding January. February and March were both comparatively dry months, with a pre- ponderance of low temperatures, and during the latter month there was a prevalence of easterly winds. Though April was somewhat cold and raw, May heralded the advent of bright and sunny weather, which was well sustained throughout the entire summer, and will long be associated with the success of the Glasgow Exhibition of this year. November and December were seasonable, cold, wintry months, the latter being showery and having the heaviest rainfall of the year. Regarding the general effect on vegetation, the atmospheric conditions of 1901 were distinctly favourable, so far as the neighbourhood of Glasgow is concerned. Rarely, indeed, do we experience throughout such a genial, kindly season. Our cold, clay soil retains, in all conscience, sufficient moisture for most plants to withstand all the sunshine and heat we can get in these latitudes. Accordingly, while many districts suffered with the dry, sunny summer of this year, Glasgow did not. It rarely happens that we get such a satisfactory growth on tree and shrub as that which was obtained during the past season. In the preceding year the average growth on trees was better than in most seasons, but the results of 1901 have far surpassed that. The vigour of growth was not only noticeable on the shoots, but the luxuriance and density of foliage was remarkable—for Glasgow. The display of bloom on deciduous trees and shrubs was in most cases above the average, and, having escaped spring frosts, were fuller and — L richer in colour. The bulk of evergreen plants escaped injury during the winter better than their condition warranted. Rhodo- C 328 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. dendrons, though somewhat irregular, as many varieties did not set flower buds, made an excellent display, whilst the annual flower-bedding stuffs and hardy herbaceous plants were not only better but more prolonged in their blooming than usual. Regarding annual vegetation, the same good results were general. The cereals, never having been checked, developed well, and were harvested under satisfactory conditions. Root crops, especially potatoes, were likewise fine and abundant. The dry weather tended to keep the grass back for a week or two, but on the whole there was an abundance of pasture throughout the season, and the hay crop was also good. After such a sunny and pleasant year, the condition of trees and shrubs is such as to warrant us to look forward with lively anticipations, and, given genial conditions, there should be another fine floral display in park and woodland. The hope expressed last year that the cycle of wet seasons had ended, and that we should be blessed with a series in which the sunshine would exceed the rain, having been amply fulfilled, we can only again reiterate the hope, and that the weather conditions may be such as tend to sweeten the atmosphere of our city and brighten the lives and benefit the health of its toiling citizens by enabling them to enjoy more fully the advan- tages and pleasures which are to be found in life out of doors. Subjoined is the meteorological record for the past three years as kept at Queen’s Park, and the averages for the last twelve years. 329 METEOROLOGICAL NOTES DURING THE YEAR 1901. oL6E| 69 [61 | 9F | GI-LE |teAVI L0G | 29-78 | 791 IF | 2b | TLL | 91 | 08 | 6E | F6-G | ‘tequrevoq | Lo€| OL 106 LY | G9-FE| LOGL] FI | €E | OF | OG-F | & 9GE LG VOT Lb | 9F-9F | O06LT] LI | 9E | OF | OTE | 6 8E | 9F | 06-9 | OL | GF} IE | 79: RC ORSAO NE GIV| v9 £61 LY 19-1F| 6681] OL | IF | €¢ | 96E | OL | OF | IG | GOS | ST | OF | FE | LEE 19q0790, 061 GP G16 Sr | PFQE| S68] FL | 6F | 19 | €8S | 81 | LP] 19 | OLE | S 9F | 6¢ IL-¢ | ‘toqureydag LYE 19 COZ | OF | 6Z-OF| LEST] FI |} 1G | ¢9 | 6G-€ | OL oc | s9 | 9&-F | $3 | €o} 69 | SEI Qsnsny lee; €9 60Z LP | 06-8) 968T] GB | Ge | 69 | 6E-6 IL | #9 | 249 | SOS | 91} $9} 89 | 696 | ‘Ane €68| 66 COG Gh | 1¢-10|S681] 61 | 4b | $9 | 183 | Sl | 6F | G9 | FO-F | GB | OG} 69 Gc-T ‘So SOUL 996 GG 691 | OF | SEIPF| FEST] 1G | GF | G9 | [61 LL | GF | 8a | 6-6 | SL | OF | FS | SFP st Kear 90€; 9¢ 98T Ly | GOSE| S68] SI | Le | #9 | OF | OT | 8E | SS] FL-G | FL | LE | GS IL? Grady 86L LOL | F6T GF | F8-EE| Z68L] 13 | FE | SF | 90-6 1G | 1€ | FF | 86-0 IZ | ce | 9F | SIE “+ yous FAT ILE 8 PSI 9F | 60-9E| T68T] IG | OF | GF | OFT 0¢ | 93 | 88 | 89-3 | O02 | GE! SF | FET ‘Aventqoiy G16) FL OLT LY | F0-8¢| 0681] SI | FE | Gh | 89-6 | F gg | SF | 80-¢ | €T | GE | OF 19-G ‘krenue ( ret “ g 5 g 3 aie ‘soul “4 TH | XUN | esououy SH | XM | egoyour TH | XR | gayour R38 See | 4 eB 5 eat -‘eSRIOAy hed “eBuI0AY fig ‘9BRI0AV Bo Bes, = Eg 41g. | £iq_ | Liq. | —————— ‘SH.LNOI Porgy | pur oie, ti 5 “[ejyupey “UaLAN “[eyurey “Malan “[(eyureyy "Naan “"Treyurey 3 Z 84 -ONUTHL -oOKUaH I, -OKUGHL, ‘SUVAL Zl ISV'] AHL UOd SASVUAAY ‘TO6T ‘O06T ‘668T EE SER SE a Se nee SET ae a ee ee ee ee ee ‘"IGAM'T VEQ FAOMV Loa Gpl AAV) NIVY ‘MODSVIN ‘WUVd SNATNS LV LdaM GUOOAU TVOINOTOUOULAN AO AOD 330 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Report on the State of the Alpine Flora in Breadalbane during the last Week of July, 1902. By Perer Ewine, F.L.S. [Read 26th August, 1902.] For many years now it has been my habit to note the condition of our Scottish alpine flora in the field during the month of July, either in the Highlands of Perthshire or Forfarshire. This year my investigations were confined to the Breadalbane dis- trict,-and it seemed exceptionally interesting, in view of the weather conditions, to make a comparison between the appear- ance of the flora of the uplands—especially the forms that come under the designation of alpine plants—and that of the valleys and low-lying country beneath. Owing to the prevalence of easterly winds and the want of sunshine during the greater part of the spring and summer months, the growth of vegetation was very greatly retarded in the low country, and the same result, it was curious to observe, was generally apparent among the alpine forms also, in spite of the fact that the conditions requisite for their growth vary considerably from those required for low-country forms. For instance, the point at which many of them begin to grow is very near the freezing point of water, as in the case of Saxifraga oppositifolia, which may be seen flowering among the icicles at the Falls of Clyde, or the Azalea procumbens, before the snow has altogether disappeared from the ground on which it is growing. In the crevices of the rocks, or on the slopes sheltered from the cold wind, these plants might have been expected to be well advanced, but such was found not to be the case. All the plants were late; in fact, when the short period which these alpine forms have for flowering is taken into consideration, they were very late indeed. In many cases it seemed doubtful, indeed, if they would be able to ripen their seed this season. ALPINE FLORA IN BREADALBANE DURING JULY, 1902. 331 It is not to be taken for granted, however, that these similar conditions resulted from exactly the same cause. As regards the alpine plants, my own opinion is that the general lateness was not due so much to the average low temperature as to the constantly recurring falls of snow. This snow was invariably melted by winds the temperature of which was not much above that of the snow itself, and this state of things continued even up to the last week of June, when the hills appeared white down to 1,000 feet above sea level. On the morning of 17th July, in the Kiilin district, the grass fields were white with hoar frost, and the pools showed a distinct covering of ice. The proverbial oldest inhabitant’s memory was taxed to re member so backward a season. Primula vulgaris seemed at its best, the hawthorn was just in flower-bud, and Pteris aguilina was just showing above the ground in the last week of June on the banks of Loch Tay—all at least five weeks behind their usual time—and the hill slopes and summits were in much the same state of backwardness. Everything seemed to be awaiting the heat, for when, in the last week of June, a short-lived warm wave swept hurriedly over us, its effect was at once apparent in the sudden quickening of vegetation on every hand, so that before the first week of July the wild roses were showing their buds, many of the summer flowers had appeared by the roadsides, and in another week both spring and summer flowers were blooming together in great profusion. In speaking of the alpine plants found in flower during the last week of July, it may be interesting, for the sake of com- parison, to put on record a few details concerning their general appearance and condition. The leaves, on the whole, were well formed, but small, the flowering stems short, and the flowers also small, giving a rather bare appearance to the rocks and detritus, and even to the marshy ground. As regards their state of advancement, they were, as I have already said, very late. Caltha minor, for instance, usually in ripe fruit towards the end of July, was mostly in flower-bud. The Cerastium forms were three weeks late; Arabis petra, about two weeks late; Draba rupestris, three weeks late; the alpine forms of Cochlearia, a week late; Arenaria sulcata, two weeks late ; 332 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Saginas, two weeks late; Dryas octopetala, three weeks late the Saxifrages were all two or three weeks late; Epilobiwm anagallidifolium, up to date; Cornus euecica, not to be seen ; Erigeron alpinum, three weeks late ; Gnaphaliwm, not in flower ; Saussurea alpina, which is often in flower about the last week of July, was not even showing flower-buds. All the alpine HMieracia were very late; only a few plants of Hieraciwm holosericeum were to be seen in flower. Of Pyrola rotundifolia no flowering stems even were to be seen, and of Gentiana nivalis only one or two flowers, while Gentiana campestris on the slopes seemed two or three weeks later than usual. Myosotis alpestris showed both plants and flowers very small and stunted. Veronica fruticans was two weeks late ; Vartheciwm ossifragum, in flower-bud, also two weeks late; Tofieldia palustris, in good flower; Junci and Carices, two or three weeks late. Grasses all very late, but both Woodsia and Cystopteris seemed up to date, thus showing how very fast these alpine plants make up for lost time, or, in other words, how rapidly they mature in the short time at their disposal; also, how quickly a few warm and dry days will enable them to ripen their fruit. A record corresponding to this next year would be interesting. I should feel inclined to foretell a scarcity of annuals and a poor development of perennials next year. Yet the milder weather we have had during the last few days, and what we may yet have if the wind continues westerly, may make a great difference on the whole aspect of the alpine flora, and upset any calcula- tions based on these observations. Ah Bo ee REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 333 Reports on Excursions. TowarD, 7th September, 1901.—This excursion was a joint one with that of the Andersonian Naturalists’ Society, and was further augmented by a contingent from the Greenock Natural History Club. The party, seventeen in all, under the leader- ship of Miss 8. B. Robbie, travelled, via Gourock, to Toward on a fine afternoon, and proceeded to Castle Toward, permission to visit which had kindly been granted by the owner of the estate. The first object of interest within the grounds was the old ruined castle once the seat of the Chief of the Lamonts. Like many other Scottish castles, it is said to have been visited by Queen Mary, who rode from Dunoon, whose castle she had also honoured with her presence. In 1646 the Camp- bells made a raid on Castle Toward, carried off the Lamonts, and hanged them on an ash tree in the kirkyard at Dunoon. Tradition says that “the Lord from heaven did declare His wrath and displeasure,” on account of this cruel deed, “by striking the said tree immediately thereafter, so that the whole leaves fell from it, and the tree withered, which, being cut down, there sprang out of the very heart of the root thereof a spring like unto blood popling up, and that for several years, till the said murderers or their favourites did cause howk out the root.” The old castle was burned at the time of the raid by the Marquis of Argyll, who was afterwards made to suffer for so doing, this deed in fact forming part of his indictment at his trial, which ended in his death. The chief feature of the Castle Toward estate is the variety and fine quality of its timber. The late Mr. Kirkman Finlay, who purchased this estate, planted five million trees, covering nine hundred acres, in Dunoon Parish, besides thirty acres in the Parish of Inverchaolin, into which the lands of Castle Toward extend. Fine examples of nearly all our deciduous trees were seen—the One-leaved Ash, Magnolia, Walnut, Norway and Japanese Maples, and true Plane trees were especially interesting. Among shrubs, the Japanese Quince in fruit, the 334 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Spindle trees, Mahonias, Barberries, the floriferous New Zealand shrub Olearia haasti, and many others, attracted attention, as did also the clumps of Bamboo. After wandering over the beautifully kept grounds, the party entered the garden and hot-houses, where a wealth of colouring and delightful perfume regaled the organs of sight and smell. They next visited the modern castle, which stands on a plateau, and is considered one of the finest examples of modern Gothic architecture. It was designed by David Hamilton, who planned the Royal Exchange of Glasgow. By favour of Captain William- son, who agreed to let a steamer touch at Toward that was not in the habit of doing so, the party had ample time to do justice to the beauties of the estate. ARNISTON AND TreMPLE, 23rd September, 1901.—Mr. George Cleland acted as conductor of this excursion, which was under- taken, on the Glasgow Autumn Holiday, jointly with the Ander- sonian Naturalists’ Society. Arniston and Temple are situated to the south-west of Gorebridge, along the Gore and the South Esk, and were part of the land on the South - Esk, in Lothian, granted in the twelfth century to the Knights Templars by David I. The estate on the South Esk was the first settlement of the Knights Templars in Scotland. These lands were subsequently formed into the Barony of Ballintrodo, which was the principal seat of the Templars until the suppression of the Order, in 1309. At that time the Templars, stricken in Scotland as in every other country in Christendom, disappeared from Scottish history, and the name given to the parish of “Temple” is now the sole remaining link between that once mighty Order and the lands upon the South Esk, of which for nearly 200 years they were the lords. From the Knights Templars, Ballintrodo passed into the hands of the Hospitallers or Knights of St. John. The morning opened threateningly after a night of rain, but, by the time Gorebridge was reached, the sun was shining brightly on the party, which numbered in all 38. The Rev. D. W. Wilson, M.A., Gorebridge, met the members, and guided them into the Arniston grounds. The route at first lay through the woods along the banks of the Gore. Near the entrance REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 335 Mr. Wilson pointed out the remains of one of the places where the manufacture of gunpowder used to be carried on, evidence of which was also to be seen in the number and variety of the Alders growing near, the Alder being used in the manufacture. He also gave some account of the birds of the district, though the birds themselves were exceedingly infrequent, and but few could be seen. He further spoke of the woods as being good ground for botanical work, but the slopes adjoining the Gore are mainly covered with “Dog’s Mercury” and ferns. A search .was made for fungi, but few were seen until the South Esk was reached, when a fairly good series was obtained. The glen of the South Esk is deep and well wooded on both sides. At various points, where the ground was wet, Stellaria aquatica was growing in great profusion, trailing over the ** Dog’s Mercury” with stems one to three feet long. Cuircaea lutetiana and Angelica sylvestris were in great abundance, both in flower and fruit. The woods had fine representatives of Oak and Beech trees, and near the path were some large Geans and three or four beautiful Spanish Chestnuts, one of which measured 134 feet at 4 feet 4 inches on south-east side. Some bushes of Vibwrnwm lantana, Euonymus japonicus, and Berberis vulgaris, were very conspicuous with their highly-coloured fruits. The Philadelphoris coronarius (the False Orange) seemed to have been largely planted, and one bush of the Juniper was noticed growing on the banks of the stream. About noon Arniston House was reached, where the party were hospitably entertained by Sir Robert Dundas, Bart. A halt of twenty minutes for lunch was made, and then the way was continued to Temple, Arniston being left for inspection on the way back. In the glen opposite Arniston were a number of introduced shrubs and trees, one or two specimens of Abies nobilis being very conspicuous with their silvery foliage. There was also a fine clump of Sea Buckthorn (Hippophae rhamnoides). ‘The bushes seemed very healthy and well grown, but bore no fruit. On the side of the stream at Temple was a large Ash, 14 feet 14 inches at 5 feet 3 inches on west side. In the centre of the fork, about 30 feet from the ground, a young Elm was growing. The Rey. J. W. Blake, M.A., minister of Temple, now joined 336 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. the party, and conducted the members to the old church. It stands on the sloping banks of the South Esk, and is now a roofless ruin. The style is the pointed early English. In the one end is a quaint little doorway, with trefoil arch cut from a single stone; in the opposite end is the prettiest of the windows, with a fine head of plate tracery with plain circles; on the south side are two pointed windows; on the north side one, the second having evidently been built up. The heads of these windows are also of plate tracery. The double sedilia in the south wall and the doorway are thought to date from the time, of the Templars. A tomb in the north wall belongs to the fifteenth, and the belfry to the sixteenth, century. A dozen of the party made a short detour to Edgelaw Reservoir, but, beyond observing six herons perched on the trees, and a large number of waterfowl, nothing of special interest was noticed, and the party retraced their steps, and soon rejoined the main body at Arniston. The main interest at Arniston centred in the splendid avenues of trees. These were planted in 1736, and consist mainly of Beech, Elm, Larch, Maple, and Lime. Sir Robert Dundas has still in his possession the invoices of these trees, and offered to show them to anyone curious to see them. A Larch in front of the house measured 9 feet 84 inches at 4 feet 4 inches on west side; another, 12 feet 4 inch at 4 feet 9 inches on east side; an Ash on north side of the road, near the gate in the park, measured 12 feet 7 inches at 5 feet 3 inches on south- east side; a Maple, on same side, 12 feet 34 inches at 5 feet 6 inches on south-east; a Maple, on south side, 16 feet 1 inch at 4 feet 5 inches on north-west side; an Ash, on north side, 12 feet 8 inches at 5 feet 5 inches on south-east; and another Ash, also on north side, 15 feet 14 inches at 4 feet 9} inches on south-east side. The party then made for Gorebridge, and travelled to Edin- burgh. After a halt here for tea, Glasgow was eventually reached after a most enjoyable day’s excursion. The following list of fungi was reported by Mr. Johnston :— Amanita phalloides, Fr. rubescens, Pers, vaginatus, Bull. —_ oY a 4 REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 337 Lepiota clypeolarius, Bull. granulosus, Batsch. procerus, Scop. Armillaria melleus, Fl. Dan. Tricholoma terreus, Schaeff. vaccimus, Pers. Clitocybe laccatus, Scop. Collybia dryophilus, Bull. Mycena galericulatus, Scop. polugrammus, Bull. Pholiota squarrosus, Mill. Flammula sapineus, Fr. Psaliota campestris, Linn. Stropharia aeruginosus, Curt. semiglobatus, Batsch Hypholoma fascicularis, Huds. Panaeolus campanulatus, Linn. Pazillus lepista, Fr. involutus, Fr. Hygrophorus conicus, Fr. virgineus, Fr. psittacinus, Fr. ceraceus, Fr. Lactarius blennius, Fr. serifluus, Fr. deliciosus, Fr. quietus, Fr. torminosus, Fr. Russula emetica, Fr. ochroleuca, Fr. nigricans, Fr. cyanoxantha, Fr. Boletus badius, Fr. flavus, With. luteus, Linn. subtomentosus, Linn. Polyporus versicolor, Fr. Hydnum rufescens, Pers. 338 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Stereum hirsutum, Fr. sanguinolentum, Fr. Lycoperdon coelatum, Fr. Peziza badia, Pers. Reticulata wmbrina, Fr. Few Tipulidae were netted, the rains of the early morning having so damped the grass and undergrowth that no sweeping could be done. The following is a list of those taken :— Dina maculata, Mg. nebulosa, Mg. Dicranomyia didyma, Mg. Empeda nubila, Schum. Rhypholophus haemorrhoidalis, Ztt. Limnophila senilis, Hal. Trichocera annulata, Mg. hiemalis, Deg. Dicranota bimaculata, Schum. Tipula pagana, Mg. signata, Staeg. Campsiz Guen and Lennox Castie were visited on 28th Sep- tember, 1901, and Capper WiLpErNEss on 19th October, but nothing deserving of special mention falls to be recorded. The excursions were under the guidance of Mr. Wm. Stewart, and were principally for mycological purposes. Crarcenps, 19th April, 1902.— Mr. John Renwick, the con- ductor, has contributed the following report :— “ On this occasion the grounds of Craigends House were visited first, and thereafter the party proceeded by the village of Crosslee, up the side of the lade that supplies the mills there, and along the River Gryfe to Bridge of Weir. “The lands of Craigends were, in 1479, given by the first Earl of Glencairn to his second son, William Cunninghame, and have since remained in the possession of his lineal descendants. Near the house is a very large Yew tree—the largest that we know of in the West of Scotland. On this occasion it was REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 339 found to have a girth of 21 feet 114 inches at the narrowest part of the short bole, on an irregular line about 1} feet to 24 feet from the ground. The trunk begins to divide, at about 3 feet up, into thirteen or fourteen large limbs, the largest of which is over 8 feet in girth at the base. The tree is situated on sloping ground near the river, and these figures refer to the lower side. In November, 1899, the height of the tree was 44 feet; the diameter of the spread of the branches was 85} feet in a line parallel to the river, and 85} feet at right angles to the course of the river—an increase of 18 inches in each direction since our previous measurement in March, 1896. At this last date the circumference of the branches was 256 feet. In November, 1899, the figures were—girth, 21 feet 2? inches; spread, 81 feet 10 inches. In the Highland and Agricultural Society’s Transactions, 1865, details are given—girth, 19 feet 6 inches; greatest spread of branches, 67 feet 6 inches; circum- ference, 205 feet; area, 3,330 feet. The height at which the girth was taken is not given, nor is it stated in which direction was the greatest spread of branches; but, assuming that these are the same as those to which our figures refer, the follow- ing comparisons may be of interest, although they cannot be definitely taken as strictly correct :— Date. Girth. Increase, Rate per annum. Ft. In. Inches, Years, Inch, 1863 or (1864), ... 19 6 oa Ke oi Noy., 1889, he 21 2% 202 say 27 “77 Mar., 1896, ah Ary f 4} 6 ‘71 Nov., 1899, ae 21 10 3 4 ‘75 April, 1902, iy 21 114 es 2 "15 293 39 75 Our measurements, Nov., ’89, April, 02, 8% 12 ‘73 DIAMETER OF SPREAD. Increase, Rate per annum, Ft. In. Ft. In. Years, Inches. 1863 (or 1864), ... 67 6 And nas a 5 Nov., 1889, ais 81 10 144 say 27 6°37 Mar., 1896, ... 84 0 22 6 4:33 Nov., 1899, cae 85 6 16 4 4:50 18 0 37 5°84 Our measurements, Nov.,’89, Nov.,’99, 38 10 4:40 340 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. CIRCUMFERENCE OF SPREAD. Increase. Years. Rate per annum, 1863 (or 1864), ... 205 ft. ids ae March, 1896, “er 256 ft. 51 ft. say 33 1 ft. 64 in. AREA. 1863 (or 1864), ce 3,330 feet. 1899, taking average diameter as 85 ft. =5,674 ft., fully 4th of an acre. “A growth in girth of ‘73 of an inch yearly is very great for.a Yew, and is likely to be partly accounted for by the swelling under the division of the trunk on the one hand, and on the other by the enlargement at the roots. But the tree appears to be very healthy and vigorous, and in 1896 we were told that it always produced large quantities of pollen. “A Horse Chestnut near the house was measured — girth, 13 feet 1 inch at 3 feet 6 inches from the ground—an increase of 6} inches in six years and 13 inches in twelve years=an average of 1°08 inch per annum. In 1899 it had a spread of 90 feet. “Mr. John Paterson reports that the Swallow, the Sand- martin, and the House-martin were seen on the side of the Gryfe at Crosslee, and the Willow-wren was common.” Murrocu and AvcnenreocH Guns, 26th April, 1902.—This excursion, which was under the leadership of Mr. Wm. Armour, C.E., was a joint one along with the Geological Society, and the interest was mainly geological. Mr. John Renwick has contributed the following report :— “ Proceeding by rail to Dumbarton, the party walked by the highway to the lower end of Murroch Glen, ascended this valley into Auchenreoch Glen, and returned to Dumbarton across the moor and down the hill road. “The rocks through which the two streams flow belong to the lowest division of the Carboniferous system—namely, the Calciferous Sand-stone series, or Cement-stone group. They are known as the ‘ Ballagan beds,’ from being typically exposed in Ballagan Glen, near Strathblane, and consist of clays, mazrls, shales, sand-stones, and cement-stones. They appear to have been laid down in extensive lagoons, or shallow water basins. REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 341 “The streams have worn channels deep down into ravines, showing fine examples of river erosion, and affording, now on one side and again on the other, grand sections of the strata thus cut through. The most extensive section is a splendid cliff, variously estimated at 150 to 200 feet in height, in Auchenreoch Glen, a little above the point where that stream literally falls—over a little waterfall—into the main stream. Standing in the middle of the glen near this point is a column, known as ‘ Lot’s Wife,’ consisting of hardened rock, apparently altered by the action of heated water passing through the strata, long after they were formed. Evidence of the action of ice was pointed out in the rounded boulders of Highland rocks strewed in the glens, carried from the North during the glacial period. “Botanically, many of the spring flowers were seen, but nothing of special interest was found. “ Among the summer birds observed (by Mr. W. A. Donnelly) were the Common Sandpiper, the Willow-wren, the Cuckoo, and the Ring-otzel; and the Corn-crake was heard. The resident birds included the Carrion Crow and the Bullfinch. “Tt may be of interest to mention that King Alexander II., in 1223 or 1224, ‘gave and granted to the said burgh (of Dumbartane), and burgesses thereof and their successors, two parts of the lands of Murvaich (Murroch), for the common good of the burgh that may be made therefrom, as the said charter, granted the 13th day of the month of December and the tenth year of the reign of the said king, proports.’ In 1240 the same king granted a charter ‘to the said burgh and burgesses thereof of the third part of the lands of Murvaich, for the yearly payment of ten merks in name of feu farm.’— (Charter of James VI. and I., 1609, quoted by Joseph Irving, Book of Dumbartonshire). “The burgh and burgesses of Dumbarton were rather fond of litigation, and it is to be feared that they have had at various times to dispose of most, or all, of their Murroch lands.” Nertston Pap and Haretaw Dam, 3rd May, 1902. — About thirty members and friends took part in this excursion, which was carried out, under the leadership of Mr. John Robertson, ~ in fine weather. The route taken was over Neilston Pad to Harelaw Dam. 342 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. From the Pad the Arran hills and the Firth of Clyde could be seen, although the atmosphere was rather hazy and un- favourable for an extended view. At Harelaw Dam most of the party were conveyed by means of a boat to the island, on which is the nesting-place of a well-known large colony of Black- headed Gulls. Nests were seen at all stages, many still without eggs, while a few had young birds hatched out. Most of the nests contained three eggs, but there were several with four. The colony still keeps up to its usual strength. There is little doubt, in fact, but that it would greatly increase were it not that the birds are not allowed to nest on the sides of the Dam. The eggs are taken by the keepers to prevent boys and other tres- passers from being attracted to the place. On Harelaw were also seen a number of Tufted Ducks and five Great Crested Grebes. Some of the party returned direct to Neilston by road, others by the old road to the east of Neilston Pad, two sand pits near Neilston being visited en route. The ground passed over is a well-known locality for the Moonwort, which was observed during the afternoon. A Common Bat or Pipistrelle was obtained, and the following summer birds were noted :—Swallow, Sand-martin, Wheatear, Common Sandpiper, and Willow-wren. Bisnor Locu, 6th May, 1902.—This evening excursion, under the leadership of Mr. John Paterson, was sparsely attended, only six persons being present. The weather was cold and windy, but bright and comparatively favourable for observation of the bird life of the district, to which feature of its natural history attention was entirely devoted. Many Redshanks, Common Sandpipers, Swallows, and one Yellow Wagtail were seen at Bishop Loch, and on the loch or in its immediate neighbourhood were some Coots, Water-hens, Little Grebes, four Tufted Ducks @, several Mallards, several Pochards, and a pair of Mute-swans, the last-named nesting on an islet and having erected apparently a structure like a hay-rick in form and size. The conditions were not quite so favourable at Woodend Loch, but one pair of Tufted Ducks was seen there, and at Lochend Loch several Mallards and Teal. A Pheasant with no ring discernible on its neck is perhaps worth noting now-a-days, although the same claim REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 343 cannot be urged for that common object of the country, a dead example of the Common Shrew, found on the road near Lochend Loch. CampusneTHAN House and Datzten Hovss, 17th May, 1902. —tThis excursion was under the leadership of Mr. James Whitton. Mr. John Renwick has contributed the following report on the measurements which were taken of certain trees :— Cambusnethan House. English Elm, to north-west of house, near gate into glen— bole, 54 feet ; girth, 8 feet 10 inches at 2 feet 2 inches. Spanish Chestnut, below house—bole, 15 feet ; girth, 22 feet 41 inches at 5 feet 4 inches. On 17th May 1900 girth, 22 feet 3 inches. Tree decaying. One of the largest Chestnuts in the West of Scotland. Beech, near garden (outline of trunk, &c. resembles an elephant’s head)—bole, 20 feet ; girth, 12 feet 10 inches at 5 feet. Black Poplar, opposite offices—bole, about 60 feet; girth, 11 feet 3} inches at 4 feet. At the root of this tree many fine specimens of Lathréea sqguamaria, L., were growing. Spruce Fir, in glen—girth, 8 feet 6 inches at 5 feet 5 inches. Dalziel House. Oak, near house (‘‘ Covenanters Oak”) *—hbole, 7 feet ; girth, 19 feet 6 inches at 2 feet 3 inches. Girth on 6th May, 1893, 19 feet 2 inches. Beech, on side of river, planted 1721—bole, 13 feet ; girth, 14 feet 44 inches at 4 feet 8 inches. Girth on 6th May, 1893, 13 feet 84 inches. Yew, in glen—bole, fully 25 feet ; girth, 8 feet 02 inches at 5 feet 6 inches. Girth on 6th May, 1893, 7 feet 94 inches, A Black Poplar measured in 1893, is-said to have been blown down in 1899. *See Transactions, Vol. IV. (N.S.), p. 102; and (4) pp. 250 and 259, D 344 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Bun Lomonp and Luss, 22nd May, 1902 (Mr. Hugh Boyd Watt, Conductor).—The day was unfortunately wet, a soft rain falling almost continuously. Ben Lomond was the programme for the day, but a small party landed at Luss, and the results of their work are included in this report. The remainder of the party “took the hill,” a considerable number reaching the top of the Ben (altitude, 3,192 feet). Mr. John Paterson reported having seen the Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris, L.) at Luss, where it is common. Only a very few common birds were seen on the Ben, amongst them a pair of Whinchats (Pratincola rubetra, L.) Willow-wrens (Phylloscopus trochilus, L.) were singing as high up as the small trees by the burn-side extended, and in the mist, about 1,600 feet up, a Sky- lark was soaring in song. From Luss Mr. Paterson reports the Garden-warbler (Sylvia hortensis, Bech.), Tree-pipit (Anthus trivialis, L.) and Wood-wren (Phylloscopus sidilatria, Bech. ) with the remark that they may fairly be described’ as quite characteristic birds of Luss. Longtailed Tits (Acredula rosea, Blyth) were also seen several times. On the lower slopes of the Ben, Mr. R. B. Johnstone captured a Blindworm (Angwis JSragilis, L.), and a bottle full was seen in the possession of some tinkers at Luss, which had been got among the rubbish at the disused slate quarries in Luss Glen, where they abound ; and they seem to occur over all the Loch Lomond district. TENTHREDINID#, Mr. A. A. Dalglish reports, were very scarce at Luss, only three species being taken, namely, Z'omosthethus Juscipennis, Fall., Pachynematus capree, Pz., and Dolerus hematodes, Schrnk., all swept in marshy ground, Among the AcuLEaTA at Luss Formica fusca, Latr., Lasius niger, Linn., and Myrmica rubra, L., race ruginodis, Nyl., were allcommon. Momada alternata, Kirby, was taken, and the only other species noticed was Bombus terrestris, L. Lepwoprrra—Mr. A. A. Dalglish took the following species - at Luss :—Lithocolletis quercifoliella, Z., common at rest on oak ; L. heegeriella, Z., single specimen; ZL. alnifoliella, Dup., fairly common on alders; Acalla literana, L., single specimen hyber- nated and in poor condition; A. ferrugana, Tr., hybernated and common; Depressaria arenella, Schiff., single specimen, hyber- nated ; Gracilaria syringella, F., beaten from ash; Xanthorhoe REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 345 spadicearia, Bhk. (=ferrugaria, Haw.); Reselia confuscalis, H.S., single specimen from wall or roadside. TrpuLip#.—Mr. Alex. Ross reports that the unfavourable weather prevented any large captures. Eighteen species were taken, and of these Dicranomyia stigmatica, Mg., was known previously only from Lochgoilhead and Colintraive ; and Jdioptera trimaculata, Ztt., from Drymen Road and Milngavie. These two species were the most interesting, and the others were Dixa maculata, Mg.; Limnobia macrostigma, Schum.; L. nubeculosa, Mg.; Dicranomyia chorea, Mg.; Rhipidia maculata, Mg. ; Em- peda nubila, Schum. ; Lrioptera tenionota, Mg.; Rhypholophus nodulosus, Mcq.; Limnophila meigenii, Ver.; Trichocera regela- tionis, L.; Ula pilosa, Schum.; Amalopis immaculata, Mg.; A. unicolor, Schum.; Tipula hortulana, Mg.; and Z. vari- pennis, Mg. CotropTEeRA.—The following species were collected or observed at Luss by Mr. Anderson Fergusson :—Leistus fulvibarbis, Dej.; Nebria gyllenhali, Sch. (red-legged variety) ; Harpalus latus, L. ; Pterostichus versicolor, Sturm.; P. madidus, F.; P. niger, Schall. ; P. nigrita, F.; Anchomenus angusticollis, F.; A. albipes, F.; A. parumpunctatus, F.; Bembidium littorale, Ol.; B. punctulatum, Drap.; Trechus minutus, F.; Cercyon hemorrhoidalis, F.; C. melanocephalus, L.; Bythinus bulbifer, Reich.; Adalia obliterata, L.; Aphodius fimetarius, L.; A. ater, Deq.; A. depressus, Kug.; Geotrupes sylvaticus, Panz.; Agriotes obscwrus, L.; Rhagonycha limbata, Thoms.; &. pallida, F.; Chrysomela staphylea, L. ; Crepidodera awrata, Marsh; Deporaiis betule, L.; Anoplus plantaris, Naez.; Balaninus salcivorus, Payk. Mr. John R. Lee reports that the following were the only plants of interest noted on Ben Lomond :—Thalictrum alpinum, L., altitude 2000 feet ; Anemone nemorosa, L., and Caltha palus- tris, L., both in flower at altitude 2000 feet ; Rubus chamemorus, L.; Alchemilla alpina, L.; Saxifraga stellaris, L. ; S. oppositifolia, L., in flower, altitude 2000 feet; Antennaria dioica, Gertn. ; Vaccinium Vitis-Idea, L.; Oxyria reniformis, Huds.; Empetrum nigrum, L.; Carex precox, Jacq.; Aspidium aculeatum, Sw. var. lobatum ; Lycopodium clavatum, L.; L. alpinum, L. ; L. selago, L. One specimen of Myrica gale, L., gathered by Mr. R. B. John- stone, had catkins, with staminate flowers at the base and 346 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. pistillate at the apex. This is very unusual, the species being generally distinctly dicecious. Mr. John Paterson reported that the fine Black Poplar which stood at the side of the Luss Water, near the bridge, has been cut down. It measured 13 feet in circumference, at 5 feet, thirteen years ago (vide Annals, Andersonian Naturalists’ Society, I., p. 60). It is stated to have been planted in 1804, but only fifty-four annual rings of growth could be counted at the base of the trunk. The apparent annual increase of wood was uniformly large throughout that period. There is much natural Holly in Luss Glen, some of it pretty old, and individual trees of large size are quite a feature of the place. The Tulip tree and curiously-shaped Larch, in the Hotel garden, the old Wych Elm, opposite the Hotel, the large Silver Firs, Great Maples, Limes, and Walnuts all received their due meed of attention and admiration, but no fresh measurements were taken. Duncornsz, 7th June, 1902.—This excursion was undertaken jointly with the Geological Society, and was under the leader- ship of Mr. James Steel. Notwithstanding a wet forenoon, which did not promise well for an afternoon on the moors, . nineteen members and friends assembled at Queen Street Station, and on reaching Dungoyne Station the number was swelled by the addition of several others. The fact that there had been so recently the terrible eruptions in the West India Islands induced the members to pay special attention to the signs of former volcanic energy around them. On the way to the summit of the hill several vents were noticed, from which the andesite lavas which cap the Strathblane hills were poured forth, which in turn at a later period were traversed by in- trusive diabase. Dungoyne itself is the most conspicuous of the vents, but among others in the vicinity are Dungoil, Bin Bairn, and the Meikle Bin. According to Sir Archibald Geikie, there are fifty vents, large and small, between Dungoyne and Loch Lomond. There was a beautiful and extensive view from the top of the hill, and many quick-passing shadows varied with sunshine gave diversity to the scenery, making the visit a truly memorable one. Returning round the south face of the hill at —— a ot REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 347 a considerable elevation, a most enchanting view suddenly burst on the party, a change in the light giving the water of Loch Lomond such a brilliant effect that the islands were shown distinctly, and even the steamer was seen threading its way through them. On the way back one of the party came upon a half-grown rabbit sitting beside a tuft of grass, which actually allowed itself to be touched by the hand before scampering away! Quite a number of swallows were seen on the road busily gathering mud from the edges of the small rain pools to further the construction of their nests. The outing was thoroughly enjoyed by all those who took part in it. Mimton LocxHart and Carrin, 14th June, 1902.— Mr. R. Morton was the conductor of this excursion, and Mr. John Renwick has contributed the following report :— “The party proceeded by rail to Carluke, and walked to Milton Lockhart, the property of Major-General David Blair Lockhart, D.L. The gardener met them, and accompanied them to the gardens and other places of interest in the policies. The company were hospitably entertained to tea, both at Milton Lockhart and Carfin House. “The following measurements of trees were taken by Messrs. Renwick and M‘Kay :— Measurements of Trees. Large-leaved Lime ( Zilia platyphyllos, Scop. ), to west of house —bole, 12 feet; girth, 12 feet 2} inches at 3 feet 5 inches. Large-leaved Lime, to west of preceding tree—bole, 12 feet ; girth, 9 feet 3 inches at 4 feet 8 inches Common Lime (Tilia vulgaris, Hayne) to south-west of house—bole, 15 feet; girth, 12 feet 34 inches at 4 feet 9 inches. Field Maple ( Acer campestre, L. ), near gatehouse at Clyde—bole, 5 feet ; girth, 6 feet 84 inches at 2 feet 6 inches. Horse Chestnut, to south-west of house—bole, 6 feet ; girth, 9 feet 24 inches at 2 feet 11 inches. False Acacia (Robinia pseudacacia, L.), near gatehouse at Clyde—hole, 5 feet ; girth, 6 feet 84 inches at 2 feet 5 inches 348 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. English Field Elm (Ulmus surculosa, Stokes), on Mill Hill— bole, 20 feet ; girth, 14 feet 84 inches at 5 feet 4 inches. The largest English Elm we know of in Clyde area. English Field Elm, on terrace to north of house—bole, 25 feet ; girth, 10 feet 103 inches at 5 feet 4 inches. English Field Elm, on terrace to north of house. Tree nearest house)—bole, 35 feet; girth, 9 feet 74 inches at 4 feet 10 inches. Oak, on “ Mount Pisgah ”—girth, 10 feet 9 inches at 4 feet 10 inches. Beech, on terrace to north of house. (Beech nearest house)— bole, 13 feet ; girth, 10 feet 7 inches at 4 feet 10 inches. Wellingtonia (Sequoia gigantea, Torrey.) near front of house— girth, at base, 8 feet 7 inches; at 2 feet, 5 feet 5} inches at 4 feet, 4 feet 64 inches. “From Milton Lockhart the party walked by the highway, through Crossford, to Carfin House. On the side of the high- way, half-a-mile above the entrance to Milton Lockhart, is a very fine oak, which in January, 1901, had a girth of 15 feet 32 inches at 5 feet up; bole, 9° feet; height, 61 feet; diameter of spread of branches, 884 feet from N.W. to S.E., and 86 feet at about right angles thereto. “At Carfin House the party, accompanied by the gardener, visited the hothouses, the gardens, &e. Among the rarer trees was noted a Cork-barked Elm (Ulmus suberosa, Moen.), about fifteen years old—girth, 1 foot 114 inches at 4 feet; bole, 8 feet. “From Carfin a hurried walk up the steep road leading to Braidwood brought the party to the station just in time for the train.” Totitcross Park, 17th June, 1902.— Mr. James Whitton, Superintendent of Parks, met the members at the West Lodge, and conducted them through the park. Proceeding by the south walk towards the glen, some comment was made on the dying condition of a number of the older trees in the vicinity of the mansion-house. The probable causes of this are the changed atmospheric conditions and the effects of underground workings, which frequently rack the roots as well as tap the REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. 349 natural supply of water. On several of the decaying trees huge specimens of Polyporus squamosus, Fr., were noticed. Though too early for a “fungus foray,” even in a place well suited for it, several species were observed, the only one worth noting being Agaricus (Hypholoma) sublateritus, Scheff. Passing up the glen, remarks were made on the clean-stemmed Beeches. Though none of the trees were of great bulk, the group was an interesting object-lesson in economic forestry. The trees of this group are utilised as a nesting-place by hun- dreds of crows, and this rookery is now one of the largest in the vicinity of the City. The old kitchen garden, which is now used as a nursery for trees and shrubs, was next visited. In passing through the stable courtyard a large gnarled Elm was measured by several of the arboricultural section of the party. The collections of trees and shrubs created a consider- able amount of interest, seeing that they are being got together for experimental planting, and many are new or little known in the district. The following list may be of interest, as all are apparently happy in their surroundings :— Andromeda speciosa cassinefolia. Prinos glaber. Cerasus pumila pendula. Kalmia angustifolia rubra. Hamamelis arborea. Sambucus racemosa serratifolia aurea. Caragana ferox, Weigela hortensis variegata. - F nivea. * F Eva Rathke. Philadelphus Lemoinei erecta. ‘3 ¥ macrophyllum. Prunus Maximowieczii. Xanthoceras sorbifolia. Ribes Gordonianum. » sanguineun. Cornus siberica alba spathi. ” ” aurea 5, Phillyrea decora, 350 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Cerasus virginica. Amelanchier canadensis. Populus Bolliana. Fraxinus aurea. - aucubefolia. 55 monophylla laciniata. 3 Americana. By dimorphus. y Americana pennsylvanica. ae spectabilis. a Soliovariegata. polemonifolia. ¥ arbutifolia. Ulmwus stricta. »» Dampierr aurea. 5» montana alba marginata. _ oe Smuthi. 5 Campestris awrea. » Louis Van Houtte. » cornubiensis. evicta. nigrescens. Crategus Douglasii. » erus galla splendens. » Carrere. » Korolkowi? » pyrifolra. » pyracantha Lelandi, heavily fruited, in small Salix acicularia. [plants. Pyrus Sorbus. » Americana. » cretica. 5 malus floribunda. * ., atrosanguinea, Betula laciniata. Liriodendron tulipifera. ilypericum moserianum. And larger quantities of better known shrubs, such as spireas, Rosa rugosa, rhododendrons, heaths, &e. , Prey - =—_. hc; CT REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. Spal Attention was drawn to a curiosity in the form of a carnation which bears a double flower in the centre of the spike, whilst all the side flowers are single. In crossing the glen towards the flower garden a large patch of Podophyllum peltatum (Linn.) was pointed out, which had naturalised itself in a damp, sun-shaded part of the grounds. The natural beauty of the grounds.was much commented upon. The new conservatories, which had recently been opened to the public, were next visited, and the collection of plants closely inspected. Though of varied interest, none of the subjects call for special notice, excepting a small collection of Tree Ivies grown in pots, which, when more fully developed, should form a feature of interest. Gatston, 5th July, 1902.— Mr. Renwick acted as the con- ductor of. this excursion, in the unavoidable absence of Mr. A. Gilchrist, and has contributed the following report :— “There were half-a-dozen present—three from Glasgow and three from the locality. The first place of interest visited was Barr Castle, an ancient fortalice standing in the town, about whose date and history we could learn nothing very definite. Near the castle is an old Elm tree, locally known as ‘The Boss-Tree’ (Hollow Tree). Aiton’s View of the County of Ayr, 1811, quoted by Dr. D. Landsborough, Contributions to Local History (Kilmarnock), states-—‘The largest Elm, and indeed the largest tree, in the County of Ayr, is near Barr Castle, Galston. It is 27 feet round at the root, and 16 feet round 6 feet above the surface. The trunk is not very long, and rather rough and knotty; but the branches are numerous, some of them very large, and cover a great extent of surface. One of them, broken off by the wind ten years ago, sold then at five pounds.’ Mr. R. Hutchison, in the Highland and Agri- cultural Society’s Transactions for 1883, states that in 1879 it was 27 feet in girth at 1 foot, 16 feet 4 inches at 5 feet, and 16 feet at 6 feet. The repetition of 27 feet and 16 feet in these two sets of measurements makes one doubtful of the accuracy of the later set. The first time I saw the tree was in May, 1899, when it measured 18 feet 4 inches at 6 feet from the ground; but the trunk was hollow, with large gaps, 352 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. and was bound together with strong chains to prevent it from falling asunder. On our present visit the measurement at 6 feet gave 18 feet 11 inches, but, in addition to the gaps just mentioned, there is a large number of small branches springing out of the trunk, which renders it impossible to pass the tape round in a straight line. These branches have increased in number and size during the last three years, and the stem which springs from the decayed trunk seems higher and more vigorous. ‘The veteran appears as if renewing its youth, and as Mr. Turner, the factor to the Duke of Portland, is taking care of it, we may trust that this relic may long be spared. Dr. Landsborough (op. cét., p. 191) records a Great Maple at Barr Castle, girthing 13 feet 2 inches at 5 feet, in spring of 1879. Mr. Wright informs us that this tree was taken down about 1882. “Leaving the town, we make our way in the direction of Cessnock Castle, along with many others— ‘¢ For roads were clad, frae side to side, Wi’ monie a wearie body, In droves that day.” “(Is it necessary to explain that ‘ wearie’ does not mean ‘ tired,’ but ‘different’=with many a different person—farmers, cottars, swankies, lassies ?) The simmer ‘‘ sun owre Galston muirs, W? glorious light was” shining : But few were ‘‘ thinkin’ on their sins,” Though likely ‘‘some upo’ their claes.”’ “The occasion wasn’t a Holy Fair, but a concert, with an address upon Burns. “Tf the Glasgow Natural History Society made a poor show at Galston, the credit of the City was kept up by one of the Society's youngest honorary members, the Hon. the Lord Provost (Dr. Samuel Chisholm), who delivered an eloquent address. But we did not ‘draw our tippence’ (sixpence), and ‘go to see the show.’ Our way led round the outside of the policies of Cessnock Castle, southwards and upward, on the cultivated flank of Galston Muir. An oak plantation here was formed in 1839, Mr. Wright informed us. We ‘slowly mount the rising REPORTS ON EXCURSIONS. $53 steep’ to about 450 feet above sea-level, when the Brown Carrick Hills, 940 feet high and 18 miles to the south-west, and Cairnsmuir of Carsphairn, 2,612 feet high, 23 miles to the east of south, are pointed out to us. Leaving the highway, we take a short cut across the fields, passing a farm where, we were told, the tenant is about 90 years of age, and still hale and hearty. “The first stage of our journey ended at Mr. Wright’s farm, Bruntwood Mains. Here we inspected his collection, of which he gives me the following note:—‘ One room is filled with fossils, the other with rock and mineral specimens. Being on the carboniferous strata, the greater part is from that series, prin- cipally from the Kilmarnock coal-field and limestone quarries of North Ayrshire, mostly my own collecting; many specimens of tertiary fossils from England. My palolithic implements are mostly from the Thames Valley; extinct fauna from Cress- well Caves, Derbyshire; neolithic stone implements are mostly from this district. When a young ploughman I turned up a celt; this led me to become a collector. Mr. John Smith, in his Prehistoric Ayrshire, gives an account of my finds in this direction. I have also relics from the crannogs of Lochlea and Buisten, Scotch elks’ horns, and so on.’ “At the farm is a Crack Willow, 68 years old, measuring 13 feet 1 inch at the narrowest part of the stem, about 3 feet up; bole, 6 feet. “ After discussing a good hearty tea, we set off for Craigen- conner Glen, on the Cessnock Water. This stream rises on the high grounds in Sorn Parish, to the south of Galston Moors. At first it flows to the south-west, then due west, then south, as if to join the River Ayr; but, when within 14 miles of that stream, it swings round to the north-west, and, after a very tortuous course, in which it boxes the compass, it falls into the River Irvine, two miles below Galston. The glen is a very pretty one, and we were quite pleased with our rather hurried visit. The stream fortunately was low, and we were thus able to walk down the glen with comparative ease. Among the plants which we saw were the Herb Paris (Paris quadrifolia, L.); the Beech-fern (Polypodiwm phegopteris, L., = Phegopteris polypodioides, Fée); and the Oak-fern (P. Dryopteris, L, 354 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. = Phegopteris Dryopteris, Fée.) Besides these, Mr. Wright states there are found the Winter Green (Pyrola media, Sw.), the Bird’s Nest Orchid (Weottia Nidus-avis, Rich.), and the Wood Melic Grass (Melica uniflora, Retz. ). “We emerge from the glen a little beyond the point where the railway is carried over it on a fine bridge, and after a walk of about 34 miles reach Hurlford railway station, the total walk being between 9 and 10 miles at a low estimate.” Marine Bionocican Sration, Kepprn Pier, Minuport, 23rd August, 1902—The members of this excursion arrived in two detachments, the first and largest coming by steamer arriving at Keppel Pier at 10 am. They at once proceeded on board the ‘“ Mermaid,” which was lying off the station, and under the guidance of Mr. Alex. Gray, were taken to the well-known dredging ground at the Tan Buoy. Here a short haul was taken with the square, iron-lipped dredge, which brought up a great quantity of gravel, shells, and JMMelobesia. The most interesting creature obtained here was probably the nest-building bivalve Mollusc, Zima hians, Gmel., with its pretty white shell and long fringe of scarlet tentacles. NX 30, 1903, by I Nov. ge 382.) (See pa PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 383 skeleton of a parasitic foetus, and demonstrated by means of it the distinctive features of the parasitic connection. He gave at the same time a lucid description of the mode of the development, and the union, of twins. Dr. T. Beath Henderson read a paper entitled “A simple method of preserving birds as specimens,” and showed several examples of his handiwork as illustrations. The method con- sisted simply in the injection of carbolic acid by considerable force into the body cavity. The acid permeated the tissues of the animal, hardened the tissues, and practically mummified the creature. The method, he said, while useful for small specimens, was not so well adapted for large ones, and was not suitable for museum specimens. 297TH Aprit, 1902. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. John Renwick, read reports of the Society’s excursions to Craigends and to Murroch and Auchenreoch Glens (see pp. 338 and 340). Mr. J. J. Robertson, Hon. Secretary, read a paper by Mrs. David Robertson, Millport, Honorary Member, on Lithothamnion glaciale (Kjellm.), a calcareous alga, new to Britain. The authoress stated that the first specimen of this alga was obtained at Port-Bannatyne, Bute, in October, 1895. The late Dr. David Robertson sent it to Mr. E.-A. L. Batters, who identified it as above, but, as there was still some doubt, refrained from insert- ing it into the list of the marine alge of the Clyde which he contributed to the Fauna and Flora Handbook for the British Association in 1901. The specimens now exhibited had been kindly authenticated by M. Foslie, of Norway. Kjellmun says— “The species is dispersed over the greater part of the Arctic Sea. Only from the Kara and Siberian Seas it is not known. It attains its most vigorous development, as far as I know, at Spitzbergen and on the west coast of Novaia Zemlya, where it occurs also in the greatest numbers.” He also says—“ The present plant is a deep-water form. Most often and in the greatest number it is met with at a depth of 10-20 fathoms. The localities where it is known to exist are (1) the Norwegian 384 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Polar Sea, (2) the Greenland Sea, (3) the Murman Sea, (4) the American Arctic Sea, (5) Baffin’s Bay. Mrs. Robertson sent for exhibition specimens of this alga, and along with them examples also of Lithophyllum lenormandi, Roseny., and of Lithothamnion Sonderi, Hauck, both from Cumbrae. The President followed with a short paper on the Corallines, the family of red seaweeds to which Lithothamnion belongs. He referred to their abnormal lime-encrusted habit, and to their wide distribution in time and space, for they are to be found as far back as the upper chalk beds, while we meet with them to-day in all seas, and very plentifully among coral reefs, where they often act as a kind or mortar in holding the reefs together. Mr. James Mitchell exhibited some specimens of birds, muminified by a native process, from Basutoland, South Africa. The birds were in excellent preservation, and their condition was a demonstration of the efficiency of the méthod described by Dr. T. B. Henderson at the previous meeting. Mrs. Peter Ewing read a paper entitled “ Arctic Plants from the Dovrefjeld, Norway,” and exhibited all the plants mentioned in the paper (see page 307). Dr. James F. Gemmill gave a demonstration on “ Different Modes of Movement among Echinoderms.” He exhibited a number of living specimens of star-fishes, sea-urchins, brittle stars, and feather stars, and illustrated, by means of these specimens, as well as by a number of “living” lantern slides, the organs and methods of locomotion proper to each species. Mr. James Whitton’s paper on “Meteorological Notes and Remarks upon the Weather during the year 1901, with its general effects upon Vegetation,” was held as read (see page 313). 27TH May, 1902. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr. John Robertson reported on the Society’s excursion to Neilston Pad and Harelaw Dam (see page 341); Mr. John Paterson on that to Bishop Loch, ete. (see page 342); and Mr. James Whitton on that to Cambusnethan and Dalzell (see page 343). ; | | PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 385 Mr. J. G. Goodchild, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of H.M. Geological Survey, delivered a lecture entitled “Recent Changes of Animal Life in Britain,” which he illustrated by a fine series of lantern slides. He first noticed the causes of the increase of certain species of birds, and of the decrease of others, dealing more especially with the cases which had come under his own observation. As a reason for the rarity of many species, he mentioned the enclosure of waste lands and the drainage of bogs and marshes, but he stated that a large proportion of the decrease in the numbers of certain birds was owing to the ravages of collectors, and especially of those given to bird-nesting. Passing on to the changes that have affected the mammals now living in Britain, he treated of the decrease of such animals as the Wild Cat, the Badger, and the Marten. Then, reviewing the changes of life that took place in times remote from the present, he discussed the causes which led to the introduction into our island of such animals as the Wolf, the Wild Boar, and other animals no longer resident here. This led to the consideration of the causes of the former existence in Britain of such animals as the Reindeer, the Arctic Fox, the Glutton, the Musk Sheep, ‘and others which are now confined to the Arctic regions. Along with these were reviewed an interesting series of mammals whose remains are found in this country in a fossil state, but which are still living in Steppe regions where an arid climate prevails. The bearing of these occurrences upon the geographical con- ditions which formerly prevailed in the British Isles was dis- cussed. Finally, the lecturer passed in review the causes which led to the former existence in Great Britain of such creatures as the Lion, the Leopard, the Spotted Hyzena, and other animals which are now generally confined to the warmer regions of the globe; and he concluded by pointing out the bearing of these facts upon the origin of the European fauna. Mr. Baxter showed some dust collected in Barbadoes, which had fallen on that island as a result of the recent voleanic dis- turbances in the neighbouring West Indian Islands. 386 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. 24TH June, 1902. Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., President, in the chair. Mr Hugh Boyd Watt reported on the Society’s excursion to Ben Lomond on 22nd April (see page 344), Mr. James Steel on that to Dungoyne on 7th June (see page 346), and Mr. R. M. Morton on that to Milton Lockhart and Carfin on 14th June (see page 347). Several photographs taken at these excursions were ex- hibited by Mr. J. W. Reoch. Mr. James G. Johnston, 118 Eastfield Street, Springburn, was elected an Ordinary Member, and Mr. William West, F.LS., Lecturer on Botany and Materia Medica in the Technical College, Bradford, was elected a Corresponding Member. Mr. John Paterson, Vice-President, exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Charles Kirk, a specimen of the Black Tern, Hydrochelidon nigra, L., from Hawick, a species which had only once pre- viously been brought before any meeting of the Society, and on that occasion from Possil. Mr. Alex. Gray exhibited specimens of the marine wood- boring molluse, Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton, found in submerged timber in Loch Fyne. In connection with this the President read a paper descriptive of the species, giving an account of the habits of the animal and of the peculiarities of the structure of its shell, the valves of which are not held together by a ligament. By its rapid boring action Xy/ophaga performs a useful function in ridding the seas of water-logged timber. The President, Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., exhibited specimens of Cares disticha, Huds. (= C. intermedia, Good.) the Soft Brown Sedge, found by him on Great Cumbrae, near the Marine Station, and confirmed by Mr. Arthur Bennet, F.L.S. This species has not hitherto been recorded as occurring in Bute- shire. The thanks of the meeting were accorded to the President for his gift to the Library of the Society of British Vegetable Galls, An introduction to their study, by Edward T. Connold, 1901. The following specimens of crustacea, &c., from Loch Fyne, were sent for exhibition by Mr. James Patience :—Pandalus bonnieri, Caullery, from 107 fathoms; P. propinquus, Ae, PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. 387 G. O. Sars, from the same depth; P. montagui, Leach, from 20 fathoms ; Pandalina brevirostris (Rathke), with parasitic isopod, Fleurocrypta cluthae, n. sp., from 20 fathoms; Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Pallas), the Lancelet or Amphioxus. Aphia pellucida, Collet., from the Firth of Forth was also shown. 26Tx Avaust, 1902. Mr. John Paterson, Vice-President, in the chair. Mr. James Whitton reported on the Society’s excursion to Tolleross Park on 17th June (see page 348), and Mr. John . Renwick on that to Galston on 5th July (see page 351). Mr. John Robertson exhibited eggs of the Manx Shearwater, Puffinus anglorum (Temminck), frou the island of Eigg, giving at the same time interesting details as to the nesting of the bird, and as to the difficulties connected with the gathering of the eggs. Dr. T. Beath Henderson exhibited young specimens of the Boa constrictor (L.), and gave an anatomical description of their structure and life-history. Mr. Peter Ewing, F.L.S., exhibited a large collection of plants principally alpine, which included the following :—Caltha minor, Syme; Arabis petrea, L.; do. var. violacea, Druce ; do. var. grandifolia, Druce; Cochlearia micacea, Marshall ; Alsine rubella, Whinb., or Arenaria sulcata, Schleich. ; Sagina procumbens, L.; S. nivalis, Fr.; Sawifraga cernua, L.; Epilobium alpinum, Lam.; Filago montana, L.; Lrigeron alpinum, L. ; Hieracium holosericewm, Backh. ; Pyrola rotundt- folia, L.; Gentiana nivalis, L. ; Rhinanthus Drummond-Hayi, F. B. White; Melampyrum montanum, Johnst.; Orchis incarnata, L.; Juncus trifidus, L.; J. castaneus, Sm. ; J. biglumis, L.; Carex ustulata, Wahl. from Scandinavia ; Alopecurus alpinus, Sm., rare, from the Forfarshire mountains ; Aira pseudo-alpina, Syme; Poa alpina, L.; Woodsia hyper- borea, RR. Br.; Cystopteris montana, Bernh.; Asplenium adiantum-nigrum, 1.3; A. serpentini, Koch.; A. fontanum, Presl. Mr. Ewing also read a paper entitled “Report on the State 388 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. of the Alpine Flora in Breadalbane during the last week of July, 1902” (see page 336). Mr. Geo. Heriot exhibited some very beautiful photographs of Alpine plants taken in their natural situations. A communication from Mr. Alex. Somerville, B.Sc., F.L.S., the President, was read by Mr. Renwick. It dealt with an exhibit of Bromus giganteus, L. (Festuca gigantea, Vill.), the Giant Brome Grass, with, for comparison, B. ramosus, Huds. (B. asper, Murr.), the Hairy Brome, from Ballantrae, Ayrshire. He remarked that he did not show these handsome grasses because of their rarity, for both are widely distributed, but because of the fact that the former at least, Bromus giganteus, is often overlooked, possibly from growing where there is much shade. B. giganteus is recorded from 98 out of the 112 Vice- Counties of Britain, and B. ramosus from 96. Both species are tall, the former said by Hooker to attain to 4 feet, and the latter to 6 feet. The inflorescence of both is a long, loose, drooping panicle, presenting, it might almost be said, a weeping aspect. The panicle of B. gigantews—the shorter grass of the two—attains a length sometimes of no less than 12 inches, while the panicle of B. ramosus is said to fall short of half that length. Both species have a smooth stem. Apart from minor distine- tions, the point which readily distinguishes the two is that the leaf-sheaths of giganteus are smooth, while the lower leaf-sheaths, especially, of ramosus, are strikingly hairy, with down-directed hairs, this latter enabling the observer at a glance to determine the species. It may be mentioned also that, correspondingly, the ovary of giganteus is glabrous, while that of ramosus is hairy. 389 STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS. *910Y JUNODDY Fulss{Ut oyy JO Worg.osuy Ot} 4£q poyooi109 Mou 81 ynq ‘410d 4xou OY} Ul PONUIJUOD SLA TOIIO OYJ : POINITISANS OOGT-GEST LJ E8043 PUB ‘OST “d “*[ JAVd UT suozpoMSUY4T BY} WOIZ Po}}TULO a1OM GE-SEST IOJ SJUNODDY 943 10110 ue Ags ‘ ; ? NOLHOIGT ‘WM 8.070 Fr { “OVE SANVE (peudtg) *‘q001109 MOY} pug pue ‘go1yLIMO0g pUL SIOYONOA SATA YIM ures poreduroo ‘syUMOOOY eAoqe pozIpue oAvTy e\\—"G66ST ‘429020 Y7FG ‘MODSVT 0 0 LHF 0 0 LP S " = = 2 - ‘uso 10d p 9B UBOT UD 0 0 OOLF ‘euInogroy ‘KJo!00g quOMIISOAUT PUB Durpiing Juouwut -19q WSpOT oY} JO sainguaqed “4u90 Jed Fz Uy poysoauy —pung Sloquleyy art . Fea *yo0jg ABATIBY poozuBIENy JO AJLINIIg UO * SUOLPIMSUDLT JO 4SOd Seon ete erat ot et souRleg Moly {OL FL 68cF GOL FL Gor. LS L6 are Teac 09 I 6 TT ‘dornsvery, 0F onp ssa7T G GI ISF 6 GLIt-, ‘queq ssutaeg Aqtanoag [euorze NY UL ‘puny Areurpag ‘esourpeg ** 0 O OF» “/.% @ weoy wo 0 216 : - - puny uoryeaysn{[] 0} suoyeuog ** 0 0 LF x Hirer Se Sat . 4 él ; ; ; : ae ian 7 4 C a - - . - : - - sor0yu . uo ‘puny Stoquieyy oy [—eourpeg “ 0 ¢ 0 - - - “s¢ @ ‘sivai1y Soyerossy ; FE 9 6 &1 9 ' =. 2 00 F ; - “s¢ @ ‘suoydriosqng seyemossy 91 “ eS Sor ‘1901 Li tooo eae ee ae . / % \ GLASGOW: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. FEBRUARY, 1911. INDICES TO THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW VOL. VI. (New SeEgtss). 1899-1902. Wirn Tirie-Pace axnp TABLE OF CONTENTS. GLASGOW: PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY AT ITS ROOMS, 207 BATH STREET. FEBRUARY, 1911. In December, 1903, the publication of Volume VI. of the Society’s Transactions was completed by the issue of Part IJI.. It was found impossible, however, to arrange at that time for the preparation of Indices to the Volume, such as had been supplied with the concluding Part of each of the five previous Volumes of the New Series, and have since been also furnished for Volume VII. In response to a frequently-expressed desire, Indices to Volume VI. have been prepared and are now issued, along with Title-Page and Table of Contents, for that Volume. Guaseow, February, 1911. tpwws INDICES. 399 GENERAL INDEX. Aard Wolf, Notes on, 175 Abnormalities— Carnation, 351 Chicken, 381 > a cae 134, 137, 138, 140 anglicus, 138, 136, 139; 140 | P eyclostigma, 135, 139 INDICES, Lycopop1ace, &c., cont.— Pachyplhiceus, 53, 140 Phylloglossum, 26 Phytolithus plantites, 72 Pinakodendron, 52 Ohmanni, 52 Pothocites, 130 Pseudosigillaria, 89, 140 Psilotites, 32, 133, 140 lithanthracis, 133 unilateralis, 133 Psilotum, 26 Rhizomopteris —lycopodi- oides, 34 Rhytidodendron, 84, 86, 140, 260, 262 Rhytidolepis, 89, 90, 91, 92, 94, 99, 100, 142 Rotularia, 116, 140 cuneifolia, 124 major, 128 Sagenaria, 40, 140 Selaginella, 26, 2,28, aay 34, 37, 46, 50, dl, 52, 140 caulescens, 29 Selaginites, 34, 35, 45 Erdmanni, 34 patens, 34 Sigillaria, 25, 26, 32, = 39, 43, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 57, 63, 73, 74, 80, 82) 84 87, 88, 89, 92, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 110, 113, 131, 138, 140 alveolaris, 91 Boblayi, 95 Brardii, 52, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 100, 101, i04 f. spinulosa, 92, 96 camptoteenia, 95, 100 denudata, 94 Deutschi, 93 dimorpha, 95 discophora, 47, 57, 85, 97, 98, 100, 107 elegans, 91, 93, 100, 101, 104 elongata, 93 Eugenii, 100 intermedia, 105 leevigata, 99 leioderma, 92 MacMurtrei, 52 majus, 97 mamillaris, 52, 92,295 menardi, 101 ocellata, ‘91 ovata, 92 princeps, 90 reniformis, 94 rhomboides, 94 rugosa, 93 Sauveuri, 95 scutellata, 91, 92 spinulosa, 93, 94, 96, 103 sub- -discophora, 98 Taylori, 97, 98, 100, 107 tesselata 93, 99, 100, 105 Leeman 38, 39 vasculare, 4 j Sigillariez, 3, 140 421 Lycopop1ace®, &c., cont.— Si gillariostrobus, 32,90, 104, 105, 108, 140 cilatus, 106 nobilis, 106 Spencerites, 32, 115, 140 insignis, 115, 116 majusculus, 115, 116 aT ne 32, 116, Sphenophy lew, 32, 140 Spanky llites, 116, 119, emarginatus, 127 Sphenophyllostachy s Daw- soni, 124 Rémeri, 128 Sphenophyllum, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122) 123, 125, 126, 127) 129, 130, 131, 132, 140 angustifolium, 120, 127 costatum, 127 cuneifolium, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 127, 128, 140 v. saxifragzefolium, 120, 121, 122 Dawsoni, 124, 128 emarginatum, 120, 122, 125, 140 erosum, 124 gracile, 127 insigne, 117, 118 majus, 122, 123, 128, 129, 140 myriophyllum, 120, 122 oblongifolium, 122, 125 pieces 118 Romeri, 127, 128, 140 Sachsei, 127 Schlotheimii, 120, 121, 122, 127 tenerrimum, W21,. 122; Thoni, 122 trichomatosum, 121, 122, 123, 124, 130, 140 verticillatum, 122, 127 Spiropteris, 35 Stigmaria, 25, 31, 32, 43, 50, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 90, 100, 108, 109, 110, 115, 135, 138, 140 abbreviata, 113 anglica, 135, 139 areolata, 138 Brardi, 112, 113, 115 Eveni, 77 ficoides, 67, 69, 70, 71, 75, 84, 113 v. feticulata, 77, 135, 1 v. stellata, 77 flexuosa, 1 reticulata, 77, 135, 139 rimosa, 113, 114 stellata, 77 Stigmariopsis, i By eae bi 76, 78, 81, 90, 101, 108, 109; ULOS TUS 1s 114, 115, 140 anglica, 114, 140 rimosa, 113 422 TRANSACTIONS, NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF GLASGOW. Lycoropracem®, &c., cont.— Syringodendron, 89, 113, 140 Tmesipteris, 26, Trizygia, 129, 130 onan 41, 48, 86, 90, 140 majus, 97 minus, 57, 85, 97, 98 Taylori, 97 Variolaria, 66, 140 Volkmannia, 125 Dawsoni, 124, 125 Zamites, 53, 140 SALVINIACER—- Azolla, 134 Muscr— _ Climacium, 169 Func, 265, 266, 283, 336, 359 ZBeidium ocimi, 283 ornamentale, 583 royenee, 283 Agaricus calolepis, 253 cristatus, 253 geophyllus, 253 laccatus, 253 muscarius, 179 Papilionaceus, 253 phalloides, 253 radicatus, 253 rimosus, 253 rubescens, 253 sublateritius 349 vaginatus, 253 velutinus, 253 virgatus, 953 Amanita, 179, 253 phalloides, 336 rubescens, 336 vaginata, 336 Armillaria mellea, 337 Arcyria punicea, 171 Asterina Mac-owiana, 283 Boletus, 266 badius, 337 flavus, 253, 337 luteus, 337 subtomentosus, 337 Cantharellus cibarius, 253 Clavaria cinerea, 253 Clitocybe, 253 laccata, 337 Collybia, 253 dryophila, 337 Cordyceps Robertsii, 359 Cortinarius, 265 ae argentatus, cyanopus, 2 multiformis, 265 varius, 275 Craterium pedunculatum, 171 Funct, continwed— Flammula sapinea, 337 Gyrodon sistotrema, 265 Hirneola Auricula-jude, 262 Hydnum, 265 compactum, 265 fragile, 265 imbricatum, 265 rufescens, 337 eee 265 Yygrophorus, 266 caly ptraeformis, 253 ceraceus, 337 chlorophanus, 253 conicus, 337 psittacinus, 288, .On0 virgineus, 253, 337 Hypholoma, 953 fasciculare, 337 sublateritium, 349 Tnocybe, 253 Lactarius, 266 blennius, 253, 337 deliciosus, 337 hysginus, 253 quietus, 253, 337 serobiculatus, 266 Serifluus, 253, 337 torminosus, 337 veller eus, 253 Leotia circinans, 266 Lepiota clypeolaria, 337 granulosa, 337 procera, 337 Lycogala miniata, 171 Lycoperdon ceelatum, 338 pyriforme, 253 Marasmius peronatus, 253 porreus, 253 Merulius pallens, 266 Mycena galericulata, 337 polygramma, 337 Mycetozoa, 170 Neematelia encephala, 266 Paneolus campanulatus, 337 Paxillus involutus, 337 lepista, 337 Peziza badia, 338 Pholiota squarrosa, 337 Physalosporachienostoma, 3 Physarum nutans, 170 Polyporus, 266 amorphus, 266 fragilis, 266 melanopus, 179 Schweinitzii, 266 squamosus, 349 Vaillantii, 266 varius, 179 versicolor, 337 Psaliota campestr is, 337 Puccinia ipomea, 283 phyllocladia, 283 Funet, continued— Reticulari ia Lycoperdon, 171 umbrina, 338 Russula, 266 cyanoxantha, 253, 337 emetica, 253, 337 fellea, 253 nigricans, 253, 337 ochroleuca, 253, 337 Sistotrema confluens, 266 parassis crispa, 266 Stemonitis fusea, 171 gemina, 171 tereum hirsutum, 338 san guinolentum, 338 Strobilomyces strobila- ceus, 266 Stropharia zruginosa, 337 semiglobata, 337 Trametes pini, 266 Trichia affinis, 171 babrytis, 171 Tricholoma, 266 acerbum, 266 equestre, 266 imbricatum, 266 melaleucum, 266 pessundatum, 266 portentosum, 266 sulphureum, 266 terreum, 337 vaccinum, 266, 337 Licuenrs— Cetraria aculeata, 175 Cladina rangiferina, 174 uncialis, 174 Cladonia cervicornis, 174 pyxidata, 174 Evernia furfuracea, 175, 176 Parmelia physodes, 175 saxatilis, 175 Platysma glaucum, 175 Auc#, 271, 380 Bonnemaisonia, 379 _Coralline, 384 Laminaria, 355 Lithothamnion, 384 glaciale, 383 Lenormandi, 384 Sonderi, 384 Melobesia, 354 INcerT# sepis— Traquaria, 32, 133, 134, 140 PRESENTED On 2p - ry Oe Sade, lial NATURAL, HISTORY ‘SocrETY e) ‘ _ PRovEEDINGS— ; ON 3!) 8 r Aes Vol. Pi arp Ua 228 pp. 3 Plates. 1859- 68. (ie of print.) | Dupe aah 59 ie Ne ek 156 pp. of, 1868-69. (Out of print.) Seed Vol. IL Part 1. 16f ans (i uk hs 1869-71. Price 3/6. mi ig e +) oy 2. 192 pp. 2 1871-75, ” 4/6. ! Lek This Part contains Titles and Contents for Vols. I. and I : Vol. -III. Part 1. 100 pp.’ - , > 1875-76, 7 ae 9/6: Bi tpi2, be s Oe a 128 pp. 2 Plates. 1876-77. Br ed = ate a TR e a 3 192 pp. 1 1877-78. $5 (ey Os A This Part contains Title and Contents for Vol, III. ; Ate Vol. IV. Part 1. 114 pp.' 4 Plates, 1878-79. (oue of print.) bens Nady ” »” 2. 218 pp. De 1879-80. * Price 4/6, EF ) This Part contains Title and Contents for Vol. IV. ‘ 7 Wolk: “Wis Part 1 154 pp. 2 Plates. 1880-81. .,, Ad. ry ok "3 ¢ by 2, 100 pp. 3 ele 1881-82, 3 ite Olee id 4 ph ee 71 pp. ~ i oye 1 BBE88, ese ‘ This Part contains Title and Contents for Vol. V. 5 cue A _ Inpex To Proczepines, Vols. I. to Ve. =) -) 1851-88. 4, 3/. Res _ ~ Procerpines anp Transactions (New Series)— ~ vera e Viol cae tet Pat A 136 pp. : + \)1883-84.) Satie cee Ms Ms any 169 pp. 3: Plates. 1884-85. .,, 4/6. ui Hy oe 220 pp. 3 1885-86. 5) D6. This Part contains Title and a for Vol. I. a Vol.~ -II. Part 1. 182 pp. 2 Plates. 1886-87. :; 4/6.) * 2. ‘272 pp. 1 1887-88. ,, 6}. ) ~ This Part contains Title ang Index for Vol. II. f Vou. Td. Par 1. 112 pp. 1 Plate. 1888-89. 5, | 3). bi iS . Bayiyscc e 108 pp. Di ig 1889-90. — ,, /. 55 - i) ae 190 pp. 1889-92. » 4/6. : hi This Part contains Title and ate for Vol. III. ; - Vol. IV. Part 1... 158 pp. 1 Plate. 1892-94. #5 4). Bs Hs Bey yo 148 pp. | 2 Plates. 1894-95. ,, 4/. 5 ite ile 140 pp. 3 1895-96." ,, 4). Be: 45 This Part contains Title and a ox for Vol, IV, : ; i Vol. \-V. © Part 1.“ 151 pp. Plate. 1896-97. ,, 4/6, t ; ~ as Peas 165 pp. ; Plates 1897-98. 5° OLE ; ; Bat < ey ee 194 pp. 4 wy 1898-99. Sole Kr This Part contains Title and Index for Vol. V. Bees i. Val. eV / Part. 1, 180 pp. -. -\* 1899-1900. ,, 4/6, a » ag en Be 116 pp. 1 Chart: 1900-1901. ,, 4). pi ter. 8 ee ee 90 pp. 4 Plates. 1901-1902. ,, 4/. TRE Fauna or Scomiann, with special reference to Clydesdale and the Western District : Ni Soscieas By E. R. Alston, F.Z.8., F.L.S., _- Price 1/6. Crustacea—Part I. ' Ostracoda. By David ‘Robertson, BE.LS., F.Gis. ! ” Price 16. Hymenoptera—Part I. By Peter Cameron, F. a ube : % ” ” IL ” ” t r 3 fe ve Tur Ducarop AND SonizoPpop Cabersens OF THE Fem or Ciypr. By J. R, Henderson, M.B., F.L.S., - - pi diher, ¥ Ye Price af A CoNTRIBUTION TOWARDS A CATALOGUE OF ned "AMPHIPODA AND IsOpODA OF THE FIRTH OF mnt By David Nokona Flas a CS - : Price 3/6) A FurTHEr Con TRIBUTION TOWARDS A OaTaLoGuE OF THE " Ampntpops AND IsopoDa oF THE FirtTH or CLYDE AND Wesr or Scornanp. By , David. Robertson, F.L.S., F.G.8., -- - Price 1/6} : A ConrRipurion rowaRns & NEUROPTEROUS: Bde ig OF P TREEAND. B James Jy F. X. King, F-E.S.,--. = *-- Price 1/6 A CaraLogue or THE BRITISH’ TENTEREDINID., By Péter Cameron} yj HVE Say p= - f o, Price Mj : Printed 0 on one afte, of the paper, fot the use of "Collectors : Tue Fauna anp Frora or rae Cryps Arma, with Lists. Hompied’ fof the Meeting of the British Association, Glasgow, September, 1901. ‘2p Foley. Copies of any of the above may be had from ‘the Hon. Librarian, MiP J AMES ‘phan 222 Darnley Street, bana ie puch M f Mi, ’ : ce ¥ x _ wey, «i ae y x! Mer. 4 Ni: an Whe Ne Hi, — we ee. : pe ee mas Soe ape gn al har, . r ~J Sy eae NC en ae MOOR a al mR Mata D Peel S Pag rwhp? . re ee: e eA eS nrg rt drome ant np Soon NY ick ae Lert we POLE IO Men wes ’ =v 2 oe 2 oS Meare “. key oe Benge See Ma DOI a MR EOL ag aap eae a a S nea, - oa Rt oe At Arar Ata seine anh enna fae eri rae! : “ on eae S — Pore tett rar a ri wager ae Fed ol ee ~ en a wf, he - Aga 4, mC, oon 7 Sreneeeen eerste erat eae bt ro, eoteaceettee ae a aaarane ghee foal Pepi my 2 SF RIO he EPO gir “3 : Fae pa Cert pn ae OED LR ee ee Cit See area et nnn Rae Breer : a : Late a a renee Rae ETS oe ‘ Dg om Se LE ae eet ee aN T a ee Ma IN i RN ets Syst ae ° vite ee ely Ae le aes Cte at Sofa tenn eecee Ie ee RE Se OTE ek Ser tect ¢